E
A/55/6
ORIGINAL: ENGLISH
DATE: AUGUST 4, 2015
Assemblies of the Member States of WIPO
Fifty-Fifth Series of Meetings
Geneva, October 5 to 14, 2015
PROGRAM PERFORMANCE REPORT FOR 2014
presented by the Director General
1.
The present document contains the Program Performance Report for 2014
(document WO/PBC/23/2), which was submitted to the WIPO Program and Budget
Committee (PBC) at its twenty-third session (July 13 to 17, 2014).
2.
The decisions of the PBC in respect of that document appear in the Decisions Taken by
the Program and Budget Committee (document A/55/4).
[Document WO/PBC/23/2 follows]
E
WO/PBC/23/2
ORIGINAL: ENGLISH
DATE: JUNE 15, 2015
Program and Budget Committee
Twenty-Third Session
Geneva, July 13 to 17, 2015
PROGRAM PERFORMANCE REPORT FOR 2014
presented by the Director General
1.
The Program Performance Report (PPR) for 2014 has been prepared in accordance with
WIPO’s results-based management framework. The present report is based on the
performance criteria established in the 2014/15 Program and Budget, as approved by the
Assemblies of the Member States of WIPO in December 2013 (publication No. 360E/PB14/15).
The Report provides an assessment of progress made in 2014 towards achieving the expected
results for the biennium 2014/15.
2.
The Program and Budget
Committee (PBC), having
reviewed the Program
Performance Report (PPR) for
2014 (document WO/PBC/23/2),
and recognizing its nature as a
self-assessment of the
Secretariat, recommended that
the Assemblies of the Member
States of WIPO acknowledge
Programs’ progress made
in 2014 towards achieving the
expected results.
[Program Performance Report for 2014
follows]
WO/PBC/23/2
page 2
PROGRAM PERFORMANCE REPORT FOR 2014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I.
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................................ 3
II.
SUMMARY OF ACHIEVEMENTS IN 2014 ........................................................................................................... 4
III.
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014 BY STRATEGIC GOAL ................................................................................. 18
STRATEGIC GOAL I ............................................................................................................................................... 18
PROGRAM 1
PATENT LAW ................................................................................................................................... 20
PROGRAM 2
TRADEMARKS, INDUSTRIAL DESIGNS AND GEOGRAPHICAL INDICATIONS ..................................... 23
PROGRAM 3
COPYRIGHT AND RELATED RIGHTS ................................................................................................. 26
PROGRAM 4
TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDGE, TRADITIONAL CULTURAL EXPRESSIONS AND GENETIC RESOURCES . 33
STRATEGIC GOAL II .............................................................................................................................................. 36
PROGRAM 5
THE PCT SYSTEM............................................................................................................................. 39
Program 5 Annex: Indicators of PCT Operations ................................................................................................. 43
PROGRAM 6
MADRID AND LISBON SYSTEMS ..................................................................................................... 54
Program 6 Annex: Indicators of Madrid Operations ........................................................................................... 59
PROGRAM 31
THE HAGUE SYSTEM ....................................................................................................................... 71
Program 31 Annex: Indicators of the Hague System Operations ........................................................................ 74
PROGRAM 7
ARBITRATION, MEDIATION AND DOMAIN NAMES ........................................................................ 82
STRATEGIC GOAL III............................................................................................................................................. 86
PROGRAM 8
DEVELOPMENT AGENDA COORDINATION ..................................................................................... 90
PROGRAM 9
AFRICA, ARAB, ASIA AND THE PACIFIC, LATIN AMERICA AND THE CARIBBEAN COUNTRIES, LEAST
DEVELOPED COUNTRIES ................................................................................................................. 94
PROGRAM 10
COOPERATIONS WITH CERTAIN COUNTRIES IN EUROPE AND ASIA .............................................. 103
PROGRAM 11
THE WIPO ACADEMY .................................................................................................................... 110
PROGRAM 30
SMALL AND MEDIUM-SIZED ENTERPRISES (SMES) AND INNOVATION ......................................... 115
STRATEGIC GOAL IV .......................................................................................................................................... 120
PROGRAM 12
INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS ................................................................. 123
PROGRAM 13
GLOBAL DATABASES .................................................................................................................... 126
PROGRAM 14
SERVICES FOR ACCESS TO INFORMATION AND KNOWLEDGE ...................................................... 129
PROGRAM 15
BUSINESS SOLUTIONS FOR IP OFFICES ......................................................................................... 132
STRATEGIC GOAL V ........................................................................................................................................... 135
PROGRAM 16 ECONOMICS AND STATISTICS ....................................................................................................... 136
STRATEGIC GOAL VI .......................................................................................................................................... 139
PROGRAM 17
BUILDING RESPECT FOR IP ........................................................................................................... 140
STRATEGIC GOAL VII ......................................................................................................................................... 143
PROGRAM 18
IP AND GLOBAL CHALLENGES ...................................................................................................... 144
STRATEGIC GOAL VIII ........................................................................................................................................ 149
PROGRAM 19
COMMUNICATIONS ...................................................................................................................... 151
PROGRAM 20
EXTERNAL RELATIONS, PARTNERSHIPS AND EXTERNAL OFFICES ................................................. 156
STRATEGIC GOAL IX .......................................................................................................................................... 167
PROGRAM 21
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT .......................................................................................................... 171
PROGRAM 22
PROGRAM AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT ................................................................................ 176
PROGRAM 23
HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AND DEVELOPMENT ......................................................... 182
PROGRAM 24
GENERAL SUPPORT SERVICES ....................................................................................................... 187
PROGRAM 25
INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY ................................................................ 194
PROGRAM 26 INTERNAL OVERSIGHT .................................................................................................................. 198
PROGRAM 27
CONFERENCE AND LANGUAGE SERVICES ..................................................................................... 201
PROGRAM 28
SAFETY AND SECURITY .................................................................................................................. 205
PROGRAM 29
CONSTRUCTIONS PROJECTS ......................................................................................................... 208
IV.
APPENDICES ................................................................................................................................................. 212
APPENDIX I BREAKDOWN OF THE PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENTS BY PROGRAM ................................................ 212
APPENDIX II IMPLEMENTATION OF FUNDS-IN-TRUST 2014 ................................................................................. 213
APPENDIX III CAPITAL MASTER PLAN (CMP) PROGRESS REPORT 2014 .................................................................. 243
PROJECT: SECURITY ENHANCEMENT: DATA ENCRYPTION AND USER MANAGEMENT (CMP 1) ........................ 244
1
Program Performance Report 2014
PROJECT:
PROJECT:
PROJECT:
PROJECT:
ENTERPRISE CONTENT MANAGEMENT (ECM) IMPLEMENTATION (CMP 2) ....................................... 246
RENOVATION OF THE FACADES AND COOLING/HEATING INSTALLATION IN PCT BUILDING (CMP 3) 250
DEPLOYMENT OF GENEVA LAKE WATER COOLING SYSTEM TO AB AND PCT BUILDINGS (CMP 4) ..... 254
ARPAD BOGSCH BUILDING - PHASE 1 OF BASEMENT RENOVATION (RESIZING OF DATA CENTER AND
RENOVATION OF THE PRINTSHOP) (CMP 5) ........................................................................................ 258
PROJECT: ARPAD BOGSCH BUILDING - REPLACEMENT OF CERTAIN WINDOWS (CMP 6) ................................... 261
PROJECT: SAFETY AND FIREPROTECTION MEASURES (CMP 7) ........................................................................... 264
APPENDIX IV ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE PRESENT DOCUMENT ........................................... 267
2
Program Performance Report 2014
I.
INTRODUCTION
1.
The Program Performance Report (PPR) is the principal accountability tool for reporting on
organizational performance to Member States and an integral part of WIPO’s Results Based
Management (RBM) framework. The Report also serves as an important learning tool ensuring that
lessons from past performance are learned and duly incorporated into the future implementation of
WIPO’s activities. The PPR is a self-assessment by Program Managers based on the results framework
approved by Member States. To strengthen the validity of the information in the PPR, the Internal
Oversight Division (IOD) carries out a validation of the performance data on a biennial basis. The next
validation exercise will be conducted for the PPR 2014/15. For the first time in 2014, the assessment of
the implementation of the Development Agenda (DA) has been mainstreamed and therefore integrated
into the Overview of Progress, as opposed to addressed in a separate section.
2.
The PPR 2014 is a mid-biennium report, focusing on the progress made towards achieving the
Expected Results (as opposed to the end-biennium report which focuses on the extent to which Expected
Results were achieved), measured by the Performance Indicators and with the resources approved in the
Program and Budget 2014/15. A performance indicator could be measured by more than one target.
In such cases, the rating for each target is provided, resulting in multiple ratings. The following
assessment criteria have been used for the PPR 2014:
3.
Key to Traffic Light System (TLS):

On track is applied when progress towards achievement of the target is 40 per cent or more;

Not on track is applied when progress towards achievement of the target is less than 40 per
cent;

N/A 2014 is applied when performance data is not available for 2014 but is expected to be
available at the end of the biennium;

Not Assessable1 is applied when assessment of the performance is not feasible due to target
data not having been adequately defined, when a baseline is not available or when the
performance data is insufficient to determine the TLS, and;

Discontinued is applied when a performance indicator is no longer used to measure the
performance of the Program.
4.
Of a total of 358 performance indicator ratings in the Program and Budget 2014/15, 254 have been
assessed as “On track”, or 71 per cent. Performance on a total of 56 indicator ratings, or 16 per cent,
were assessed to be “Not on track”, and 27 indicator ratings, or about eight per cent, were assessed to be
“N/A 2014”. Some 17 indicator ratings, or five per cent, were “Not Assessable”, and four indicator ratings,
or one per cent, were “Discontinued”.
In line with Member States’ requests, Programs were provided an opportunity to define targets that had not been defined in the
Program and Budget 2014/15, i.e. “tbd” targets, during the baseline update exercise (launched in July 2014), using the year-end
2013 data as the basis. Targets that were not defined during this process remain undefined, and performance data are
consequently rated as “not assessable.”
1
3
Program Performance Report 2014
II.
SUMMARY OF ACHIEVEMENTS IN 2014
5.
In line with Member States’ requests and enhancements made in the last reporting period, the PPR
2014 includes views of actual expenditure by Expected Result at the end of 2014 and Mid-term
Performance Dashboards for each of the nine Strategic Goals (SGs), providing a graphic summary of the
progress towards the achievement of the Expected Results in 2014 as measured by the Performance
Indicators under the Programs contributing to the respective Strategic Goals. In assessing performance,
the impact of risks identified in the Program and Budget 2014/15 was duly taken into consideration. An
overview of WIPO’s strengthened risk management processes can be found under SG IX and Program
22. A more in-depth risk analysis and impact on the delivery of expected results will be provided in the
PPR 2014/15.
6.
Highlights of achievements in 2014 towards the nine Strategic Goals are summarized below.
Consolidated view of progress in 2014 towards the achievement of
the Expected Results by Strategic Goal
4
Program Performance Report 2014
Strategic Goal I: Balanced Evolution of the International Normative Framework for IP
7.
Progress continued to be made in 2014 under this Strategic Goal, albeit at a slightly slower pace
than anticipated. At the end of 2014, several outstanding issues still remained in the Standing
Committees.
8.
The progress of the two new copyright treaties toward entry into force continued in 2014. The
Beijing Treaty on Audiovisual Performances (Beijing Treaty) obtained four additional ratifications and
accessions (China, Japan, Slovakia, United Arab Emirates) for a total of six of the thirty needed to bring it
into force. The Marrakesh Treaty to Facilitate Access to Published Works for Persons Who Are Blind,
Visually Impaired or Otherwise Print Disabled (Marrakesh VIP Treaty) obtained a total of 80 signatures by
the June deadline, as well as its first five ratifications and accessions (El Salvador, India, Mali, United
Arab Emirates, Uruguay) toward the twenty needed to bring it into force. Considering the ambitious
targets for ratification/accession in the 2014/15 biennium for these treaties set at the twentieth session of
the Program and Budget Committee, assisting Member States with treaty ratification was and remains a
priority, with a likelihood that the Marrakesh VIP Treaty target may be met by the end of the biennium.
9.
Further discussions were held on the other items on the agenda of the Standing Committee on
Copyright and Related Rights (SCCR) during the three meetings held in April/May 2014, June/July 2014,
and December 2014. The SCCR discussions addressed a proposed treaty for broadcasting
organizations and limitations and exceptions related to libraries and archives, educational and research
institutions, and persons with other disabilities.
10. The Standing Committee on the Law of Trademarks, Industrial Designs and Geographical
Indications (SCT) continued at its thirty-first and thirty-second sessions work on a draft Design Law Treaty
to be adopted at a possible Diplomatic Conference. The question of convening such a Diplomatic
Conference was dealt with by the WIPO General Assembly at its forty-fifth (24th extraordinary) session in
May 2014, and at its forty-sixth (25th extraordinary) session in September 2014, without a decision on
that matter being taken. The SCT continued its work on the protection of country names and considered
a study prepared by the Secretariat, as well as a proposal by the Delegation of Jamaica.
11. The year under review saw continued progress in the negotiations of the WIPO Intergovernmental
Committee on Intellectual Property and Genetic Resources, Traditional Knowledge and Folklore
(the IGC). Under its new mandate for the current biennium established in 2013, the IGC met three times
(IGCs 26, 27 and 28). The IGC followed a clearly defined work program and sound working methods.
Member States continued to organize consultations and preparatory meetings before IGC sessions. The
IGC made progress in “text-based negotiations” pursuant to its mandate. By the end of the third and final
session for the year (IGC 28), the IGC had further streamlined a consolidated text on genetic resources
(GRs) and made further progress on the texts on traditional knowledge (TK) and traditional cultural
expressions (TCEs). The Secretariat continued to endeavor to play a neutral, professional and efficient
facilitatory role in support of the IGC process and to further improve the services provided to IGC
5
Program Performance Report 2014
participants as a follow up to the evaluation conducted by WIPO’s Internal Oversight Division (IOD)
in 2013, which found a high rate (96 per cent) of satisfaction among IGC participants. Although the
Secretariat continued to facilitate the participation in the IGC process of indigenous peoples and local
communities as far as possible, the Voluntary Fund for Accredited Indigenous and Local Communities
remained depleted. The WIPO General Assembly in October 2014, while taking stock and considering
the texts and the progress made, was not in a position at that particular juncture to agree on an IGC work
program for 2015.
12. In view of enhancing cooperation among Member States on further developing balanced policy and
normative frameworks for the international patent system, the twentieth and twenty first sessions of the
Standing Committee on the Law of Patents (SCP) were held in January and November 2014,
respectively. The SCP continued to examine five topics on its agenda, namely: (i) exceptions and
limitations to patent rights; (ii) quality of patents, including opposition systems; (iii) patents and
health; (iv) confidentiality of communication between clients and their patent advisors; and (v) transfer of
technology.
Strategic Goal II: Provision of Premier Global IP Services
13. The year 2014 saw considerable growth in the international registration systems for the fifth
consecutive year despite a continuing fragile global economy. The Organization successfully managed to
deliver quality services and enhance the customer experience on the one hand, while improving
productivity through well-designed ICT initiatives on the other hand.
14. International patent filings under the Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) showed robust growth in
2014, with a total of 214,500 applications, representing an increase of 4.5 per cent over 2013. Three
telecom giants from China and the United States of America led the international patent filing activity
in 2014.
15. At its seventh session, held in June 2014, the PCT Working Group continued its discussions on a
number of proposals aimed at improving the functioning of the PCT system, in line with the
recommendations, endorsed by the Working Group at its third session. Particular achievements in 2014
included agreement on new eligibility criteria for fee reductions for applicants from certain countries,
which expanded the number of developing countries and LDCs benefitting from such fee reductions.
Member States further concluded their discussions on possible fee reductions for small and mediumsized enterprises (SMEs), agreeing that there was no clear way forward and that no further work on this
issue would thus take place until a Member State would make a concrete proposal. It was agreed that
Discussions among Member States on possible fee reductions for universities and not-for-profit research
institutes, especially but not limited to those from developing countries and LDCs, would continue in 2015.
In addition, Member States agreed on a revised procedure for the appointment of new International
Searching and Preliminary Examining Authorities and advanced discussions on how to improve quality
and timeliness of PCT work products (international search and preliminary examination reports). They
6
Program Performance Report 2014
also noted progress towards acceptance of metrics for measuring the overall performance of the PCT
system, and in particular, as to the quality of PCT work products.
16. Use of the Madrid System also increased in 2014, although at a slower rate than originally
anticipated. A record 47,885 applications were received in 2014, representing a 2.3 per cent growth
over 2013. The United States of America accounted for more than half of the total growth, overtaking
Germany as the largest user of the System, marking a significant development in 2014 and illustrating the
transformation of the System into a truly global system. The geographical expansion of the System also
saw important positive developments. In December, Zimbabwe and the Organisation Africaine de la
Propriété Intellectuelle (OAPI) acceded to the Madrid Protocol. With OAPI being a 17-country
intergovernmental organization, these two accessions alone increased the number of countries in which
users can protect and manage their trademarks centrally through the Madrid System from 94 to 110, also
significantly contributing to its transformation.
17. Designs contained in international industrial design applications filed under the Hague System
increased to 14,441 designs in 2014, representing a growth of 9.6 per cent over 2013, although overall
growth was slower than anticipated. Significant progress towards the enhancement of the legal
framework of the Hague System was achieved in 2014. Notably, following the fourth session of the
Working Group on the Legal Development of the Hague System for the International Registration of
Industrial Designs, the Hague Union Assembly adopted provisions that introduced a “feedback
mechanism”. In addition, changes to the Administrative Instructions were introduced with a view to giving
users more flexibility in respect of the formal disclosure of their designs. In 2014, the Republic of Korea
became party to the Geneva (1999) Act of the Hague Agreement Concerning the International
Registration of Industrial Designs (hereinafter referred to as “the 1999 Act”). The accessions of other
prospective members, notably Japan and the United States of America, were postponed to 2015,
resulting in a lower than anticipated growth rate in membership in 2014. Furthermore, by the end of
2014, three consents were still required for the termination of the 1934 Act, and four Contracting Parties
outside the European Union (EU) and OAPI remained bound by the 1960 Act.
18. The Assembly of the Lisbon Union mandated the Working Group on the Development of the Lisbon
System, in 2009, to engage in a full review of the Lisbon System aimed at making the system more
attractive for users and prospective new Members, while preserving its principles and objectives. In view
of the progress made by the Working Group, the Lisbon Union Assembly approved in 2013 the convening
of a Diplomatic Conference for the Adoption of a Revised Lisbon Agreement on Appellations of Origin and
Geographical Indications in 2015. In October 2014, the Working Group finished its preparatory work for a
New Act of the Lisbon Agreement on Appellations of Origin and Geographical Indications, and the
Preparatory Committee decided that the Diplomatic Conference be convened in Geneva from May 11
to 21, 2015.
19. Building on the findings of the WIPO Center’s 2013 International Survey on Dispute Resolution in
International Technology Transactions, the WIPO Center in 2014 worked to optimize the potential of its
procedures to meet the needs of IP right holders and users. In 2014, cybersquatting case filings with
WIPO increased by two per cent, with 2,634 cases concerning 5,591 domain names lodged by trademark
owners alleging abuse of their mark. Country code Top-Level Domains (ccTLDs) accounted for 13 per
cent of all filings, with 72 national domain registries now designating this WIPO service. WIPO UDRP
cases in 2014 involved parties from 108 countries. Among the top five users, the United States of
America saw the highest growth in cases filed, 14.3 per cent. The top three sectors of complainant activity
were retail (13 per cent of all cases), banking and finance (11 per cent) and fashion (10 per cent). Cases
were decided by 297 WIPO panelists from 43 countries, with 16 different languages of proceedings.
7
Program Performance Report 2014
Strategic Goal III: Facilitating the Use of IP for Development
20. Facilitating the use of IP for development and empowering developing countries, LDCs and
countries in transition, to harness IP for enhancing national innovation potential and capacities continued
to be a priority in 2014.
21. WIPO continued to assist developing countries and LDCs in 2014 in the design, development and
implementation of National IP Strategies that are both consistent with their overall development plans and
able to foster innovation and creativity. The application of the standardized, yet flexible, methodology and
set of practical tools for the formulation of national IP strategies and plans, developed as part of the DA
project on Improvement of National, Sub-regional and Regional IP Institutional and User Capacity in
2012, continued to guide the process. As a result, nine countries (six in Africa, two in Asia and the Pacific
and one in Latin America and the Caribbean), initiated the process of formulating national IP
strategies/development plans, and 18 countries (six in Africa, three in the Arab region, four in Asia and
the Pacific, and five in Latin America and the Caribbean) were still in the process of formulation and/or
adoption at the end of 2014. Moreover, National IP strategies/development plans had been adopted
and/or were under implementation in a total of 37 countries (21 in Africa, two in the Arab region, eight in
Asia and the Pacific and six in Latin America and the Caribbean), of which 17 in LDCs.
22. The following Central European and Baltic States, Central Asian, Eastern European and Caucasian
countries, as well as some Mediterranean countries, amended their national IP legislation in line with their
national IP strategies: Kazakhstan, Lithuania, Montenegro, Republic of Moldova and Tajikistan.
Promotion of the importance of and/or assistance in the development and implementation of long-term
and comprehensive national IP strategies to meet the needs of Member States remained a priority in
2014, resulting in three countries (Slovenia, Tajikistan and Turkey) having adopted IP related national
strategies and four countries (Bulgaria, Poland, Turkmenistan and Ukraine) having initiated the
development of a new strategy.
23. In 2014, the WIPO Academy initiated the implementation of a reform process and its repositioning
as the core entity in WIPO for IP training and capacity building activities for government officials and other
stakeholders. As part of continued efforts to enhance national and regional capacities for the effective
use of IP for development, a major achievement in 2014 was the roll-out of the WIPO e-Learning Center
(WeLC) platform, developed by the DL Program in 2011, to the other Academy Programs in order to
facilitate the registration, selection and enrollment processes of candidates.
In 2014, some
34,935 persons (30,552 under its general courses and 4,383 under its advanced courses) from more than
192 countries benefited from the enhanced e-learning Centre (WeLC) platform. Two new DL pilot
courses were launched in 2014: (i) Intellectual Property, Traditional Knowledge and Traditional Cultural
Expressions (DL-203) and (ii) Collective Management of Copyright and Related Rights (DL-501). The
second phase of the Start-up Academies Project, started in May 2012, was fully completed in 2014. An
external independent evaluation report (CDIP/14/4) was presented to the CDIP at its fourteenth session.
In 2014, two new agreements were signed with the Governments of Cambodia and Ecuador for the
8
Program Performance Report 2014
establishment of start-up academies.
September 2014.
Cooperation was formally initiated with Ecuador in
24. Enhancing human resource capabilities to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development and fostering innovation and creativity remained a priority in 2014.
Focused capacity building and skills development programs were delivered to specific target groups such
as government officials, policy-makers, IP professionals, enforcement officials, researchers and
academics, entrepreneurs and industrialists, as well as SMEs, at the national, sub-regional and regional
levels.
25. With a view to instilling a cohesive, development-oriented and innovation enabling architecture in
LDCs, greater focus was given in 2014 to the implementation of the WIPO Deliverables, a set of priority
thematic areas for cooperation with LDCs as identified by LDC ministers on the occasion of the Fourth
United Nations Conference on the Least Developed Countries (UN LDC IV). Following the successful
completion of Phase I of the DA Project on Capacity Building in the Use of Appropriate TechnologySpecific Technical and Scientific Information as a Solution for Identified Development Challenges, Phase
II (CDIP/13/9) was approved at the thirteenth session of this CDIP in May, 2014. Important progress was
made during the remainder of the year with regard to establishing MoUs, clearly identifying the
responsibilities of the partners, i.e. WIPO and the beneficiary country (an LDC), in the overall
implementation process of the project. Consultations with the Ministries of Foreign Affairs, Justice, and
Science and Technology, Permanent Missions in Geneva, and the IP focal points were held with the four
beneficiary countries. The MoUs are expected to be signed in 2015.
26. During its thirteenth and fourteenth sessions held in 2014, the CDIP considered: (i) the annual
Director General’s Report on Implementation of the Development Agenda; (ii) a Progress Report on the
Implementation of Recommendations for Immediate Implementation and DA Projects; (iii) eight
independent reports and one self-evaluation report of DA projects; and (iv) a document on WIPO General
Assembly Decision on CDIP related matters. In addition, the Committee approved second phases for two
completed and evaluated projects, approved new activities Related to Using Copyright to Promote
Access to Information and Creative content, and considered a project proposal by the Arab Republic of
Egypt on IP and Tourism. The Committee also discussed: (i) a document forwarded by the General
Assembly on the Description of the Contribution of the Relevant WIPO Bodies on the Implementation of
respective Development Agenda Recommendations and (ii) a Revised Report on the Measurement of the
Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) in Other United Nations Agencies and Specialized Agencies, and
on the Contribution of WIPO to the Implementation of the MDGs. Furthermore, the Committee approved
the Terms of Reference (TORs) for the Independent Review of the Implementation of the DA
Recommendations and the convening of the International Conference on Intellectual Property and
Development.
Strategic Goal IV: Coordination and Development of Global IP Infrastructure
9
Program Performance Report 2014
27. With a focus on enhancing the global IP infrastructure to help meet the growing global demand on
the IP system and facilitating the participation of developing countries and LDCs in the system, good
progress was made in the areas of global IP databases, classifications, IP office modernization, and
Technology Innovation Support Centers (TISCs) in 2014.
28. The PATENTSCOPE system was further strengthened in 2014, with a significant focus on
improving access to the system in regions experiencing poor latency. Two additional languages were
developed for inclusion in the Cross Lingual Information Retrieval (CLIR) multilingual searching system,
to be added to the existing 12 languages by the end of the biennium, pending the finalization of the
interface. The Translation Assistant for Patent Titles and Abstracts (TAPTA) 2, a statistical machine
translation system developed in-house, was extended to include one additional and difficult language
pair, English and Chinese, bringing the total number to five.
29. Use of PATENTSCOPE increased by 3.5 per cent from 237,446 unique users per quarter in 2013
to 245,769 unique users per quarter in 2014 from 169 countries, and the number of collections held in
PATENTSCOPE also saw a 12 per cent increase over 2014, bringing the total number of national and
regional collections to 41 and the total number of records contained to 43 million, a 26 per cent increase
over 2013.
30. With the introduction of a powerful image similarity search function, use of the Global Brand
Database exceeded expectations in 2014, more than doubling the number of users per quarter from
23,000 in 2013 to 49,977 in 2014. The number of national collections increased significantly (50 per
cent), bringing the total number to 18 in 2014. Likewise, the total number of records contained in the
system increased 28 per cent, from 12 million in 2013 to 15.4 million in 2014.
31. Progress was uneven as regards International Classifications and WIPO IP Standards in 2014,
exceeding expectations in certain areas and trailing behind in others. As regards the Nice Classification,
a total of 570 new amendments and 20 new information files were introduced in 2014. The number of
amendments represented a 32 per cent increase over 2013. In addition, the official Spanish version of
the NCL 10-2015 was made available in XLS format in November 2014. In the IPC, the modified
publication platform to facilitate the use of the system, including a new search tool and the International
Patent Classification / Cooperative Patent Classification/ File Index (IPC/CPC/FI) parallel viewer, was
launched in April 2014. At its fourth session, the Committee on WIPO Standards (CWS) was unable to
adopt an agenda, resulting in informal decisions not being formalized. Despite this set-back, there was
one new standard adopted and one standard revised informally in 2014. The use of internet tools for
accessing classifications and standards publications showed stable growth with visits to the IPC
Publications substantially higher (a 61 per cent increase over 2013), due to the inclusion of revised
classifications and new tools.
32. The year 2014 brought the total number of Member States that had established TISCs in their
countries to 45. The focus remained on reinforcing the long-term sustainability of the networks, and by
the end of 2014, 20 TISC networks were considered sustainable. The eTISC knowledge management
platform continued to experience strong growth with a 57 per cent increase in the number of registered
members from 700 at the end of 2013 to over 1,100 members from more than 90 countries by the end of
2014. The eTISC platform added 14 training webinars in 2014 and hosted six live question-and-answer
sessions with innovation support experts
33. WIPO continued to develop products to support IP Offices’ business processes, in particular the
Industrial Property Administration System (IPAS). Some 68 IP Offices were using WIPO IP Office
Systems (comprising IPAS, the WIPO Arab Industrial Property Management System (AIPMS), EDMS,
WIPOScan and the WIPO Madrid Module) at the end of 2014. Two new modules were also developed
and are now being tested and piloted in several IP Offices:
-
2Renamed
WIPO Publish was designed to meet Offices’ needs for online publication of IP data,
documents, legal status and dossier information, as well as data exchange needs (including
data exchange for WIPO global databases).
WIPO Translate.
10
Program Performance Report 2014
-
WIPO File was designed to provide an online filing solution for small and medium offices,
including the flexibility to be extensively customized for local conditions (e.g. for local payment
systems).
34. Based on a specification and review process with participating Offices, a new version of the Digital
Access Service (DAS) portal to support the revised framework of DAS 2.0 was launched in December
2014. The number of participating Offices remained steady in 2014 at 11. In April 2014, the WIPO
Centralized Access to Search and Examination (CASE) was linked to the IP5 One Dossier Portal system,
allowing full two way exchange of dossier information between CASE and IP5 Offices. By mid-2014, the
system was being utilized by several Offices as part of a pilot project. Five new Offices registered to use
the WIPO CASE, bringing the total number of participating Offices to 14.
35. A new multi-stakeholder entity was established to increase the number of books worldwide in
accessible formats - such as braille, audio and large print - and to make them available to people who are
print disabled. The Accessible Books Consortium (ABC) is composed of WIPO, organizations that serve
persons with print disabilities, libraries for the print disabled and organizations that represent authors and
publishers. The ABC carried out three main activities: capacity building (funded by the Governments of
Australia and the Republic of Korea) in Bangladesh, India, Nepal and Sri Lanka; inclusive publishing,
which promotes technologies that allow for “born accessible” publishing so that new books are usable
from the start by both sighted people and people with print disabilities; and the ABC International Book
Exchange (known as the TIGAR Service), an international database of some 286,000 accessible titles in
55 languages. There were 2,500 downloaded audio books by participating libraries at the end of 2014,
with some 16,000 persons with print disabilities having benefitted.
Strategic Goal V: World Reference Source for IP Information and Analysis
36. During the biennium, key achievements under this goal encompassed the upgrade of the
functionality of the Data Center, including the development of user interfaces in French and Spanish and
the re-design of the World Intellectual Property Indicators (WIPI) report, with a view to making it easier for
readers to find the desired information. Good progress was also made towards the development of a
new World IP Report, which will be published in the second half of 2015. As in previous years, WIPO copublished the Global Innovation Index (GII), in partnership with INSEAD and Cornell University. The
2014 GII covered 143 economies and was launched in Sydney, Australia at a gathering of international
business leaders known as the B20. It was subsequently presented at national and international
conferences across the world. The publication of the GII also continued to attract significant media
attention. In addition, national governments, international organizations and other stakeholders in the
innovation system regularly employed the GII as a reference source for analyzing innovation
performance, as captured by numerous citations, data inquiries, and requests for advisory services.
37. In addition, assisting WIPO Member States with country studies continued to be an important pillar
of the Program’s economic analysis work and took place under the umbrella of the DA project on IP and
11
Program Performance Report 2014
Socio-Economic Development. In 2014, the first phase of this project (CDIP/5/7) came to an end and
underwent an external evaluation (CDIP/14/3), which was presented at the fourteenth session of the
CDIP. WIPO Member States approved a second phase of the project (CDIP/14/7), which will be
implemented in 2015 through 2017.
Strategic Goal VI: International Cooperation on Building Respect for IP
38. With a view to achieving progress in the international policy dialogue among WIPO Member States
on building respect for IP, the ninth session of the Advisory Committee on Enforcement (ACE)
(March 3 to 5, 2014) served as a “marketplace of ideas”, allowing for the exchange of national practices
and experiences. The three day meeting showed growing interest in effective preventive strategies,
ranging from awareness raising, new business models and supply chain security, to alternative
mechanisms for resolving IP disputes. For the first time, an audiovisual exhibition was organized with the
session, presenting nine national and one regional awareness raising initiatives. Member States agreed
for the work program of the tenth session to remain dedicated to: (i) alternative dispute resolution
practices in the field of IP and (ii) preventive actions, measures or successful experiences to complement
enforcement measures with a view to reducing the size of the market for pirated or counterfeited goods.
Strategic Goal VII: Addressing IP in Relation to Global IP Policy Issues
39. At the intersection of pressing global and interconnected issues, in particular global health, climate
change and food security, substantive progress was made in supporting an enhanced understanding
12
Program Performance Report 2014
among policy makers on the interface between global challenges and innovation and IP. Following its
launch in November 2013, the year 2014 marked the first full year of WIPO GREEN operations. Through
a targeted awareness raising campaign, the profile of WIPO GREEN was raised significantly. The
network of partners grew from 36 to 54, and the number of registered users almost doubled from 160 to
300. This growth reflects the success of outreach efforts encompassing a wide range of channels,
including social and specialist media, the regular WIPO GREEN Newsletter and attendance at a range of
global, regional and national fora. The WIPO GREEN database also more than doubled from 830 to
1,773 entries resulting from a combination of database integration agreements and individual uploads.
40. WIPO Re:Search, a consortium of a broad range of private and public sector institutions from
developed and developing countries providing royalty-free access to IP assets to stimulate new R&D for
neglected tropical diseases, tuberculosis, and malaria, gained in recognition as a platform to support
innovation and technology transfer related to research for NTDs, tuberculosis and malaria. The year
2014 saw 38 additional collaborations and 16 new Members, bringing the totals to 82 collaborations and
96 Members, 6 of which from developing countries. In addition, the platform’s potential for technology
transfer from developed to developing countries of IP assets, including know-how and expertise, was
further demonstrated by the continued facilitation of research sabbaticals for five African scientists in
overseas research institutions. The sabbaticals, which began in the last biennium, were made possible by
a Fund-in-Trust from the Government of Australia. At the end of 2014, four of the sabbaticals were
concluded.
41. Providing a forum for participants to share ideas, expertise and information relating to the three
core areas, a WIPO Global Challenges Seminar “Innovation and Access to Medicines: A Case Study for
HIV/AIDS and Hepatitis C” was organized in 2014, and two Global Challenges Briefs were published.
42. The trilateral cooperation with WHO and WTO continued to focus on enhanced understanding
among policymakers for the interplay between health, IP and trade. In November 2014, the fourth
Trilateral Symposium took place in Geneva, exploring the challenges and opportunities in the health
innovation area of middle-income countries, and the public policies necessary to ensure that rapid
economic growth contributes to access and universal health coverage.
Strategic Goal VIII: A Responsive Communications Interface between WIPO, its Member States
and All Stakeholders
43. Priorities in 2014 focused on the consolidation of the results of a number of major Organizationwide strategic projects on web communications, branding, internal communications and customer service,
which were completed in 2013; the continued implementation of core strategies for improving the delivery
and quality of WIPO content, increasing visibility and understanding of WIPO’s work, and strengthening
the culture of service; and laying the groundwork for further initiatives to enhance the effectiveness of
communications activities.
13
Program Performance Report 2014
44. The visibility of key WIPO events, offerings and results – from the Accessible Books
Consortium (ABC) to new tools such as the WIPO Pearl terminology portal – was increased through a
fully integrated approach to press, social media, video, print and online communications, delivered across
multiple platforms. High priority was given to promoting the Organization’s flagship economics and
statistics reports so as to strengthen recognition of WIPO as the world reference source for authoritative
IP information. Concerted promotional efforts resulted in a 16 per cent increase in views of web content
relating to the 2014 Global Innovation Index (GII) launch compared to 2013, and an exponential increase
(1,300 per cent) in views of related video content. High profile press coverage of the 2014 World
Intellectual Property Indicators (WIPI) was achieved in influential media outlets worldwide, together with
an 18 per cent increase in views of the press release. WIPO’s Twitter following grew by over 60 percent,
coupled with a 76.8 per cent increase in the number of retweets of WIPO content.
45. Engagement by Member States and the public in the annual World IP Day campaign reached a
record level. The theme Movies – A Global Passion was the focus for over 350 events reported in
110 countries (up from 236 events in 93 3 countries in 2013). WIPO’s World IP Day tweets gained
1.67 million potential impressions, as compared to 1.55 million in 2013, and promotional materials created
for the campaign were downloaded from the website over 9,000 times. Views of the World IP Day
webpage in Chinese exceeded the English version for the first time, while the highest numbers of ‘likes’ of
the Facebook page came from Brazil, Egypt, India, Mexico and the United States of America. A mini-film
festival held in Geneva from April 24 to 28, 2014 drew good participation from the local community,
particularly for the Swiss premiere screening of the Nigerian co-production, “Half a Yellow Sun,” which
played to a capacity audience.
46. With regard to External Relations, as a specialized agency of the UN, and in line with its mandate
and with WIPO DA Recommendations 30 and 40, WIPO continued to play its role in supporting key UN
processes through its strategic engagement and contributions, in particular with regard to, inter alia: (i)
the Post-2015 Development Agenda via the work of the inter-agency UN Task Team (UNTT) and the UN
Technical Support Team (TST) to the Open Working Group on Sustainable Development Goals (OWG);
and (ii) work on technology in the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), in particular
the UNFCCC Technology Mechanism, the Technology Executive Committee (TEC) and the Climate
Technology Center and Network (CTCN).
47. WIPO’s network of External Offices continued to form an integral part of the Organization designed
to bring WIPO’s services and cooperation closer to Member States, stakeholders and partners with a
view to enhancing efficiency and effectiveness of program delivery, as well as responding to the specific
needs and priorities of the countries and/or regions they serve. In 2014, the network of Offices grew to
five, with the opening of the WIPO Offices in China (WCO) and in the Russian Federation (WRO).
3
In the PPR 2012/13, it was reported that reference to the annual World IP Day campaign was reported in 89 countries. The actual
number of countries reporting was 93.
14
Program Performance Report 2014
Strategic Goal IX: Efficient Administrative and Financial Support Structure to Enable WIPO to
Deliver its Programs
48. The Administration and Management, through its Programs, enabled the Organization in delivering
the results expected by Member States and stakeholders, on the one hand, while navigating through the
continuing financial instability and serious uncertainties in the economic environment, on the other hand.
49. Despite these uncertainties, WIPO closed the year with a positive overall result of 37 million
Swiss francs on an IPSAS basis, as a result of higher than expected income, the implementation of cost
efficiency measures and prudent management of expenditure.
50. WIPO’s program and financial management continued to be strengthened in 2014 in order to utilize
resources more effectively as well as to establish best practice in an area of administration, which deals
with planning, performance management, facilitation and support for various operational activities across
the Organization.
51. The comprehensive study of WIPO’s treasury practices and risks, launched in 2013, was
completed in the spring 2014, resulting in a series of recommendations, including with regard to the
practice of hedging as a means to reduce exposure to foreign currency fluctuations in the PCT. The
Secretariat is currently in the process of reviewing the full set of recommendations and defining an
implementation strategy.
52. Good progress was made in 2014 with respect to further embedding a results-based culture and
strengthening WIPO’s performance management cycle. The workplanning process continued to be
enhanced in 2014, with the introduction of position level planning. To support this enhancement, new
functionality was developed in the Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) Enterprise Performance
Management (EPM) (ERP EPM) workplanning module to enable the allocation of individual staff
members to specific program activities, driving linkages between the Programs’ expected results and
individual staff objectives closer together.
This enhancement also enabled more transparency and
accuracy with regard to personnel resource allocation and utilization.
53. The ERP portfolio of projects, approved by the WIPO General Assemblies in 2010, as part of the
Administrative and Management Sector modernization, also continued to evolve. To this end, the year
2014 saw the launch of two new key modules to support WIPO’s performance cycle, namely the
‘Implementation and Monitoring’ and the ‘Performance Assessment’ modules. Further integration of the
ERP components in 2014 also enabled improved reporting capabilities and analytical tools. For the first
time in 2014, the Administrative Integrated Management System (AIMS) financial and the EPM
planning systems were integrated, allowing for improved reporting on budget versus actual expenditure
from EPM. In addition, the ERP Human Resources (HR)/Payroll system was operationalized in January
2014, and integration with the EPM planning system was completed in April, resulting in significantly
enhanced position management capabilities. Progress was made on the Business Intelligence module,
with initial management dashboards having been developed and released to core administrative areas
15
Program Performance Report 2014
(HRMD, Procurement and Travel, and Program Planning and Finance). An Organization-wide release is
planned for the second half of 2015.
54. In the course of 2014 the Organization developed a number of documents that establish a
formalized and coherent risk management and internal controls framework, which include WIPO’s
Accountability Framework, WIPO’s Risk Appetite Statement, Office Instructions (OIs) on the
establishment of WIPO’s Risk Management Group (RMG) as well as its Risk Management Policy, and the
Risk Management and Internal Controls Manual.
55. WIPO’s Accountability Framework and WIPO’s Risk Appetite Statement were reviewed and
endorsed by Member States at the end of 2014.
56. Enterprise Risk Management (ERM), a new risk management application, went live in
October 2014, integrating in a single organizational risk register all of WIPO’s information security risks,
as well as all program and organizational risks.
57. The year 2014 was the first year of implementation of the Human Resource (HR) Strategy that was
approved by Member States in 2013, providing the basis for the short- and medium-term HR plan of
action for the 2014/15 biennium. Progress continued to be made on mainstreaming organizational design
and workforce planning as fully integrated key business activities. Achievements in 2014 included: (i)
increased manager engagement through delivery of introductory workshops on workforce planning and
the development of related guidelines; (ii) development of 2014/15 workforce action plans for each
organizational unit to capture and record key HR-related actions to meet business needs; and (iii) closer
alignment of job descriptions and annual workplans. As part of the workforce planning exercise mangers
were encouraged to consider the optimal mix of resources to efficiently address their business needs.
58. In August 2014, WIPO issued its first Policy on Gender Equality, which included a time-specific
goal to achieve gender balance in staffing. While the percentages of women at P4 (44.4 per cent) and
P5 (34.4 per cent) levels as of December 2014 showed only a slight increase as compared to 2013
(43.4 per cent and 34.3 per cent respectively), they nevertheless represented the highest ever in WIPO’s
history. To support the Policy objective related to the mainstreaming of gender perspectives in WIPO’s
work Gender Focal Points were appointed in each Program.
59. The regularization process for long-serving temporary employees (LSTEs) was completed in 2014,
with 31 LSTEs on continuing functions regularized following a competition. The regularization of the
remaining 66 temporary functions of a continuing nature approved by the Member States will be
completed in 2016. In 2014, some 23 posts were published for external competition. The year 2014 also
witnessed significant recruitment activity, with 97 competitions for fixed-term posts and 37 for temporary
positions, representing an increase of 26 per cent over 2013. In 2014, the recruitment lead time was on
track to meet the target of 14.7 weeks, however with 20 of the selection processes still not completed.
60. In the area of procurement and travel, savings for procured goods and services continued to be
yielded from more stringent price negotiations, which resulted in an overall savings of 2,663,000 Swiss
francs in 2014. As regards travel expenditure, the average air ticket price was reduced by 7.5 per cent
to 1,598 Swiss francs compared to 1,728 Swiss francs in 2013, thanks to the utilization of more
economical fares. It should also be noted that in 2014, a substantial effort was made to reduce travel
expenditure leading to a decrease in both the number of tickets issued and the number of late travel
submissions. Finally, through close monitoring of the administrative process, the average lead time to
process purchase requisitions was reduced by half in four years, resulting in greater efficiency and more
agility in procuring goods and services
61. As regards ICT enhancements, specific accomplishments in 2014 included: preliminary tests on
enhancements of ICT infrastructure resilience, showing promising results; completion of the ICT
infrastructure for the new WIPO Conference Hall in time for its opening for the twenty-second session of
the PBC and the fifty-fourth series of meetings of the WIPO Assemblies; the establishment of Service
Delivery Agreements (SDAs) to explicitly capture the ICT needs for the specific business areas and also
to enable more systematic tracking and monitoring; enhanced mobile telecommunications with more
integrated services offered at lower costs; and further migration of traditional server platforms to virtual
servers, consolidation of database licenses, optimizing policies in managing unused user accounts.
16
Program Performance Report 2014
62. In the field of information assurance, as part of the continuous improvement process promoted by
the ISO 27001 Standard, the PCT underwent re-certification to the updated 2013 version of the standard
(ISO 27001:2013), with no major or minor non-conformities. As part of this process, a series of third party
service provider risk assessments was carried out to ensure improved supply-chain security for services.
The year 2014 also saw the launch of a solution aimed at raising user awareness around the topic of
Phishing. The first such campaign resulted in a dramatic increase in the number of phishing attempts
being reported by the user community.
63. The WIPO Language Policy continued to be effectively implemented by extending the six-language
coverage to Working Groups in a phased and cost effective manner. According to the timeline set by
Member States, coverage was extended in 2014 to the PCT Working Group and the Working Group on
the Legal Development of the Hague System for the International Registration of Industrial Designs.
64. A key achievement in 2014 was the inauguration of the new WIPO Conference Hall. The New
Conference Hall Project was delivered in several stages, with various technical and system tests carried
out in parallel, area by area. The new Access Center was delivered in July 2014; the exterior landscaping
between the New Building, the new WIPO Conference Hall and the AB Building was delivered at the end
of August 2014; the new WIPO Conference Hall per se was delivered at the end of August and was
available for the holding of the PBC session from September 1 to 5, 2014; the entirety of the new and
renovated construction was completed in September 2014 in the new WIPO Conference Hall and three
floors of the AB Building, and made available for the session of the WIPO Assemblies from September 22
to 30, 2014, which included the inauguration of the new WIPO Conference Hall on the opening day in the
presence of WIPO Member States and observers, officials from the Host Country (federal, cantonal and
municipal levels), representatives from other UN Agencies, and from the 70-odd companies and firms that
had contributed to the construction and completion of the Project.
65. The year 2014 also saw a number of important safety and security achievements, notably the
opening of the new WIPO Access Center (AB reception) and the Security Coordination Operations Center
(SCOC). In addition, the H-MOSS project neared completion, with 95 per cent of new systems fully
operational by the end of 2014. These enhancements significantly strengthened safety and security
throughout the WIPO campus, and in line with the project plan, enabled a gradual reduction in the level of
on-site security staff in 2014, although not to the extent originally foreseen.
17
Program Performance Report 2014
III.
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014 BY STRATEGIC GOAL
STRATEGIC GOAL I
BALANCED EVOLUTION OF THE INTERNATIONAL
NORMATIVE FRAMEWORK FOR IP
Mid-term Performance Dashboard (2014)
The dashboard below provides a summary of the progress towards the achievement of the Results
in 2014 as measured by the indicators under the Programs contributing to this Strategic Goal.
Expected Results
I.1 Enhanced cooperation among
Member States on development of
balanced international normative
frameworks for IP and agreement on
specific topics on which international
instruments are agreed
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
Progress on the implementation of SCP agreed
steps/plans
Program 1

% of satisfied participants in targeted
workshops/seminars/conferences held on specific
patent-related topics
Program 1

Agreement on a normative framework for industrial
design registration and maintenance procedures
Program 2

Progress towards agreement on current issues on the
SCT Agenda
Program 2

No. of ratifications/ accessions to the Singapore Treaty
Program 2

Progress towards agreement on current issues on the
SCCR agenda
Program 3

Performance Indicators
18
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Results
I.2 Tailored and balanced IP
legislative, regulatory and policy
frameworks
I.3 Increased protection of State
emblems and names and emblems of
International Intergovernmental
Organizations
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
Agreement in the IGC’s negotiations on an international
legal instrument(s) on TK, TCEs and GRs
Program 4

No. and % of Member States which found the provided
information concerning the legal principles and practices
of the patent system, including the flexibilities existing in
the system and the challenges it faces, useful
Program 1

No. and % of Member States which were satisfied with
the quality of legal advice related to patents, utility
models, trade secrets and integrated circuits
Program 1

Program 9

Subject to approval by Member States, progress on the
revision of the Patent Model Law for developing
countries and LDCs
Program 1

No. and % of Member States/regional organizations
providing positive feedback on the legislative advice
offered in the area of trademarks, industrial designs and
geographical indications
Program 2

Program 9

No. of countries that have ratified the Beijing Treaty
Program 3

No. and % of countries that have provided positive
feedback about WIPO’s legislative advice
Program 3

Program 9

No. of ratifications to the WIPO Internet Treaties
Program 3

No. of countries that have ratified the Marrakesh Treaty
on the VIP
Program 3

No. of countries with updated laws and/or regulations
Program 10

No. of countries that have adopted or amended relevant
frameworks (or are in the process of doing so) further to
WIPO assistance
Program 17

No. of requests for communication under Article 6ter
dealt with
Program 2

No. of signs published in Article 6ter database
Program 2

Performance Indicators
19
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 1
PATENT LAW
Program Manager
Mr. J. Sandage
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
1.1.
In view of enhancing cooperation among Member States on further developing balanced policy
and normative frameworks for the international patent system, the twentieth and twenty first sessions of
the Standing Committee on the Law of Patents (SCP) were held in January and November 2014,
respectively. The SCP continued to examine five topics on its agenda, namely: (i) exceptions and
limitations to patent rights; (ii) quality of patents, including opposition systems; (iii) patents and
health; (iv) confidentiality of communication between clients and their patent advisors; and (v) transfer of
technology.
1.2.
The examination of substantive studies allowed the SCP to review the current international patent
system in a holistic manner that took into account different needs and interests of Member States and
stakeholders. A step-by-step approach broadened the common base from which the Committee could
develop its discussions. Further, various methodologies employed by the Committee, including
preparation of background studies, seminar and sharing sessions on national implementation of patent
law and national experiences and challenges, contributed to advancing discussions on issues of common
interest at the SCP. During 2014, a number of proposals were put forward by Member States on the
above topics, showing commitments by Member States in the SCP process.
1.3.
With respect to WIPO administered treaties in the field of patents, in 2014, one State (Kuwait)
joined the Paris Convention.
1.4.
WIPO’s legislative and policy assistance was consistently based on the multilateral legal
framework. Member States’ legislative activity has grown, particularly due to their participation in regional
economic integration processes and preferential trade agreements. Additionally, a number of Member
States are revising their patent laws to accommodate local public policies or because of their accession to
multilateral treaties on patents, namely, PCT, Budapest and PLT. Moreover, the countries joining the
WTO systematically revise their legal framework. Therefore requests for legislative advice follow the
same trend.
1.5.
Furthermore, during 2014 the Secretariat continued to contribute to the promotion of a greater
awareness of the legal principles and practices of the patent system through the provision of relevant
information to intergovernmental organizations, United Nations bodies, non-governmental organizations
and other parties on issues covered by this Program.
1.6.
The design, planning and implementation of activities by Program 1 were informed and guided by
the relevant DA Recommendations. Discussions on the progressive development of the international
patent system within the SCP continued to be inclusive and member-driven, taking into account different
levels of development, representing a participatory process and being in line with the principle of
neutrality of the WIPO Secretariat (Recommendation 15). The discussions also took into account existing
flexibilities in international IP agreements (Recommendation 17). The activities of the SCP were based
upon open and balanced consultations (Recommendations 21 and 42), while being supportive of the UN
development goals (Recommendation 22). In particular, in line with Recommendation 22, working
documents of the SCP addressed issues such as: (i) patent-related transfer of technology; and
(ii) potential flexibilities, exceptions and limitations for Member States.
1.7.
The Program’s capacity building and legislative and policy assistance activities were
development-oriented,
demand-driven
and
carried
out
within
the
timeframe
planned
(Recommendations 1, 13 and 14).
1.8.
In addition, in accordance with Recommendations 16 and 20, the Program was engaged in a final
assessment of the outputs of the DA Project on Patents and the Public Domain, which was presented and
discussed at the thirteenth session of the Committee on Development and Intellectual Property (CDIP),
which took place from May 19 to 23, 2014.
20
Program Performance Report 2014
1.9.
The Program also prepared document CDIP/13/10, which covers two new patent-related
flexibilities, which was discussed at the same session of the CDIP and undertook activities aimed at
raising awareness on the practical implementation of flexibilities at the national level. In this regard, a
WIPO Regional Seminar on issues of Patent Protection in the pharmaceutical field in Bishkek, Kyrgyzstan
and six national seminars or workshops on patent legal framework and public policy were organized.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: I.1 Enhanced cooperation among Member States on development of balanced international normative
frameworks for IP and agreement on specific topics on which international instruments are agreed
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Progress on the
implementation of SCP agreed
steps/plans
Updated Baseline
end 2013: The SCP
concentrated its efforts on
progressing the five topics
on its agenda, and
advanced its discussions
through, for example,
collecting information
through a questionnaire,
preparing studies and
exchanging national
practices and experiences
among Member States.
Advanceme
nt on issues
of common
interest at
the SCP
SCP/21 (11/2014) five topics:
exceptions and limitations to
patents rights; quality of patents;
patents and health; confidentiality
of communication between clients
and their patent advisors, and
transfer of technology .
Discussions were based on
delegations’ proposals (11) and
documents prepared by the
Secretariat (10) (Summary by the
Chair, document SCP/21/11 Rev.)
On track
TLS
90%
92.75 % based on 2014 survey
On track
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: To be
determined
% of satisfied participants in
targeted workshops/ seminars/
conferences held on specific
patent-related topics
Updated Baseline
end 2013: 92.5%, based on
2012/13 survey
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: Surveys 2012
Expected Result: I.2 Tailored and balanced IP legislative, regulatory and policy frameworks
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
No. and % of Member States
which found the provided
information concerning the
legal principles and practices
of the patent system, including
the flexibilities existing in the
system and the challenges it
faces, useful
Updated Baseline
end 2013: 90% based on
survey conducted by IOD in
2013 among 47 Member
States
90%
6 out of 7 respondents (85.7%)
On track
No and % of Member States
which were satisfied with the
quality of legal advice related
to patents, utility models, trade
secrets and integrated circuits
Updated Baseline
end 2013: 9 respondents
(90%), based on survey
conducted by IOD in 2013
90%
Eight respondents reported on
average a 90% satisfaction rate
(Africa-2; Arab-1; Asia and the
Pacific-1; Certain Countries in
Europe and Asia-2; Latin
America and the Caribbean-1;
Other- 1).
On track
Subject to approval by
Member States, progress on
the revision of the Patent
Model Law for developing
countries and LDCs
Updated Baseline
end 2013: One meeting of
experts
Advancement
in the
preparatory
work for
updating the
WIPO Patent
Model Law
SCP Summary by the Chair
document SCP/21/11 Rev.
Not
on track
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: To be
determined
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: Surveys 2012
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: To be
determined
21
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
2014
Expenditure*
I.1
Enhanced cooperation among Member States on
development of balanced international normative
framew orks for IP and agreement on specific topics on
w hich international instruments are agreed
2,285
2,051
1,188
I.2
Tailored and balanced IP legislative, regulatory and policy
framew orks
2,665
3,104
1,413
Total
4,950
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
5,155
2,601
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
3,746
3,942
2,086
53%
Non-personnel Resources
1,204
1,213
515
42%
TOTAL
4,950
5,155
2,601
50%
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
1.10. The overall increase in the 2014/15 Budget after Transfers resulted primarily from the allocation
of additional personnel resources to Result I.2 (Legislative advice) in order to more efficiently respond to
an increase of requests for legislative advice.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
1.11. Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
22
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 2
TRADEMARKS, INDUSTRIAL DESIGNS AND GEOGRAPHICAL
INDICATIONS
Program Manager
Ms. B. Wang
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
2.1.
In 2014, the Standing Committee on the Law of Trademarks, Industrial Designs and Geographical
Indications (SCT) continued at its thirty-first and thirty-second sessions work on a draft Design Law Treaty
to be adopted at a possible Diplomatic Conference. The question of convening such a Diplomatic
Conference was dealt with by the WIPO General Assembly at its forty-fifth (24th extraordinary) session in
May 2014, and at its forty-sixth (25th extraordinary) session in September 2014, without a decision on
that matter being taken. The SCT continued its work on the protection of country names and considered a
study prepared by the Secretariat, as well as a proposal by the Delegation of Jamaica. Furthermore, a
number of delegations presented proposals for work by the SCT on geographical indications. The
Program’s norm-setting activities within the SCT continued to be inclusive and member-driven in line with
DA Recommendation 15, and the SCT negotiations were based upon open and balanced consultations in
line with DA Recommendations 21 and 42.
2.2.
The year 2014 also saw ratification of and/or accession to the Singapore Treaty on the Law of
Trademarks by seven new Contracting Parties (Belarus, Belgium, Benelux Organization for Intellectual
Property (BOIP), Iraq, Luxembourg, Netherlands and Tajikistan), bringing the total number of Contracting
Parties to 38 at the end of 2014.
2.3.
As regards increased protection of State emblems and names and emblems of international
intergovernmental organizations under Article 6ter Paris Convention, communications and responses to
requests were dealt with in a timely and efficient manner during the period under review. The
discrepancy between the target for requests to be dealt with and the actual number of requests is due to
the fluctuation of requests and the fact that the estimated target was based on a biennial average. The
same applies for the actual number of signs published (49), which falls short of the target. At the end of
2014, a total of 3,057 signs were contained in the Article 6ter database.
2.4.
Concerning the work on tailored and balanced IP legislative, regulatory and policy frameworks,
the Program provided advice to 20 Member States/intergovernmental organizations in the area of
trademark, industrial design and geographical indications law. The Program’s technical assistance,
capacity building and legislative assistance activities were development-oriented, demand-driven and
reported on during the year in line with DA Recommendations 1 and 13.
2.5.
In addition, the Program implemented the first year of the DA Pilot Project on IP and Design
Management for Business Development in Developing and Least Developed Countries (DA_4_10_02).
The two pilot countries, namely Argentina and Morocco, and the local Lead Agencies were selected in
2014. Following a formal agreement on the project scope statement with both countries, national design
protection strategies, outreach plans and exit strategies were drafted. Feasibility studies were then
carried out in both countries, and country project coordinators, national experts and an overall 70
beneficiary SMEs were selected. The national project kick-off events were successfully implemented.
Key stakeholders, including ministries, are expected to sign project charters in both countries in 2015.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: I.1 Enhanced cooperation among Member States on development of balanced international normative
frameworks for IP and agreement on specific topics on which international instruments are agreed
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Agreement on a normative
framework for industrial
design registration and
maintenance procedures
Updated Baseline end 2013: No
normative framework for industrial
design registration procedures
Adoption of a
Design Law
Treaty by a
possible
Diplomatic
Conference
No decision to convene a
Diplomatic Conference for the
adoption of a Design law
Treaty was taken.
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
No normative framework for
industrial design registration and
maintenance procedures
23
TLS
Not
on track
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Progress towards
agreement on current
issues on the SCT Agenda
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Agreement by the SCT on a
substantive number of draft Articles
and Rules for a Design Law Treaty.
SCT agreed
outcomes
SCT agreement on the
continuation of work on the
protection of country names.
In 2014, work continued on
the protection of country
names, and a study prepared
by the Secretariat, as well as
a proposal by the Delegation
of Jamaica, were considered
during the two SCT sessions
(SCT/31 and 32).
SCT agreement on the continuation
of work on the protection of country
names.
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
Draft Reference Document on the
Protection of Country Names
Against Registration and Use of
Trademarks
No. of
ratifications/accessions to
the Singapore Treaty
Updated Baseline end 2013: 31
Contracting Parties (end 2013
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
29 Contracting Parties (end 2012)
TLS
On track
Eight new
ratifications/acc
essions
Seven new Contracting
Parties in 2014: Belarus,
Belgium, Benelux
Organization for Intellectual
Property (BOIP), Iraq,
Luxembourg, Netherlands and
Tajikistan, which brings the
total number of Contracting
Parties to 38 at the end of
2014.
On track
Expected Result: I.2 Tailored and balanced IP legislative, regulatory and policy frameworks
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. and % of Member
States/regional
organizations providing
positive feedback on the
legislative advice offered in
the area of trademarks,
industrial designs and
geographical indications
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Legislative
advice
provided to 10
Member
States/regional
organizations.
90% of
respondents
satisfied with
the advice
offered
Advice was provided to 20
Member States/Regional
Organizations (Africa 7; Arab
1; Asia and the Pacific 11;
Latin America and the
Caribbean 1)
2013: Advice was provided to 13
Member States on 18 individual
pieces of draft legislation
Positive feedback received from
nine out of 13 countries. Four
countries did not reply.
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
11 Member States/regional
organizations received legislative
advice out of which three provided
positive feedback on legislative
advice received in 2012
TLS
On track
Feedback was received from
seven respondents, all of
whom (100%) reported
satisfaction with the advice
offered.
Expected Result: I.3 Increased protection of State emblems and names and emblems of International Intergovernmental
Organizations
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of requests for
communication under
Article 6ter dealt with
Updated Baseline end 2013: 126
requests for publication under
Article 6ter dealt with by the end of
2013
140 requests
for
communication
under
Article 6ter
dealt with
51 requests for
communication received and
dealt with, of which 11
resulted in publication
Not
on track
150 signs
published in
Article 6ter
database6
49 new signs published
(2014)
Not
on track
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
70 requests4 for communication
under Article 6ter dealt with in 2012
No. of signs published in
Article 6ter database
Updated Baseline end 2013: 132
signs published in Article 6ter
database in 2012/13
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
75 signs5 published in Article 6ter
database in 2012
4
TLS
A total of 3,057 signs
contained in the Article 6ter
database at the end of 2014.
Corrigendum: The number of requests for communication under Article 6ter dealt with in 2012 was actually 69, as reported in the
PPR 2012/13.
5 Corrigendum: The number of signs published in Article 6ter database at the end of 2012 was actually 84, as reported in the PPR
2012/13.
6
The target refers to the number of signs published during the biennium 2014/15.
24
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
2014
Expenditure*
I.1
Enhanced cooperation among Member States on
development of balanced international normative
framew orks for IP and agreement on specific topics on
w hich international instruments are agreed
3,808
3,227
1,581
I.2
Tailored and balanced IP legislative, regulatory and policy
framew orks
1,429
1,058
469
I.3
Increased protection of State emblems and names and
emblems of International Intergovernmental Organizations
439
767
346
III.4
Strengthened cooperation mechanisms and programs
tailored to the needs of developing countries and LDCs
487
487
48
Total
6,162
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
5,539
2,444
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
4,122
4,154
1,946
47%
Non-personnel Resources
2,040
1,385
498
36%
TOTAL
6,162
5,539
2,444
44%
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
2.6.
The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects a downward adjustment under Result I.1
(Development of balanced international normative frameworks for IP) due to the transfer out of the
Program of non-personnel resources initially budgeted for a possible Diplomatic Conference.
B.
2.7.
Budget utilization 2014
The under-utilization of non-personnel resources resulted primarily from:

the postponement of the Diplomatic Conference under I.1 (Development of balanced
international normative frameworks for IP);

cost savings due to a reduction in staff missions under Result I.2 (Legislative advice); and

a delay in the recruitment of a project manager for the DA Pilot Project on IP and Design
Management for Business Development in Developing and Least Developed Countries,
reflected under III.4 (Strengthened cooperation mechanisms and programs tailored to the
needs of developing countries and LDCs).
25
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 3
COPYRIGHT AND RELATED RIGHTS
Program Manager
Ms. A. Leer
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
3.1.
The work of this Program in 2014 focused on achieving the Expected Results in three broad
areas: advancing the normative work in the Standing Committee on Copyright and Related Rights
(SCCR), strengthening the development of copyright infrastructure, and enhancing the institutional and
human capacity in developing countries and LDCs, with a view to using the copyright system to exploit
the economic potential of their cultural and creative industries. Significant progress has been made in
each of these areas, as demonstrated by the performance indicators discussed below.
Normative and Policy Related Work
3.2.
The progress of the two new copyright treaties toward entry into force continued in 2014. The
Beijing Treaty on Audiovisual Performances (Beijing Treaty) obtained four additional ratifications and
accessions (China, Japan, Slovakia, United Arab Emirates) for a total of six of the thirty needed to bring it
into force. The Marrakesh Treaty to Facilitate Access to Published Works for Persons Who Are Blind,
Visually Impaired or Otherwise Print Disabled (Marrakesh VIP Treaty) obtained a total of 80 signatures by
the June deadline, as well as its first five ratifications and accessions (El Salvador, India, Mali, United
Arab Emirates, Uruguay) toward the twenty needed to bring it into force. The ratification/accession
targets requested for the 2014/15 biennium for these treaties at the twentieth session of the Program and
Budget Committee were quite ambitious given the need to hold resource allocations to their proposed
levels; however assisting Member States with treaty ratification was and remains a priority for the
Program, with a likelihood that the Marrakesh VIP Treaty target may be met by the end of the biennium.
3.3.
The Program’s SCCR norm-setting activities were inclusive and member-driven
(Recommendation 15), duly considering the boundaries, role and contours of the public domain
(Recommendations 16 and 20) and taking into account flexibilities in international IP agreements
(Recommendation 17).
3.4.
Legislative advice on copyright and related rights issues provided to Member States, at their
request, was development-oriented, balanced and tailored to unique Member State situations, in
accordance with DA principles (Recommendation 13), and bore in mind the applicable flexibilities relevant
to countries at differing levels of development (Recommendations 14 and 17). In 2014, advice was
provided to 16 Member States in various regions. Requests for such advice increased in 2014, in part
due to the interest of Member States in joining the Beijing Treaty and the Marrakesh VIP Treaty. Advice
on the new ten-year regime of the Berne Appendix was also provided to developing countries and LDCs
upon request.
3.5.
Further discussions were held on the other items on the agenda of the SCCR during the three
meetings held in April/May 2014, June/July 2014, and December 2014. The SCCR discussions
addressed a proposed treaty for broadcasting organizations and limitations and exceptions related to
libraries and archives, educational and research institutions, and persons with other disabilities. SCCR
negotiations were based upon open and balanced consultations (Recommendations 21 and 42) while
being supportive of UN development goals (Recommendation 22).
3.6.
Moreover, good progress was also made on a variety of projects aimed at enhancing WIPO’s role
in copyright in the digital environment. The Program was engaged in a number of activities in different
fora, such the World Summit on the Information Society, the Internet Governance Forum and the World
Economic Forum, aimed at raising awareness of relevant copyright-related topics, including usergenerated content, legal protection of video games, and emerging licensing modalities.
Copyright Infrastructure
3.7.
During 2014, progress was made in establishing a new, voluntary, international quality assurance
standard for collective management known as the “TAG of Excellence” (i.e. excellence in transparency,
accountability and governance). Reaction to the proposed new standard has been positive. Most of the
international trade associations involved with collective management organizations (CMOs) have formed
26
Program Performance Report 2014
a Consortium, which has agreed to a compendium of principles that will form the foundation of the TAG
norms. The initiative has attracted considerable support from individual CMOs and governments in both
the developing and developed world (nine governments and 61 CMOs have signed expressions of
interest).
3.8.
3.8. Capacity building, support and maintenance activities continued for WIPO’s current copyright
data management tool, WIPOCOS. WIPO’s objective is to continue support for WIPOCOS until the
WIPO Copyright Connection (WCC), the new data management system to enhance global data and
rights flows in beneficiary CMOs, is ready for deployment.
3.9.
In 2014, WIPO published four national studies on the economic contribution of copyright
industries in Argentina, Indonesia, Serbia and Turkey and one study in the Member States of the
Organization of the East Caribbean States (OECS), for a total of 46 studies. The studies are based on
the WIPO Guide on Surveying the Economic Contribution of the Copyright Based Industries 2003. The
guide is currently being revised. The studies indicate that, on average, the creative industries account for
5.18 per cent of GDP and 5.32 per cent of total employment. WIPO also developed (with external
partners) the first international survey on text and image copyright levies. Pilot studies on assessing the
broader economic, social and cultural impact of copyright in the creative industries and a study on
assessing copyright piracy were also launched during the reporting period.
3.10. WIPO published two new tools for creators: Mastering the Game - Business and Legal Issues for
Video Game Developers, and Monetization of Copyright Assets by Creative Enterprises. The second
edition of the WIPO publication How to Make a Living from Music was released in July 2014. These tools
are widely used in capacity building programs and are in great demand (they were downloaded over
100,000 times in 2014). WIPO has also co-produced a new online Collective Societies Handbook 2014
containing key facts and figures on CMOs around the world.
3.11. WIPO developed a distance learning course that uses the full range of 21st century
communications techniques to create a practical collective management tool for staff of CMOs, policy
makers and legal practitioners. The course was piloted in the latter part of the year. Throughout 2014,
WIPO also signed MoUs and organized a series of capacity building programs and events with NGOs
such as Instituto de Derecho de Autor IA), Sociedade Portuguesa de Autores (SPA), the International
Federation of Phonographic Industry (IFPI) and The Societies’ Council for the Collective Management of
Performers’ Rights (SCAPR), as well as with governments, including that of the United States of America.
3.12. In 2014, a new multi-stakeholder entity was established to increase the number of books
worldwide in accessible formats - such as braille, audio and large print - and to make them available to
people who are print disabled. The Accessible Books Consortium (ABC) is composed of WIPO,
organizations that serve persons with print disabilities, libraries for the print disabled and organizations
that represent authors and publishers. The ABC carried out three main activities: capacity building
(funded by the Governments of Australia and the Republic of Korea) in Bangladesh, India, Nepal and Sri
Lanka; inclusive publishing, which promotes technologies that allow for “born accessible” publishing so
that new books are usable from the start by both sighted people and people with print disabilities; and the
ABC International Book Exchange (known as the TIGAR Service), an international database of some
286,000 accessible titles in 55 languages.
Technical Assistance to Developing Countries and LDCs
3.13. Technical assistance provided to developing countries and LDCs in the field of copyright and
related rights in 2014 was development-oriented and demand-driven in line with DA Recommendations 1
and 13.
3.14. Based on requests received from developing country Member States, over 40 programs and
projects were implemented at national, regional and inter-regional levels to respond to needs and
identified priorities, reaching 85 developing countries and LDCs from all regions and three regional
intergovernmental organizations (the African Regional Industrial Property Organization (ARIPO), Centro
Regional para el Fomento del Libro en América Latina y el Caribe (CERLALC) and Organisation Africaine
de la Propriété Intellectuelle OAPI). The activities encompassed awareness raising in copyright and
related rights and capacity building among heads of national copyright offices, decision makers and key
stakeholders. Activities addressed both basic principles of copyright and related rights and emerging
topical issues of particular relevance and importance to developing countries and LDCs, including new
27
Program Performance Report 2014
developments at the national and international level, and contributed to: (i) the enhancement of capacity
to formulate and implement national copyright policies and strategic frameworks for coherent and
effective use of IP for sustainable development; and (ii) improving the institutional capacities and skills
and knowledge structure of national copyright offices to deliver services to their stakeholders.
3.15. According to the evaluations conducted at the end of the workshops, more than 80 per cent of the
participants considered the content of the workshops relevant to their jobs and thought they would be
able to use the information and knowledge from the workshops in their work. These results demonstrated
positive steps for enhancing participation of developing countries in the global creative economy.
3.16.
In addition, Program 3 was engaged in the implementation of the following DA projects:
-
The Comparative Analysis of National Approaches on Voluntary Copyright Relinquishment
(Document CDIP/13/INF/6) was presented and received positively by the CDIP as part of the
implementation of Recommendations 1c, 1f and 2a of the Scoping Study on Copyright and
Related Rights and the Public Domain.
-
A Revised Implementation Proposal on Possible New WIPO Activities Related to Using Copyright
to Promote Access to Information and Creative Content (CDIP/13/11), based on the discussion
held on document CDIP/12/9, was presented and approved by the CDIP for further
implementation and action as appropriate.
-
The Project on Strengthening and Development of the Audiovisual Sector in Burkina Faso and
Certain African Countries, presented by the Delegation of Burkina Faso and which was approved
at the ninth session of the CDIP, was under implementation in Burkina Faso, Kenya and Senegal
in accordance with the approved terms of reference.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: I.1 Enhanced cooperation among Member States on development of balanced international normative
frameworks for IP and agreement on specific topics on which international instruments are agreed
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Progress towards
agreement on current issues
on the SCCR agenda
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Beijing Treaty text adopted in
June 2012. Marrakesh VIP
Treaty text adopted in June
2013. Progress consistent
with SCCR work plan on all
issues on the agenda.
One
Diplomatic
Conference
convened and
one Treaty
adopted in the
biennium
2014/15
The SCCR and the 2014 WIPO
General Assembly did not reach
agreement on steps toward the
convening of a diplomatic
conference for a treaty on the
protection of broadcasting
organizations.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Two Treaties
adopted in biennium 2012/13
(as to date). Two Diplomatic
Conferences convened during
the biennium 2012/13
TLS
Not
on track
Expected Result: I.2 Tailored and balanced IP legislative, regulatory and policy frameworks
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of countries that have
ratified the Beijing Treaty
Updated Baseline end 2013:
2 (Botswana, Syrian Arab
Republic)
30 countries
4 additional countries have
deposited instruments of
ratification or accession for the
Beijing Treaty (China, Japan,
Slovakia, United Arab Emirates)
(6 countries in total)
Not
on track
15 countries
16 countries received legislative
advice in 2014. (Africa 6; Asia
and the Pacific 2; Latin America
and the Caribbean 4; Arab 2;
Other 2). Survey to be
conducted in 2015.
N/A 2014
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: None
No. and % of countries that
have provided positive
feedback about WIPO´s
legislative advice
Data not available
28
TLS
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of ratifications to the
WIPO Internet Treaties
Updated Baseline end 2013:
184
190
Four instruments of ratification
or accessions were deposited in
2014, for a total of 188:

WIPO Copyright Treaty
(Canada, Madagascar)

WIPO Performances and
Phonogram treaty (Canada,
Madagascar)
On track
20 countries
Five instruments of ratification or
accession were deposited in
2014
(El Salvador, India, Mali, United
Arab Emirates, Uruguay)
Not
on track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 181 (end 2012)
No. of countries that have
ratified the Marrakesh Treaty
on the VIP
None
TLS
Expected Result: III.2 Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the effective
use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in transition
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
No. of governments and
CMOs signing an agreement
with WIPO to develop a new
transparency, accountability
and governance quality
assurance standard
n/a
Four governments
and six CMOs
9 governments (Cape
Verde, Ethiopia, the
Gambia, Indonesia, Liberia,
Malaysia, Mauritius, Nepal,
Sri Lanka), and 61 CMOs
have signed expressions of
interest in the TAG project.
On track
% of creators satisfied with
the training provided on
using copyright data and
information for the efficient
management of their
copyright
Updated Baseline end 2013:
60%
80%
On track
% of participants’ positive
rating of the usefulness of
copyright related capacity
building meetings and
workshops
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Over 80% of the participants in
the copyright and related
rights capacity building
programs rated the received
training as being useful.
70% agree or
strongly agree
Over 80%
On track
60% of countries
that received
assistance
Over 60%
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Not yet started
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 70% of satisfactory
rate
No. of Member States that
take initiatives to improve
their use of the copyright
and related rights system to
exploit the economic
potentials of their cultural
works and products
Updated Baseline end 2013:
60% of countries received
assistance
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 60% of countries
that requested technical
assistance
Expected Result: IV.2 Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP institutions and the public to promote innovation and
creativity
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of trusted intermediaries
(TIs) and rights holders
(RHs) having joined the
TIGAR system network,
including from developing
countries and LDCs
Updated Baseline end 2013:
By the end of 2013, 25 TIs and
45 RHs had signed the TIGAR
Memorandum of
Understanding, including TIs
from developing and least
developed countries. Eleven
TIs had uploaded their
accessible format titles to the
TIGAR database by the end of
2013.
24 TIs and 46 RHs
(cumulative)
The Stakeholders’ Platform
has now been moved to the
Accessible Books
Consortium (ABC).
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 19 TIs and 40 RHs
29
TLS
Discontinued
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of copyright protected
works distributed among TIs
and made accessible to
VIPs across borders through
the TIGAR system network
Updated Baseline end 2013:
By the end of 2013,
approximately 600 books in
accessible formats had been
downloaded from the TIGAR
database in various countries.
1,000 cumulative
There were 2,500
downloaded audio books by
participating libraries at the
end of 2014. Some 16,000
persons with print disabilities
benefitted by end 2014.
On track
TLS
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 400
% of individuals satisfied
with the capacity building
support on copyright
infrastructure
Data not available
60%
100%
On track
No. of institutions using GDA
Updated Baseline end 2013:
157 Copyright Offices using
GDA (cumulative)
15
16 Copyright Offices using
GDA (cumulative)
On track
WIPO’s support of the GDA
system is expected to be
phased out by the end of
2015.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 15
Use of the WIPO Collective
Management Reference
Database
Data not available
100 users
1,600 users
On track
No. of legal instruments,
guidelines, statements of
principles other than
Treaties agreed to or
endorsed by the
stakeholders concerned in
areas such as IP and Sports
and Copyright in the Digital
Environment
Updated Baseline end 2013:
1
The WIPO Draft Guidelines
on Assessing the Economic,
Social and Cultural Impact of
Copyright on the Economy
(ESCIA Guidelines) were
finalized in 2014 and
entered into a pilot phase of
implementation.
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: One (WIPO Review
of Contractual Considerations
in the Audiovisual Sector)
Expected Result: IV.4 Enhanced technical and knowledge infrastructure for IP Offices and other IP institutions leading to better
services (cheaper, faster, higher quality) to their stakeholders
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
No. of governments and
CMOs signing an agreement
with WIPO to re-engineer
WIPOCOS
Not yet started
Four governments
and Five NGOs
7 governments (Chad,
Democratic Republic of the
Congo, Malaysia, Mali,
Nepal, Philippines, Uganda)
and 43 CMOs
On track
No. of CMOs in developing
countries and LDCs
participating in regional and
global networks facilitated by
WIPO
0 (zero)
10
13
On track
% of governments that
report positively on the
improved effectiveness (and
governance) of copyright
offices and other institutions
in the country
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Over 70% of Governments
that received assistance
reported positively on the
improved effectiveness and
governance of related
institutions in the country after
training.
80% of countries
that received
technical
assistance
Over 80%
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 80% satisfactory rate
7
Corrigendum: It was reported that there were 18 copyright offices using GDA at the end of 2013. The cumulative number was
actually 15, which was in line with the target of 15 offices set or the 2012/13 biennium.
30
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Result: V.2 Wider and better use of WIPO economic analysis in policy formulation
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Use of WIPO economic
studies on copyright by
governments and NGOs in
decision-making
Updated Baseline end 2013:
10 countries in 2012/13:
Bulgaria, China, Colombia,
Croatia, Jamaica, Kenya,
Malaysia, the United Republic
of Tanzania, Thailand and
Trinidad and Tobago
12 governments or
NGOS using
WIPO studies
(cumulative)
8 additional countries
(Finland, Latvia, Lithuania,
Malawi, Netherlands,
Republic of Korea, Serbia,
United States of America)
using WIPO studies
On track
17 countries (cumulative)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Eight governments
or NGOs using WIPO studies
National initiatives to
develop further statistics on
the creative industries based
upon WIPO’s work in the
field
TLS
10 national initiatives
(Bulgaria, China, Colombia,
Croatia, Jamaica, Kenya,
Malaysia, Thailand, Trinidad
and Tobago, the United
Republic of Tanzania.
15 national
initiatives
(cumulative)
6 additional national
initiatives (Australia (2),
Finland, Lithuania,
Netherlands, United States
of America) in 2014
On track
16 national initiatives
(cumulative)
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
2014
Expenditure*
I.1
Enhanced cooperation among Member States on
development of balanced international normative
framew orks for IP and agreement on specific topics on
w hich international instruments are agreed
3,916
2,699
1,201
I.2
Tailored and balanced IP legislative, regulatory and policy
framew orks
1,841
3,273
1,403
III.2
Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal w ith
the broad range of requirements for the effective use of
IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and
countries w ith economies in transition
4,188
3,936
1,840
IV.2
Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP
institutions and the public to promote innovation and
creativity
2,536
3,276
1,514
IV.4
Enhanced technical and know ledge infrastructure for IP
Offices and other IP institutions leading to better services
(cheaper, faster, higher quality) to their stakeholders
2,883
2,479
1,192
V.2
Wider and better use of WIPO economic analysis in policy
formulation
1,065
1,018
526
VIII.1
More effective communication to a broad public about
intellectual property and WIPO’s role
-
Total
16,430
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
31
123
16,805
7,676
Program Performance Report 2014
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
10,315
10,449
5,129
49%
Non-personnel Resources
6,114
6,355
2,546
40%
16,430
16,805
7,676
46%
TOTAL
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
3.17. The shift of resources from Expected Result I.1 to Expected Result I.2 was mainly due to the
allocation of additional personnel and non-personnel resources to respond to requests for assistance
related to the ratification and implementation of the Marrakesh and Beijing Treaties.
3.18. The increase in resources allocated to Expected Result IV.2 was primarily due to a greater
emphasis on ABC-related activities.
3.19. The decrease in resources allocated to Expected Result IV.4 was due to certain WIPOCOS
related activities being undertaken by personnel outside of the Program.
3.20. Resources linked to Expected Result VIII.1 reflects efforts dedicated by the Office of the Deputy
Director General of the Copyright and Related Rights Sector to the activities of Program 19.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
3.21. Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
32
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 4
TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDGE, TRADITIONAL CULTURAL
EXPRESSIONS AND GENETIC RESOURCES
Program Manager
Mr. M. A. Getahun
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
4.1.
The year under review saw continued progress in the negotiations of the WIPO Intergovernmental
Committee on Intellectual Property and Genetic Resources, Traditional Knowledge and Folklore (the
IGC). Under its new mandate for the current biennium established in 2013, the IGC met three times
(IGCs 26, 27 and 28). The IGC followed a clearly defined work program and sound working methods.
Member States continued to organize consultations and preparatory meetings before IGC sessions. The
IGC made progress in “text-based negotiations” pursuant to its mandate. By the end of the third and final
session for the year (IGC 28), the IGC had further streamlined a consolidated text on genetic resources
(GRs) and made further progress on the texts on traditional knowledge (TK) and traditional cultural
expressions (TCEs). The Secretariat continued to endeavor to play a neutral, professional and efficient
facilitatory role in support of the IGC process and to further improve the services provided to IGC
participants as a follow up to the evaluation conducted by WIPO’s Internal Oversight Division (IOD) in
2013, which found a high rate (96 per cent) of satisfaction among IGC participants. Although the
Secretariat continued to facilitate the participation in the IGC process of indigenous peoples and local
communities as far as possible, the Voluntary Fund for Accredited Indigenous and Local Communities
remained depleted. The WIPO General Assembly in October 2014, while taking stock and considering the
texts and the progress made, was not in a position at that particular juncture to agree on an IGC work
program for 2015.
4.2.
The successful conclusion of the IGC’s negotiations is the subject of DA Recommendation 18,
which urges the IGC “to accelerate the process on the protection of GRs, TK and folklore, without
prejudice to any outcome, including the possible development of an international instrument or
instruments”. The Program’s norm-setting activities within the IGC continued to be inclusive, memberdriven and based upon open and balanced consultations, involving civil society at large
(Recommendations 15, 21 and 42), taking into account the public domain (Recommendations 16 and 20)
and flexibilities in international IP agreements (Recommendations 14 and 17). The IGC’s negotiations
contributed to the mainstreaming of development considerations and were supportive of the UN
development goals (Recommendations 12 and 22).
4.3.
In terms of capacity building and awareness raising, work continued on outreach to indigenous
peoples and local communities with a view to enhancing their familiarity with IP and facilitating their
effective participation in the IGC process; supporting, upon request, the development of national and
regional legislation and policies; and forging practical solutions at all levels through increasing
understanding of the issues and options. In 2014, the Secretariat responded positively to slightly more
than 40 requests from Member States, NGOs, indigenous peoples and local communities, industry
associations and universities for briefings and other presentations on IP and TK, TCEs and GRs, whether
in Geneva or abroad. Given the intensity of and focus on the IGC process, large capacity building or
technical assistance projects or events were kept to a minimum. One country received legislative and
policy assistance at its request. A Practical Workshop for Indigenous Peoples and Local Communities on
Intellectual Property and Traditional Knowledge was organized in December 2014. WIPO continued to
contribute as a technical partner to regional projects in Africa, Asia and the Pacific, and Latin America and
the Caribbean. WIPO also continued to make available a series of short, accessible publications on the
key issues, and published a practical guide regarding Intellectual Property and Folks, Arts and Cultural
Festivals8.
4.4.
In fostering cooperation with other relevant intergovernmental organizations and fora, the
Secretariat cooperated even more closely with the Secretariat of the Convention on Biological Diversity
(CBD) and the Nagoya Protocol on Access to Genetic Resources and the Fair and Equitable Sharing of
Benefits Arising from their Utilization, including through co-organizing workshops for officials and
indigenous and local communities. The Secretariat also worked with the United Nations Permanent
Forum on Indigenous Issues (UNPFII) and participated in its 13th session in May 2014 and the World
8
http://www.wipo.int/edocs/pubdocs/en/wipo_pub_1043.pdf
33
Program Performance Report 2014
Conference on Indigenous Peoples in September 2014, in order to further engage with indigenous and
local community organizations and other UN organizations and extend its outreach to them. At the
request of the Secretariat of the UNPFII, the WIPO Secretariat provided financial support for the drafting,
by an indigenous expert, of a technical review for the UNPFII of the draft IGC texts from a human rights
perspective.
4.5.
The Program’s technical assistance, capacity building and legislative assistance activities
contributed directly to development and the fulfillment of other DA Recommendations, notably ensuring
development-oriented, demand-driven technical assistance (Recommendations 1 and 12), providing
legislative and policy advice on national legislation (Recommendations 11, 13 and 14), raising awareness
on TK, TCEs and GRs related IP issues (Recommendation 3), and cooperating on IP related issues with
UN agencies (Recommendation 40).
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: I.1 Enhanced cooperation among Member States on development of balanced international normative
frameworks for IP and agreement on specific topics on which international instruments are agreed
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Agreement in the IGC’s
negotiations on an
international legal
instrument(s) on TK, TCEs
and GRs
Updated Baseline end 2013: The
WIPO General Assembly in
October 2013 agreed on a
renewed mandate of the IGC for
2014/15 and a work program for
2014
Adoption of an
international
legal
instrument(s)
by a possible
Diplomatic
Conference
After three further sessions in
2014, the IGC made progress
in its text-based negotiations
pursuant to its mandate.
The WIPO General Assembly
in October 2014 did not agree
on a work program for the IGC
in 2015.
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
Negotiations underway under IGC
mandate for 2012-2013 and work
program for 2013
TLS
Not
on track
Expected Result: III.2 Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the effective
use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in transition
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
% of participants in WIPO
activities who report
enhanced capacity to
understand and use IP
principles, systems and
tools for the protection of
TK and TCEs, and for
management of the
interface between IP and
GRs
Updated Baseline end 2013: 95 %
(79 out of 83) participants
reported positively (feedback
questionnaire used in five activities
organized by the TK Division in
2012/13)
80%
91% (163 out of 179)
participants reported positively
(feedback questionnaire used
in nine activities organized by
the TK Division in 2014)
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
Not yet available
34
TLS
On track
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
2014
Expenditure*
I.1
Enhanced cooperation among Member States on
development of balanced international normative
framew orks for IP and agreement on specific topics on
w hich international instruments are agreed
5,725
4,149
1,962
III.2
Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal w ith
the broad range of requirements for the effective use of
IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and
countries w ith economies in transition
2,139
2,099
1,059
VII.2
IP-based platforms and tools are used for know ledge
transfer, technology adaption and diffusion from
developed to developing countries, particularly least
developed countries, to address global challenges
124
130
6,372
3,152
-
Total
7,864
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
4,434
3,850
2,055
53%
Non-personnel Resources
3,430
2,521
1,096
43%
TOTAL
7,864
6,372
3,152
49%
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
4.6.
The decrease in the Budget after Transfers under result I.1 (Development of balanced
international normative frameworks for IP) reflects a reduction in respect of the initially planned resource
allocation for a Diplomatic Conference in the area of IP and Genetic Resources, Traditional Knowledge
and Folklore (IGC).
4.7.
Program 4 includes resources allocated to the Department of Traditional Knowledge and Global
Challenges relevant to Expected Result VII.2.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
4.8.
Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
35
Program Performance Report 2014
STRATEGIC GOAL II
Provision of Premier Global IP Services
Mid-term Performance Dashboard (2014)
The dashboard below provides a summary of the progress towards the achievement of the Results
in 2014 as measured by the indicators under the Programs contributing to this Strategic Goal.
Expected Results
II.1 Increased use of the PCT
route for filing international patent
applications
II.2 Improvement of the PCT
system
II.3 Improved productivity and
service quality of PCT operations
Performance Indicators
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
Level of satisfaction of PCT users with
user-focused information and training services
Program 5

Satisfaction of Offices and International Authorities with
PCT cooperative activities
Program 5

No. of PCT applications originating from transition and
developed countries
Program 10

% of PCT filings
Program 20

% of policy makers, government officials, and IP
Practitioners and participants in targeted workshops with
enhanced understanding of the PCT and related topics
Program 20

Further development of the PCT system, notably
implementation of the PCT roadmap recommendations
endorsed by PCT Member States
Program 5

Improved electronic services for applicants, third parties,
Offices and Authorities
Program 5

Application unit cost
Program 5
Aggregate quality of formalities examination (including
timelines)
Program 5


Quality of translation
Program 5

Timelines of report translation
Program 5

36
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Results
II.4 Wider and better use of the
Hague system, including by
developing countries and LDCs
II.5 Improved productivity and
service quality of the Hague
operations
II.6 Wider and better use of the
Madrid & Lisbon systems,
including by developing countries
and LDCs
Performance Indicators
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
Quality of software development (QSD)
Program 5

Information systems service levels
Program 5

No. of Hague system applications originating from
transition and developed countries
Program 10

No. of countries that have formulated and/or are
engaged in policies outlining their accession to the
Hague Agreement
Program 20

% of policy makers, government officials, and IP
Practitioners and participants in targeted workshops with
enhanced understanding of the Hague System
Program 20

No. of Contracting Parties to the Hague in the Asia and
Pacific Region
Program 20

Membership of the Geneva (1999) Act
Program 31

Share of Offices concerned providing information on the
Hague system
Program 31

Hague filings and renewals
Program 31

Predominance of the Geneva (1999) Act in the Hague
system
Program 31

Progress towards the enhancement of the legal
framework
Program 31

Flexibility of data recorded in the International Register
Program 31

No. of automated processes
Program 31

Expansion of geographical coverage (Madrid)
Program 6

Expansion of geographical coverage (Lisbon)
Program 6

Adoption of provisions streamlining or modernizing the
Lisbon system legal framework
Program 6

No. of International Applications (Madrid)
Program 6

Share of Offices concerned providing updated
information on the Madrid System
Program 6

% of participants in Lisbon system events satisfied and
reporting enhanced awareness post an event
Program 6

No. and proportion of Lisbon registrations in force from
developing countries and LDCs
Program 6

Decrease in the number of irregularities (Madrid)
Program 6

No. of Madrid & Lisbon system applications originating
from transition and developed countries
Program 10

37
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Results
II.7 Improved productivity and
service quality of Madrid & Lisbon
operations
II.8 International and domestic
intellectual property disputes are
increasingly prevented or resolved
through WIPO mediation,
arbitration and other alternative
dispute resolution methods
II.9 Effective intellectual property
protection in the gTLDs and the
ccTLDs
Performance Indicators
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
No. of countries that have formulated and/or are
engaged in policies outlining their accession to the
Madrid Protocol
Program 20

% of satisfied participants in targeted
workshops/seminars held on Madrid related topics
Program 20

No. of Contracting Parties to the Madrid Protocol
Program 20

No. of new registrations (Madrid System)
Program 20

No. of renewals (Madrid System)
Program 20

Progress towards streamlining and simplification of the
Madrid system legal framework
Program 6

No. of registrations
No. of renewals processed
No. of modifications, including subsequent designations
(Madrid)
Program 6

Translation of applications in a timely manner (Madrid)
Program 6

Decrease in the number of corrections (Madrid)
Program 6

Improved client satisfaction (Madrid)
Program 6

Increased use of electronic exchange (Madrid)
Program 6

Refinement of the electronic International Register of the
Lisbon system
Program 6

Refinement of the electronic means of communication
and publication under the Lisbon procedures
Program 6

Increased consideration of the use of alternative dispute
resolution services in intellectual property transactions,
including through the use of WIPO procedures
Program 7

Program 20

Alternative dispute resolution policies to the
development and implementation of which policies the
Center has contributed
Program 7

No. of users in transition and developed countries using
the AMC services
Program 10

No. of gTLD UDRP cases administered
Program 7

No. of ccTLD UDRP based cases administered
Program 7

Dispute resolution policies in the Domain Name System
to the development and implementation of which policies
the Center has contributed
Program 7

No. of ccTLD administrators with WIPO assisted design
or administration of intellectual property protection
mechanisms in accordance with international standards
Program 7

38
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 5
THE PCT SYSTEM
Program Manager
Mr. J. Sandage
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
5.1.
The International Bureau (IB) received approximately 217,700 record copies in 2014,
representing an increase of seven per cent compared to 2013. The share of fully electronic filings
continued to increase in 2014 and now represents 91 per cent of total filings. While English accounts for
the majority of filings with 51.6 per cent in 2014, the shares of Asian languages have increased over the
past decade. The combined share of the PCT applications filed in Japanese, Chinese and Korean has
increased from 29.5 per cent in 2009 to 34.5 per cent in 2012, and has remained stable from
2012 to 2014.
5.2.
Use of the ePCT system increased significantly in 2014, as applicants and Offices became
increasingly aware of the system. The ePCT-filing functionality, which in 2013 was only available to the
receiving Office of the IB, was made accessible in 2014 to all receiving Offices willing to receive and
process international applications--by the end of 2014, 10 receiving Offices had received applications filed
via ePCT filing, including from developing countries such as Brazil, India, and Malaysia. Other countries
were in various stages of testing, while many of the receiving Offices and International Authorities allowed
for submission of post-filing documents via ePCT.
5.3.
At its seventh session, held in June 2014, the PCT Working Group continued its discussions on a
number of proposals aimed at improving the functioning of the PCT system, in line with the
recommendations, endorsed by the Working Group at its third session. Particular achievements in 2014
included agreement on new eligibility criteria for fee reductions for applicants from certain countries,
which expanded the number of developing countries and LDCs benefitting from such fee reductions.
Member States further concluded their discussions on possible fee reductions for small and mediumsized enterprises (SMEs), agreeing that there was no clear way forward and that no further work on this
issue would thus take place until a Member State would make a concrete proposal. It was agreed that
Discussions among Member States on possible fee reductions for universities and not-for-profit research
institutes, especially but not limited to those from developing countries and LDCs, would continue in 2015.
5.4.
In addition, Member States agreed on a revised procedure for the appointment of new
International Searching and Preliminary Examining Authorities and advanced discussions on how to
improve quality and timeliness of PCT work products (international search and preliminary examination
reports). They also noted progress towards acceptance of metrics for measuring the overall performance
of the PCT system, and in particular, as to the quality of PCT work products.
5.5.
The Program continued to devote an important part of its work and resources to technical
cooperation and assistance to developing countries and LDCs. Training and capacity building activities
were conducted with the goal of assisting Member States to strengthen national capacity for protection of
national creativity and innovation, in accordance with the DA. The activities were demand-driven,
development-oriented and transparent. They were developed in coordination with the local organizers,
taking into account the level of PCT awareness, technical knowledge, and PCT-related skills of the
participants. These activities contributed to strengthening the capacities of PCT Member States and
States considering accession to the PCT by enhancing local knowledge of and skills in utilizing the PCT
System.
5.6.
Awareness of the PCT among users and potential users was enhanced in 2014 through a variety
of training and outreach activities (53 seminars, 54 presentations, 17 webinars and 33 user visits). In
addition, the IB responded to 12,426 PCT-related inquiries from PCT users and potential users (an
average of 50 inquiries per day) and resolved 1,233 “special handling” cases during the year.
5.7.
The IB continued to improve and expand automation of certain processes relating to formalities
examination of PCT international applications. In addition to the applications filed electronically in XML
and PDF format, the IB made significant progress in automatically processing the International Search
Reports and Written Opinions received from China and the European Patent Office in XML format. This
noticeably improved the productivity and the quality of the formalities examination of PCT international
applications, which enabled the IB to absorb the continued workload increase with the same or fewer
39
Program Performance Report 2014
staff, while maintaining a high quality of service. Productivity, measured by the number of PCT
publications divided by the number of staff, increased by 18 per cent in 2014 over 2013, and the overall
quality, as measured by the aggregate index, improved markedly from 87.5 per cent in 2013 to 93.1 per
cent in 2014.
5.8.
The IB also made progress in making translation workflow management more flexible and secure
as well as promoting translation reuse and automating translation distribution.
PERFORMANCE DATA
II.1 Expected Result: Increased use of the PCT route for filing international patent applications
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
Level of satisfaction of
PCT users with userfocused information and
training services
2009 level of user PCT
satisfaction with PCT user
information and training
services
Maintain or
increase 2009
level of PCT user
satisfaction
Biennial survey to be
conducted in 2015.
N/A 2014
Satisfaction of Offices and
International Authorities
with PCT cooperative
activities
Updated Baseline end 2013:
56 (95 % out of 59
beneficiaries of PCT
cooperative activities; 85%
out of the 66 survey
respondents) (2012 survey)
Maintain the 2011
level of
satisfaction of
Offices and
International
Authorities
Biennial survey to be
conducted in 2016 to cover
2014/2015 biennium.
N/A 2014
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 59 respondents
expressed satisfaction with the
activities in 2011 (95% out of
62 involved in the activities/
86% out of all 69 respondents)
II.2 Expected Result: Improvement of the PCT system
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Further development of
the PCT system, notably
implementation of the PCT
roadmap
recommendations
endorsed by PCT Member
States
Updated Baseline end 2013:
State of the PCT system at the
end of 2013
Progress
towards furthering
the aims of the
Treaty, for the
benefit of all
stakeholders, in
line with the PCT
roadmap
recommendations
endorsed by
Member States9
In 2014, progress towards
furthering the aims of the
Treaty, for the benefit of all
stakeholders, in line with the
PCT roadmap
recommendations endorsed
by Member States, was made
in the following respects:
(a) Agreement by Member
States on eligibility criteria for
fee reductions; (b) Agreement
by Member States on a
revised procedure for
appointment of International
Searching and Preliminary
Examining Authorities;
(c) Member States’ advanced
discussions on how to improve
quality and timeliness of PCT
work products.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Decisions by
appropriate PCT bodies up to
the end of 2013
TLS
On Track
Exceptionally, the original target “Decisions by appropriate PCT bodies up to the end of 2015” has been changed in order to better
enable the measurement of the progress made towards further developing the PCT system in line with the PCT roadmap
recommendations.
9
40
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Improved electronic
services for applicants,
third parties, Offices and
Authorities
Updated Baseline end 2013:
No. of transactions carried out
using ePCT services at the
end of 2013 for:
-- 8,005 public applicants;
-- 4,754 private applicants;
-- 74 third parties;
-- 2,474 Offices; and
-- 2,398 Authorities
Increased no. of
transactions
carried out using
ePCT services for:
-- applicants;
-- third parties;
-- Offices; and
-- Authorities
At the end of 2014, compared to
the end of 2013:
10,567 public applicants
(+32%)
9,508 private applicants
(+100%)
93 third party observers
(+25%);
8,139 receiving Offices
(+329%);
647 International Authorities
(-73%) (largest user Office
moved to the next level of
automation)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: No. of transactions
carried out using ePCT
services at the end of 2013
for:
-- applicants;
-- third parties;
-- Offices; and
-- Authorities
TLS
On Track
II.3 Expected Result: Improved productivity and service quality of PCT operations
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
Application unit cost
Updated Baseline end 2013:
722 Swiss francs (2013)
Lower unit cost
662 Swiss francs (2014)
On Track
Higher Quality
89.60% (2012-2014)
On Track
Higher quality
86.77% (2012-2014)
On Track
Improvement
82.5% (2014)
On Track
Higher QSD
94.3% (2014)
On Track
Higher information
systems service
levels.
95.3% (2014)
On Track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Unit cost in 2013
Aggregate quality of
formalities examination
(including timeliness)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
88.74% (average 2011-13)
Quality of translation
Updated Baseline end 2013:
86.23% (2011-2013)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Average of last
three years
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Average of last
three years
Timeliness of report
translation
Updated Baseline end 2013:
64% on time (2013)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Timelines in 2013
Quality of software
development (QSD)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
89.4% (2013)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: QSD for latest build
of
ePCT and eDossier in 2013
Information systems
service levels
Updated Baseline end 2013:
93.0% (2013)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Information systems
service levels for 2013
41
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
II.1
Increased use of the PCT route for filing international
patent applications
II.2
Improvement of the PCT system
II.3
Improved productivity and service quality of PCT
operations
2014
Expenditure*
22,011
20,254
8,975
3,106
4,197
1,985
172,856
172,080
79,448
433
281
196,964
90,688
Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP
institutions and the public to promote innovation and
creativity
Total
197,973
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
IV.2
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
129,325
129,411
59,873
46%
Non-personnel Resources
68,648
67,553
30,816
46%
TOTAL
197,973
196,964
90,688
46%
Personnel Resources
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTES: (1) The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15
biennium in line with Financial Regulation 5.5. (2) The resources for the DA projects (IP and Technological Transfer with the
amount of 280 thousands Swiss francs and Open Collaborative Projects with the amount of 153 thousands Swiss francs) are
reflected under Expected Result IV.2. The substantive progress on these projects are reported on under Program 30.
A.
5.9.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
The overall decrease in the Budget after Transfers is primarily due to:
-
an increase in productivity that resulted in efficiency gains and lower overall costs for the
processing of international applications;
-
more efficient use of non-personnel resources through enhanced processing of financial
commitments for the outsourcing of translation services; and,
-
the transfer of resources to Program 25 to fund developments for the WIPO Pearl
Terminology database.
5.10. The adjustments in the Budget after Transfers between Results are mainly due to reallocation of
personnel resources.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
5.11. Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
42
Program Performance Report 2014
Program 5 Annex:
Indicators of PCT Operations
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS FOR THE EXPECTED RESULT
“IMPROVED PRODUCTIVITY AND SERVICE QUALITY OF PCT OPERATIONS”
General
1.
As background for the performance indicators for the expected result “improved productivity and
service quality of PCT operations”, the evolution of the following factors need to be considered:

The PCT workloads;

The language distribution of those workloads;

The number of staff assigned to process those workloads; and

The level of automation.
Workloads
2.
The workloads are tracked on the basis of the yearly number of record copies received by the IB10.
Evolution of Record Copies by Medium of Filing

The IB received approximately 217,700 record copies in 2014, representing an increase of 7
per cent compared to 2013.

The share of fully electronic filing methods kept increasing in 2014 and now represents
91 per cent of total filings.
Language distribution
3.
One fundamental development driving change in the IB is the increasing language diversity of
filings, resulting, in particular, from continued increased usage of the PCT System in East Asian
countries.
10
A record copy is a PCT application transmitted to the International Bureau (IB) by a receiving Office after its filing at, and its
processing by, that Office. Because record copies are only received at the IB after processing at a receiving Office, the figures are
strongly influenced by processing times at these Offices. For this reason, trends in the receipt of record copies, while valid
indicators of IB workloads, do no exactly match trends in the filing of PCT applications.
43
Program Performance Report 2014
Languages of Filing (all languages)
4.
As can be observed, while English accounts for the majority of filing, with 51.6 per cent of filings in
2014, the shares of Asian languages have increased over the past decade. The combined share of the
PCT applications filed in Japanese, Chinese and Korean has increased from 29.5 per cent in 2009 to
34.5 per cent in 2012. This share has remained stable from 2012 to 2014. Zooming in on languages
other than English provides the following picture:
Languages of Filing (all languages except English)
5.
The sharp increase of applications filed in Asian languages in the last five years put a considerable
strain on the IB due to the limited number of staff resources able to work in these languages. Mitigation
for this issue is automation of certain tasks and recruitment of staff able to work in these languages.
44
Program Performance Report 2014
Staff
6.
The chart below shows the number of PCT Operations staff since 2001, in Full Time Staff
Equivalent (FTSE - total number of full-time staff plus the full-time equivalent of part-time staff).
Number of Personnel in PCT Operations

The PCT Operations Division’s personnel further decreased in 2014.
Unit cost of processing an application
7.
The IB’s productivity in processing PCT applications can be measured by the unit cost of
processing, defined as the average total cost of publishing a PCT application. Average total cost is
determined by total direct PCT system expenditure (expenditure incurred by the IB in the administration of
the PCT system and related Programs), plus a proportion of indirect expenditure on support and
management activities (e.g., buildings and information technology, among others). Indirect costs are
weighted to take into account only the share attributable to the PCT system. The unit cost thus includes
the cost of all PCT activities, including translation, communication, management and others.
8.
The methodology to compute the unit cost was revised in 2013 in order to align it with other WIPO
unit/union cost calculations and to better capture a fast changing environment. For example, the old
method, which was designed in 2007, included a cost of storage (over 30 years) in warehouses, whereas
paper filings (including PCT EASY filings) accounted for less than 10 per cent of filings in 2013. The 2012
PCT unit cost has been calculated using both methods. The 2012 unit cost amounted to 680 Swiss francs
using the old method and to 712 Swiss francs using the new method. The 32 Swiss francs difference is
due to the new method for allocating indirect costs.
9.
Formally, unit cost is defined as:
Unit cost =
Total cost of production
Number of publications
10. The graphs below depict the evolution of the unit cost of processing from 2004 to 2012 using the
old method and from 2012 to 2014 using the new method, including a breakdown of the contribution of
direct and indirect costs.
45
Program Performance Report 2014
Unit Cost of Processing a Published PCT Application
Old method
New method

The average cost of processing a published PCT application was 662 Swiss francs in 2014,
representing a decrease of 8.3 per cent compared to 2013. This decrease is due to various
efficiency measures including automation.

The average cost of processing a published PCT application calculated by the old method
decreased by an average of 5 per cent per year from 1,042 Swiss francs in 2004 to 680
Swiss francs in 2012.
Productivity of formalities examination
11. The definition of staff productivity is output (i.e., the number of PCT publications) divided by the
number of staff for formalities examination.
Productivity of Formality Examination

Historically, productivity of formalities examination has increased, mainly due to automation
which has permitted the processing of much larger workloads with less or equal staff.
Aggregate quality of formalities examination
12. In order to measure the quality of the work performed by the IB in a simple and comprehensive
manner, the IB has developed an aggregate quality index, calculated as the average of four lead quality
46
Program Performance Report 2014
indicators. Three of these indicators are based on the timeliness of key transactions: acknowledgement
of receipt of the PCT application, publication, and republication. The fourth indicator reflects errors made
during the processing of PCT applications.
Quality Index of Formalities Examination

The overall quality, as measured by the aggregate index, improved markedly from an
average of 81 per cent in 2007 to 93.1 per cent in 2014.

The remarkable increase of the quality index in 2014 is mainly due to improved timeliness in
performing formalities examination as well as reduced delays in republishing applications
with the ISR. The delay in formalities examination and republication mainly explained the
decrease of the quality index observed during the 2010–2013 period.
Timeliness of formalities examination
13. This indicator reflects in more detail one of the components of the aggregate quality indicator,
namely the time required by the IB to issue Form 301. This form is issued after the formality examination
of the application has been completed. Applicants appreciate receiving this Form as soon as possible
because it acknowledges receipt of the application at the IB and allows them to know whether their
application has any formal defects.
Timeliness of publication
14. This indicator reflects in more detail one of the components of the aggregate quality indicator,
namely the time required by the IB to publish the application. Article 21 (2) (a) of the PCT states that the
47
Program Performance Report 2014
“… international publication of the international application shall be effected promptly after the expiration
of 18 months from the priority date of that application.”
Timeliness of republication
15. This indicator reflects in more detail one of the components of the aggregate quality indicator,
namely the time required by the IB to republish the application with the ISR. Due to delays in the
communication of ISRs by ISAs, a number of international applications are published without the ISR.
When the ISR becomes available, the international application needs to be republished with the ISR as
soon as possible, so as to complete the international publication.
Quality of translation
16. Statistically calculated numbers of documents are selected at random from translations of abstracts
and patentability reports prepared under the responsibility of the IB for quality control. The evaluation
determines whether a translation is “acceptable” or “not acceptable”. This indicator aggregates the
results of such quality control performed by the IB across all language combinations and document types.
Relationships with any agencies that consistently have less than 80 per cent of their translations deemed
“acceptable” are discontinued.
48
Program Performance Report 2014
Quality of PCT Translation
49
Program Performance Report 2014
Timeliness of report translation
17. This indicator provides information on the timeliness with which patentability report translations are
made available by the IB to applicants and Offices. The share of patentability report translations
delivered at 30 months from the priority date of the international application has steadily increased since
2010. In 2014, 82.5 per cent of patentability report translations were delivered at 30 months from the
priority date.
Timeliness of Report Translation
Quality of software development
18. The quality of software development (QSD) indicator provides a measure of the quality of major
software releases for eDossier and ePCT projects. The QSD reflects the share of the time spent
delivering new functionality in the release (i.e. work) out of the total time spent (i.e. work + rework).
Rework is the time spent correcting defective work that was detected in the production environment.
19. Under this approach, development outputs that contain low levels of rework are deemed high
quality as it reflects the extent of value added to the product through the delivery of new features.
20.
The QSD is defined as:
Quality of software development =
Work
Work+Rework
* 100
21. In 2014, the quality of major releases, as defined by the QSD, was 94.3 per cent. This share is
nearly five percentage points higher than in 2013.
50
Program Performance Report 2014
Quality of Software Development
Information systems service levels
22. The performance indicator entitled information systems service levels (ISSL) reflects the
performance of the service provided by the PCT information systems service to users, based on its ability
to meet agreed targets.
23. This composite indicator is calculated using the weighted average of five target-based performance
indicators11. Each indicator is expressed as the percentage of the target actually attained.
24.
In 2014, overall service level was 95.3 per cent towards meeting the target performance levels.
11
Following an independent review of PCTIS performance metrics, its definition slightly changed from the one described in the
Program and Budget 2014/15
51
Program Performance Report 2014
Information Systems Service Levels
Id
Performance Indicator
Short description
Target
Conditions
2013
Result
2014
Result
(1)
Incident resolution time
Working time (7am-7pm on
WIPO working days) between a
ticket being created and
resolved.
Severity 1: 4 hours
Severity 2: 2 days
Severity 3: 5 days
Severity 4: 10 days
Production and Support
tickets resolved by the
support team
85.5%
88.8%
(2)
Document load time
elapsed time between receipt of
document at IB and its
availability in eDossier
8 hours
Documents loaded by a
semi or fully automated
process
80.0%
88.2%
(3)
Batch job processing success
rate
100%
Batch jobs to be
completed successfully
by the close of business
on the scheduled date
99.6%
99.5%
(4)
eDossier system availability
99%
7am-7pm on working
days
100.0%
100.0%
(5)
ePCT system availability
99%
24 hours
100.0%
100.0%
93.0%
95.3%
Information systems service
levels (ISSL)
Weighted average of the
above indicators: (1): 20% (2):
20% (3) 20% (4) 20% (5) 20%.
Receiving Office at the International Bureau (RO/IB)
Filings
25. This table presents PCT filings by the top ten receiving offices over the past five years to 2014. In
principle, a PCT application is filed at the national patent office of the applicant’s home country or at a
regional patent office acting for the applicant’s home jurisdiction. The IB is a competent receiving office
(RO/IB) for applicants from all PCT contracting states. The evolution of the filings at the RO/IB, its
ranking in terms of the number of filings among other receiving offices, as well as its market share can be
observed in this table.
International Filing Year
Receiving Offices
United States of America
Japan
European Patent Office
China
Republic of Korea
International Bureau
United Kingdom
France
Canada
Sweden
All others
Total
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
45,228
31,523
28,900
12,917
9,639
8,679
4,411
3,441
2,058
1,775
15,770
164,341
49,366
37,972
30,893
17,471
10,413
8,773
4,226
3,498
2,193
1,847
15,785
182,437
52,009
42,787
32,430
19,924
11,869
9,781
4,128
3,266
2,135
1,713
15,293
195,335
57,670
43,075
32,036
22,927
12,439
10,393
3,894
3,313
2,091
1,819
15,615
205,272
62,133
41,298
32,968
27,107
13,177
10,615
4,247
3,528
2,181
1,733
15,513
214,500
Changed
2014
compared
Share
to 2013
(%)
(%)
29.0
7.7
19.3
-4.1
15.4
2.9
12.6
18.2
6.1
5.9
4.9
2.1
2.0
9.1
1.6
6.5
1.0
4.3
0.8
-4.7
7.2
-0.7
100
4.5
So urce: WIP O Statistics Database, M arch 2015
No te: 2014 data are estimated
26. In the Program and Budget 2014/15, the following two performance indicators were added for the
RO/IB:
52
Program Performance Report 2014
Timeliness of notification of international filing date
27. This indicator reflects the time required by the RO/IB to issue Form 105. This form is issued after
the international filing date has been accorded. Applicants appreciate receiving this form as soon as
possible, because an international application has the effect of a regular national application in each
designated State as of the international filing date, which date shall be considered to be the actual filing
date in each designated State.
Timeliness of Notification of International Filing Date
Timeliness of transmittal of search copy
28. This indicator reflects the time required by the RO/IB to transmit the search copies to the ISAs. The
search copy is to be transmitted promptly after payment of the search fee, so that the ISA can establish
the ISR within the deadlines stipulated by the PCT regulatory framework. Delays in paying the fee will
delay the transmission of the search copies to the ISAs and therefore negatively impact upon the ability of
ISAs to meet these deadlines.
Timeliness of Transmittal of Search Copy
53
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 6
MADRID AND LISBON SYSTEMS
Program Manager
Ms. B. Wang
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
A.
THE MADRID SYSTEM
6.1.
The geographical expansion of the System saw important positive developments in 2014. In
December, Zimbabwe and the Organisation Africaine de la Propriété Intellectuelle (OAPI) acceded to the
Madrid Protocol. With OAPI being a 17-country intergovernmental organization, these two accessions
alone increased the number of countries in which users can protect and manage their trademarks
centrally through the Madrid System from 94 to 110 and thus contributed significantly to the
transformation of the System into a truly global system.
6.2.
Use of the Madrid System also increased in 2014, although at a slower rate than originally
anticipated. A record 47,885 applications were received in 2014, representing a 2.3 per cent growth
over 2013. The United States of America surpassed Germany as the biggest user of the Madrid System
in 2014, further illustrating the transformation of the System.
6.3.
The discussions in the Working Group on the Legal Development of the Madrid System led to a
number of important changes to the Common Regulations, which entered into force in January 2015. As
a result of the changes, a new relief measure entitled “continued processing” is now available to
applicants or holders who fail to meet given time limits in specific procedures before the IB. In addition,
the renewal procedure has been simplified through the introduction of an option to renew an international
registration only for a reduced list of goods and services, rather than having to request the recording of a
limitation prior to the renewal, as was previously the case.
6.4.
The most challenging aspects in 2014 concerned Madrid operational work at the IB. The Madrid
Service Orientation Satisfaction Index (Madrid Service Orientation 2014 Survey) improved slightly from
38 to 39. However, a major, long-term reform initiative aimed at improving the maturity level of the
operational environment was launched in early 2014 and required the implementation of various new
activities and projects, as well as the diversion of certain resources previously dedicated to examination.
Consequently, backlogs accumulated in various examination categories (some pre-dating 2014), and
other operational delays were incurred, resulting in a number of indicators not being on track. Mitigation
measures were put in place, including the retention of a number of additional flexible resources, to allow
the IB to improve upon the situation moving forward, while, at the same time, to implement the multiple
improvement initiatives still required.
6.5.
An independent review of the preparations necessary for the deployment of the modernized back
office ICT systems supporting the Madrid Registry was undertaken during the third and fourth quarters of
2014. The principle recommendations of the review were the engagement of specialist resources to
oversee the deployment from both the business and ICT. As regards the front office ICT systems, work
continued as planned, including the deployment of the Madrid eFiling tool in the Benelux Office for
Intellectual Property (BOIP), the evolution of additional Madrid System web forms and enhanced
functionalities in the ROMARIN search system.
B.
THE LISBON SYSTEM
6.6.
The Assembly of the Lisbon Union mandated the Working Group on the Development of the
Lisbon System, in 2009, to engage in a full review of the Lisbon System aimed at making the system
more attractive for users and prospective new Members, while preserving its principles and objectives. In
view of the progress made by the Working Group, the Lisbon Union Assembly approved in 2013 the
convening of a Diplomatic Conference for the Adoption of a Revised Lisbon Agreement on Appellations of
Origin and Geographical Indications in 2015. In October 2014, the Working Group finished its
preparatory work for a New Act of the Lisbon Agreement on Appellations of Origin and Geographical
Indications, and the Preparatory Committee decided that the Diplomatic Conference be convened in
Geneva from May 11 to 21, 2015.
54
Program Performance Report 2014
6.7.
The Lisbon Registry received 80 new applications for the registration of appellations of origin,
26 statements of grant of protection and 15 refusal declarations, which amounts to an overall total of
121 transactions. The total number of registrations in force increased in 2014 to 896 from 809 in 2013.
Of these, 78 originated from developing countries or LDCs (14 in the Arab region; 22 in Asia and the
Pacific; and 42 in Latin America and the Caribbean).
6.8.
The number of competent authorities that had given their consent to the use of electronic means
for communications under the procedures of the Lisbon System increased to 24 from 23 in 2013. The
electronic interface linking the International Register and the Lisbon Express database on the WIPO
website was completed and deployed in 2014. The notifications procedure was further streamlined
through the use of the WIPO Inquiry Notification System (WINS). Further development towards an
electronic system for the generation of notification letters is planned for 2015.
6.9.
As regards raising awareness of the Lisbon System, the IB organized and/or participated in five
information and promotion events with a specific focus on the Lisbon System, including its planned
revision, in all regions.
6.10. The design, planning and implementation of activities by Program 6 were informed and guided by
the relevant DA Recommendations, in particular Recommendations 1 and 6. In addition, the legislative
assistance provided to Member States was development-oriented, balanced and tailored to unique
Member State requests, in accordance with the DA principles (Recommendation 13), and bearing in mind
the applicable flexibilities relevant to countries at differing levels of development (Recommendations 14
and 17).
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: II.6 Wider and better use of the Madrid & Lisbon Systems, including by developing countries and LDCs
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Expansion of geographical
coverage (Madrid)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
92 Contracting Parties to the
Madrid System(end 2013)
A total of 100
Contracting
Parties by end
of 2015
94 Contracting Parties to the
Madrid System (2 additional
Contracting Parties in 2014:
OAPI and Zimbabwe)
On track
32
No new Contracting Parties
Not
on track
Revision of the
Lisbon
Agreement and
amendments to
the Regulations
and
Administrative
Instructions
The Working Group finished
its preparatory work for a
New Act of the Lisbon
Agreement on Appellations
of Origin and Geographical
Indications, and the
Preparatory Committee
decided that the Diplomatic
Conference be convened in
Geneva from May 11 to 21,
2015.
On track
8.1% increase by
end of 2015
A record 47,885
International Applications
received in 2014,
representing a 2.3%
increase compared to 2013.
Not
on track
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
The number of Contracting
Parties at the end of 2013
Expansion of geographical
coverage (Lisbon)
Updated Baseline end 2013: 28
(end 2013)
TLS
Original Baseline P&B 2013/14:
28 (April 2013)
Adoption of provisions
streamlining or
modernizing the Lisbon
System legal framework
Updated Baseline end 2013: A
revision of the Lisbon Agreement
and amendments to the Lisbon
Regulations are in preparation in
the Working Group on the
Development of the Lisbon
System.
Original Baseline P&B 2013/14:
Lisbon Agreement, Regulations
and Administrative Instructions in
force at the end of 2013
No. of International
Applications (Madrid)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
44,018 (2012)
46,829 (2013)
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
The number of International
Applications at the end of 2013
Share of Offices concerned
providing updated
information on the Madrid
System
Share of such Offices providing
such information
Increased share
55
Discontinued
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Result: II.6 Wider and better use of the Madrid & Lisbon Systems, including by developing countries and LDCs
% of participants in Lisbon
System events satisfied
and reporting enhanced
awareness post an event
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Evaluation questionnaires
showed a satisfaction rate of
more than 90%
At least eight
events with 85% of
participants
satisfied
Five information and
promotion events with a
specific focus on the
Lisbon System, including
its planned revision, in all
regions with 84% of
participants satisfied
On track
80 (out of 825)
78 (out of 896):

Arab (14)

Asia and the Pacific
(22)

Latin America and the
Caribbean (42)
On track
Decrease in the
number of
irregularities
by 10%
2014: 36%
Not
on track
Original Baseline P&B 2013/14:
No. of events and % of satisfied
participants in 2013
No. and proportion of
Lisbon registrations in
force from developing
countries and LDCs
Updated Baseline end 2013: 67
out of 816
Decrease in the number of
irregularities (Madrid)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
2013: 36%
Original Baseline P&B 2013/14:
67 (out of 809) (April 2013)
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
Irregular applications 34% (in
2012)
Expected Result: II.7 Improved productivity and service quality of Madrid & Lisbon operations
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Progress towards
streamlining and
simplification of the Madrid
System legal framework
Madrid System Common
Regulations and Administrative
Instructions in force at the end of
2013
Amendments to
the Madrid System
Common
Regulations and
Administrative
Instructions
Amendments to the
Common Regulations
approved by Madrid Union
Assembly in 2014 and to be
implemented by
Jan 1, 2015
On track
No. of registrations
No. of renewals processed
No. of modifications,
including subsequent
designations (Madrid)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
2014: 6.3%
increase in
registrations and
renewals
2015: 3.3%
increase in
registrations and
renewals
Total registrations
92,500.
Total renewals
49,000
Total modifications
200,000, including
35,000
subsequent
designations
1.1% increase in
registrations and renewals:

42,430 registrations

25,729 renewals
Not
on track
2013: 44,414 registrations;
23,014 renewals;
117,673 modifications including
14,373 subsequent designations
Original Baseline P&B 2013/14:
Registrations, renewals (See
Annex VII).
97,500 modifications were
inscribed in the Registry (2012)
99,558 modifications
including 15,824
subsequent designations
TLS
Not
on track
On track
Translation of applications
in a timely manner (Madrid)
data not available
Four weeks
Average processing time is
3 weeks
On track
Decrease in the number of
corrections (Madrid)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
2013: 5,197 corrections received
and
4,499 processed
Decrease
corrections by
10%
2014: 6,073 corrections
received and
5,737 processed
Not
on track
Original Baseline P&B 2013/14:
Corrections figures in 2012 (
5,000 requests)
56
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Improved client satisfaction
(Madrid)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Service Orientation Index 38
Higher satisfaction
rate in the next
Survey, focusing
on responsiveness
and timeliness
2014: Service Orientation
Index 39
On track
70% of documents
received
electronically;
110,000 marks
notified by email;
1,000 clients using
the MPM; 23
Offices sending
applications in
XML
70% of documents received
electronically
On track
220,000 email notifications
On track
1,800 MPM Clients
On track
17 Offices sending XML
Not
on track
Original Baseline P&B 2013/14:
Customer Service Orientation
Survey 2012. Service Orientation
Index 7912.
Increased use of electronic
exchange (Madrid)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
67% of documents received
electronically
158,717 email notifications
714 MPM Clients
16 Offices sending XML
TLS
Original Baseline P&B 2013/14:
60% of documents received
electronically; 85,000 marks
notified by email; 200 clients
using the MPM; 17 Offices
sending applications in XML
Refinement of the
electronic means of
communication and
publication under the
Lisbon procedures
The electronic means in place at
the end of 2013
Electronic filing
system and
incorporation of
the Lisbon Bulletin
into the Lisbon
Express database
Streamlined procedure for
notifications implemented
via the WIPO Inquiry
Notification System (WINS)
notification system.
On track
Refinement of the
electronic International
Register of the Lisbon
System
Updated Baseline end 2013: IT
applications for an electronic
International Register in use
since the Summer 2013
Electronic system
linking
International
Register and
Lisbon Express
database on the
WIPO website
Electronic interface linking
the International Register
and Lisbon Express
database on the WIPO
website was completed and
deployed in 2014,
On track
Original Baseline P&B 2013/14:
The electronic International
Register (to be) established in
2013
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
2014
Expenditure*
II.6
Wider and better use of the Madrid & Lisbon systems,
including by developing countries and LDCs
14,313
16,053
8,451
II.7
Improved productivity and service quality of Madrid &
Lisbon operations
40,932
39,221
17,282
Total
55,245
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
55,274
25,733
12
The scale in 2012 used a different set of criteria. The set of criteria was refined for 2013 to consider more relevant factors. This
change explains the differences in the ratings for 2013 and 2014 (e.g. 38 and 39 respectively) and 2012 (79).
57
Program Performance Report 2014
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
43,365
43,020
20,316
47%
Non-personnel Resources
11,880
12,254
5,416
44%
TOTAL
55,245
55,274
25,733
47%
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
6.11. The Budget after Transfers under Result II.6 (Wider and better use of the Madrid and Lisbon
Systems) reflects an upward adjustment primarily due to the expansion of the Madrid Fellowship
Program.
6.12. The shift from personnel to non-personnel resources in the 2014/15 Budget after Transfers
reflects a move towards move flexible and agile resourcing of Madrid Operations as part of the Madrid
Reform initiative.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
6.13. Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
58
Program Performance Report 2014
Program 6 Annex:
Indicators of Madrid Operations
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS FOR THE EXPECTED RESULT
“IMPROVED PRODUCTIVITY AND SERVICE QUALITY OF MADRID OPERATIONS”
1.
As background for the performance indicators for the expected result “improved productivity and
service quality of Madrid operations”, the evolution of the following factors needs to be considered:
I.

Madrid workloads;

Composition of those workloads;

Number of staff assigned to process those workloads;

Level of automation; and

Total cost of production.
Incoming documents
2.
The International Bureau (IB) receives six different categories of documents, namely international
applications, renewals, subsequent designations, modifications, decisions and corrections. The latest
trend for each of these documents is presented below. Additional information on applications, such as
their average number of classes and average number of words is also provided. For technical reasons,
some indicators show data based on processed documents rather than on incoming documents.
Backlogs in processing may therefore affect some indicators.
International applications

The IB received 47,885 applications in 2014, representing an increase of 2.3 per cent
compared to 2013.

The numbers of applications received have increased continuously since 2010.
59
Program Performance Report 2014
Distribution of applications by language of filing

In 2014, 80 per cent of all applications were filed in English.
15 percentage points from 65 per cent in 2008 to 80 per cent in 2014.
This share grew by
Average number of designations per registration

An average 6.9 designations were made in applications registered in 2014.

The average number of designations per registration has remained almost unchanged since
2010.
60
Program Performance Report 2014
Average number of classes per registration

On average, 2.5 classes were specified in all applications registered in 2014.
Average length of applications
3.
The length of an application is determined by the total number of words used by applicants to
describe their mark, by the basic list of goods and services and by any accompanying limitations. These
three elements are translated by the IB into two languages (English, French or Spanish).
4.
The length of applications has an impact on the workload of examiners, which includes classifying
the goods and/or services in the application according to the Nice Classification.
5.
The average length of an application is determined by the total number of words in basic lists of
goods and services, limitations and descriptions divided by the number of applications registered.

In 2014, the average length of an application was 239 words. This represents an increase of
12 per cent compared to 2013.

While certain aspects of the translation and classification work are automated, significant
increases in the length of applications has a large impact on the workload of the IB.
61
Program Performance Report 2014
Distribution of regular and irregular applications

The share of regular applications has remained more or less the same since 2011.
Renewals

In 2014, the IB registered 25,729 renewals, up 12 per cent from 2013.

Despite the increase in renewals between 2009 and 2014, the numbers of renewals
processed manually have remained relatively stable. In 2014, 59 per cent of renewals were
processed automatically.
62
Program Performance Report 2014
Subsequent Designations

In 2014, the IB recorded 17,316 subsequent designations, down 2.5 per cent from 2013.

In 2014, a new web form called E-Subsequent Designation was made available to applicants.
This electronic form enabled the IB to process 14 per cent of all subsequent designations
automatically.
Modifications

In 2014, the IB received 38,817 requests for modification, up 5.5 per cent from 2013.
63
Program Performance Report 2014
Decisions

In 2014, the number of decisions registered decreased by 0.3 per cent compared to 2013,
totaling 521,208. The number of decisions processed has rapidly increased since 2010.

In 2014, 62 per cent of decisions were processed automatically. The majority of decisions
have been processed automatically since 2011.
Corrections

II.
In 2014, the IB recorded approximately 6,000 corrections. This represents an increase of 17
per cent compared to 2013.
Total workload
6.
The total workload represents the weighted total number of documents processed by the IB. All six
categories of documents are included (applications, renewals, subsequent designations, modifications,
decisions and corrections).
7.
As processing these types of documents do not require equal resources, they are each weighted
differently. According to this weighted system, during the time required to process an international
application, an examiner can process 1.6 renewals, 1.8 subsequent designations, 1.8 modifications or 10
decisions. Similarly, during the time required to process an international application, an employee
involved in the automation process can be deemed to process 17 documents.
64
Program Performance Report 2014
III.
IV.

In 2014, the total workload remained stable compared to 2013. Applications, decisions and
modifications represented nearly 80 per cent of the total workload.

Between 2011 and 2013, the workload increased sharply, mainly due to the increasing
number of decisions.
Medium of Transmission of Incoming Documents

In 2014, 66 per cent of all incoming documents were transmitted electronically to the IB.

The share of documents transmitted electronically has been stable since 2012.
Processing
Total cost of production
8.
The total cost of production has direct and indirect components. Direct costs reflect expenditure
incurred by the IB in administering the Madrid System (such as management, translation and
registration). Indirect costs reflect expenditure for supporting activities (such as those associated with
buildings and information technology). Indirect costs are weighted to take into account only the share
attributable to the Madrid System.
65
Program Performance Report 2014

The total cost of production is estimated at 41.8 million Swiss francs in 2014.
This represents a slight increase of 0.1 per cent compared to 2013.

In 2014, the direct costs accounted for 61 per cent of total costs.
Unit cost
9.
The IB’s efficiency in processing transactions can be measured by the unit cost, defined as the
average cost of producing one unit of output.
10. As the IB registers new applications and maintains existing registrations, it is relevant to have a unit
of output which includes a set of transactions. Two unit cost indicators are presented below using two
different units of output.
11. As part of the IB’s efforts to continuously refine the methodology for calculating unit costs, the
methodology has been revised in the Program and Budget 2016/17 to reflect more accurately the cost of
processing Madrid workloads at the IB:
13

The methodology for calculating direct and indirect Madrid costs have been aligned with the
methodologies for calculating PCT and the Hague unit costs.

A weighted system has been introduced to better approximate the actual work required to
process the six categories of documents, taking into account that certain of these documents
are more labor-intensive than others.13

The first unit cost has been redefined to include only new international registrations and
renewals (the unit cost in the Program and Budget 2014/15 also included subsequent
designations). The rationale for removing subsequent designations as a component of this
unit cost is a sharper focus on the core Madrid outputs, namely the international registration
and its renewal. All other Madrid transactions (subsequent designations, modifications,
decisions and corrections) can be considered secondary to these two core transactions.
Furthermore, there is no real justification for including one of these secondary transactions
as a component of unit costs, while not including the others.

The second unit cost is based on the number of documents inscribed in the register rather
than the number of inscriptions due to the different levels of efforts required to process the
various documents.
See “Total workload” above.
66
Program Performance Report 2014
12. For ease of comparison, the graphs below depict the evolution of the two unit costs from 2008 to
2014 using the old methodology and from 2012 to 2014 using the new methodology, including a
breakdown of the contribution of direct and indirect costs.
Unit cost per new/renewed international registration
13. New international registrations consist of applications that are registered within a given year, and
renewed international registrations consist of existing registrations that are renewed within a given year.
Combined, these two types of transactions reflect the core business of the IB.
14. As processing these two types of transactions do not require equal resources, they are each
weighted differently. 14 The unit cost is calculated by dividing the total cost of production by the number of
new/renewed international registrations.
Old method
New method
 The average cost of processing a new/renewed international registration was 837 Swiss francs
in 2014. This represents an increase of 2.6 per cent compared to 2013. The increase was
mainly due to a processing cost that remained relatively stable, combined with a decrease of
4.5 per cent in the number of international applications registered.
14
See “Total workload” above.
67
Program Performance Report 2014
Unit cost per document inscribed in the register
15. The documents inscribed in the register correspond to the total volume of workload (see “Total
volume of workload” above).
Old method

V.
New method
The average cost of inscribing a document in the register increased slightly from 320 Swiss
francs in 2012 to 322 Swiss francs in 2014.
Productivity of examination
16. The definition of examination productivity is the number of new/renewed international registrations
processed by examiners divided by the number of personnel involved in examination. The number of
personnel includes fellows, interns and external contractors.

The productivity of examination remained relatively stable in 2014 compared to 2013.
68
Program Performance Report 2014
VI.
Personnel

The number of staff has remained relatively stable since 2010, while the number of flexible
resources has increased from 1 in 2012 to 12 in 2014.

Personnel of outsourcing companies not working on WIPO premises are not included in this
indicator.
69
Program Performance Report 2014
VII.
Pendency
17. The average pendency for each of the six transactions performed by the IB is shown below. The
pendency is calculated from the date a document is received to the date it is inscribed.

Compared to 2013, the average pendency in 2014 increased for applications, corrections,
modifications and subsequent designations. The average pendency time for renewals
remained stable, whereas that for decisions decreased for the second consecutive year.

Improving and stabilizing pendency across all transactions is a major objective of the IB.
70
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 31
THE HAGUE SYSTEM
Program Manager
Ms. B. Wang
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
31.1. In 2014, the Republic of Korea became party to the Geneva (1999) Act of the Hague Agreement
Concerning the International Registration of Industrial Designs (hereinafter referred to as “the 1999 Act”).
The accessions of other prospective members, notably Japan and the United States of America, were
postponed to 2015, resulting in a lower than anticipated growth rate in membership in 2014.
Furthermore, by the end of 2014, three consents were still required for the termination of the 1934 Act,
and four Contracting Parties outside the EU and OAPI remained bound by the 1960 Act.
31.2. Significant progress towards the enhancement of the legal framework of the Hague System was
achieved in 2014. Notably, following the fourth session of the Working Group on the Legal Development
of the Hague System for the International Registration of Industrial Designs, the Hague Union Assembly
adopted provisions that introduced a “feedback mechanism”. In addition, changes to the Administrative
Instructions were introduced with a view to giving users more flexibility in respect of the formal disclosure
of their designs. These two developments provide the foundation for moving forward with the longawaited expansion to jurisdictions where substantive examination is undertaken. Together with the
changes made to the electronic filing interface to cater for the accession of the Republic of Korea, the
System should be better equipped to cope with the additional complexities arising from the anticipated
accessions.
31.3. Filings also remained considerably below the forecasted figure for 2014, in spite of a general
increase in terms of designs filed and recorded international registrations. As a result, progress was
limited with respect to the introduction of greater flexibility in the database, which was meant to be
pursued only after experience with an expanded membership was gained. Nonetheless, progress
towards introducing more automated processes in the existing information technology platform continued
on track, with one additional process (Statement of Grant of Protection) being automated in 2014, for a
total of three automated processes.
31.4. The design, planning and implementation of activities by Program 31 were informed and guided
by the relevant Recommendations, in particular Recommendations 1 and 6.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: II.4 Wider and better use of the Hague system, including by developing countries and LDCs
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
Membership of the
Geneva (1999) Act
Updated Baseline end 2013:
46 Contracting Parties (end
2013)
58 Contracting
Parties
47 Contracting Parties to the
Geneva Act (end 2014)
Not
on track
Increased share
38 national or regional
Offices were providing
information on the Hague
System at the end of
2014. Ten Offices had no
website (end 2014)
Not
on track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 45 Contracting
Parties
Share of Offices
concerned providing
information on the Hague
system
Updated Baseline end 2013:
42 national or regional
Offices were providing
adequate information on the
Hague System. Nine
Offices had no web site.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Share of Offices
providing such information
71
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Hague filings and
renewals
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Applications:
2,990
Designs contained: 13,172
Renewals: 2,859
(2013)
2014:
Applications:
33.9% increase
Designs
contained: 33%
increase
Renewals:
2.9% decrease
2014:
Applications:
2.2% decrease (2,924)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Applications: 2,604
Designs contained: 12,45415
Renewals: 3,120
(2012)
Expected Result:
TLS
Not
on track
Designs contained:
9.6% increase (14,441)
Renewals:
5.5% decrease (2,703)
2015:
Applications:
23.4% increase
Designs
contained: 23.5%
increase
Renewals:
5.5% increase
II.5 Improved productivity and service quality of Hague operations
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Predominance of the
Geneva (1999) Act in the
Hague system
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Three consents were still
required for the termination
of the 1934 Act, and four
Contracting Parties outside
the EU and OAPI remained
bound by the 1960 Act
No (zero) countries
bound only by the
Hague (1960) Act
outside the EU or
OAPI; all the
remaining
consents (five) to
termination of the
1934 Act received
Three consents still required
for the termination of the
1934 Act, and four
Contracting Parties outside
the EU and OAPI still bound
only by the 1960 Act.
Not
on track
Amendments to the
Hague Regulations
and Administrative
Instructions as well
as new features
introduced
following
accessions of
some new
Contracting
Parties.
Amendments to the
Common Regulations,
among others, introducing a
"feedback mechanism",
were adopted by the Hague
Union Assembly in 2014,
and will come into force on
January 1,
2015. Amendments to the
Administrative Instructions,
among others, relaxing
certain requirements
concerning reproductions
and representations, came
into force on July 1, 2014.
On track
Ability to record
granular design
information
Postponement due to legacy
system adjustments for new
accessions, and delay in
Modernization Program
implementation
Not
on track
1 additional automated
process (Statement of Grant
of Protection)
(3 cumulative)
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 15 Hague
members still not bound by
the Geneva (1999) Act; Five
consents to termination of
the 1934 Act still
outstanding (end 2012)
Progress towards the
enhancement of the legal
framework
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Flexibility of data recorded
in the International
Register
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Inability to record
granular design information
No. of automated
processes
Updated Baseline end
2013: Two (e- Filing and
e-Renewal)16
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Current legal
framework
4
TLS
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 2
15
Corrigendum: The actual number of designs contained in 2012 was 12,454 and not 12,506 as published in the Program and
Budget 2014/15 or 11,971 (the number of international registrations in 2012), as published in the PPR 2012/13.
16 Corrigendum: The PPR 2012/13 reported renewals and grant of protection as the two automated processes. The grant of
protection process was not automated at the end of 2013.
72
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
2014
Expenditure*
II.4
Wider and better use of the Hague system, including by
developing countries and LDCs
5,236
5,177
2,144
II.5
Improved productivity and service quality of the Hague
operations
2,351
2,527
1,212
Total
7,587
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
7,704
3,357
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
6,242
6,411
2,976
46%
Non-personnel Resources
1,346
1,293
380
29%
TOTAL
7,587
7,704
3,357
44%
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
31.5. The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects a net increase in personnel resources primarily due
to the temporary transfer of a staff member from Program 10 to Program 31 to provide additional support
for the Working Group meetings and promotional activities. This is reflected under Result II.5 (Improved
productivity and service quality of the Hague operations).
31.6. The net decrease in non-personnel resources is primarily due to: (i) the transfer of non-personnel
resources for an intern (to Program 23 which centrally manages interns) to support the work on new
accessions under Result II.4 (Wider and better use of the Hague System); and (ii) a slight downward
adjustment made for cost efficiency gains.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
31.7. The non-personnel budget utilization rate for the Program amounted to 29 per cent of the
2014/15Budget after Transfers. This resulted primarily from a delay in IT-related work due to the
postponement of the accessions of certain Contracting Parties under Result II.4 (Wider and better use of
the Hague System).
73
Program Performance Report 2014
Program 31 Annex:
Indicators of the Hague System Operations
PERFORMANCE INDICATORS FOR THE EXPECTED RESULT
“IMPROVED PRODUCTIVITY AND SERVICE QUALITY OF THE HAGUE OPERATIONS”
1.
As background for the performance indicators for the expected result “improved productivity and
service quality of the Hague operations”, the evolution of the following factors needs to be considered:

The Hague System workloads;

The composition of those workloads;

The level of automation; and

The resources assigned to cope with the workload.
2.
The International Bureau (IB) receives four main types of documents, namely international
applications, renewals, changes and decisions. The latest trend for each of these documents is
presented below. Additional information on the applications received, such as their average number of
designs, are also provided. For technical reasons, the indicator on the irregularities issued shows data
based on processed documents rather than on incoming documents.
I.
Incoming Documents
Applications received

In 2014, the IB received 2,924 international applications, down 2.2 per cent from 2013.
In 2013, applications received sharply grew by 15 per cent.

In 2014, 89 per cent of applications were filed electronically. The share of electronic filings
increased by 10 percentage points from 2011 to 2014, from 79 per cent in 2011 to 89 per cent
in 2014.
74
Program Performance Report 2014
Average number of designs per application

In 2014, an application contained, on average, nearly five designs. Between 2011 and 2014,
the average number of designs per application varied between 4.5 and 5 designs.
Average number of designations per application

In 2014, an application contained, on average, nearly five designations.
75
Program Performance Report 2014
Trend of irregularities in applications
3.
Irregularities in applications are grouped among the ten categories shown below.

In 2014, the IB identified 1,557 irregularities in applications, down 14 per cent over 2013.

Despite this sharp decrease, the irregularities related to product indications increased for the
third consecutive year. Together with irregularities of payment, they nearly accounted for half
of total irregularities in 2014.
Renewals

The number of renewals decreased for the second consecutive year to 2,703 renewals
in 2014. This represented a 5 per cent drop on 2013.

Since 2013, a majority of renewals were processed automatically. They accounted for 60 per
cent of total renewals in 2014
76
Program Performance Report 2014
Changes

Applicants requested 1,063 changes in international registrations in 2014, up 8 per cent from
2013.
Decisions
II.

The number of decisions received in 2014 increased by 10 per cent, to 3,169 decisions.

Between 68 per cent and 72 per cent of decisions were processed automatically since 2011.
Total workload
4.
The total workload represents the weighted total number of documents received at the IB. All four
categories of documents are included (applications, renewals, changes and decisions).
5.
As processing these types of documents does not require equal resources, they are each weighted
differently. According to this weighting, during the time required to process an international application,
an examiner can process eight renewals, four changes or four decisions. Similarly, during the time
required to process an international application, an employee involved in the automation process can be
deemed to process 13 documents.
77
Program Performance Report 2014
III.

In 2014, the total workload remained stable compared to 2013. In 2014, applications alone
represented 76 per cent of the total workload.

Between 2011 and 2013, the increase in workload was mainly due to the increase in the
number of applications received.
Cost of Processing
Total cost of production
6.
The total cost of production is the total Hague System expenditure, plus a proportion of expenditure
on support and management activities. It has direct and indirect components. Direct costs reflect
expenditure incurred by the IB in administering the Hague System. 17 Indirect costs reflect expenditure for
supporting activities (such as buildings and information technology). Indirect costs are weighted to take
into account only the share attributable to the Hague System.

The total expenditures related to the processing of the Hague System are estimated at
5.7 million Swiss francs in 2014. This represents a decrease of 5.7 per cent on 2013. Direct
and indirect costs have decreased, by respectively 8.1 per cent and 2 per cent.

In 2014, the direct costs accounted for 60 per cent of total expenditures.
17
The Madrid System provides support to the Hague System, in particular in translation and IT activities. These costs were
disregarded in this method.
78
Program Performance Report 2014
Unit cost
7.
The IB’s efficiency in processing transactions can be measured by the unit cost, defined as the
average cost of producing one unit of output.
8.
As the IB registers new applications and maintains existing registrations, it is relevant to have a unit
of output which includes a set of transactions. Two unit cost indicators are presented below using two
different units of output.
9.
As part of the IB’s efforts to continuously refine the methodology for calculating unit costs, the
methodology has been revised in the Program and Budget to reflect more accurately the cost of
processing Hague workloads at the IB.
10.
The revisions in question are the following:

The methodology for calculating direct and indirect costs for the Hague have been aligned
with the methodologies for calculating PCT and Madrid unit costs.

A weighted System has been introduced to better approximate the actual work required to
process the four categories of documents, taking into account that certain of these
documents are more labor-intensive than others.18

The first unit cost has been redefined to include designs contained in new international
registrations and in renewals (the unit cost in the Program and Budget 2014/15 included only
designs contained in new international registrations). The rationale for adding designs
contained in renewals as a component of this unit cost is a sharper focus on the core Hague
outputs, namely the international registration and its renewal.

The second unit cost is based on the number of documents processed and recorded in the
register rather than the number of recordings due to the different levels of efforts required to
process the various documents.
11. For ease of comparison, the graphs below depict the evolution of the two unit costs from 2008 to
2014 using the old methodology and from 2012 to 2014 using the new methodology, including a
breakdown of the contribution of direct and indirect costs.
Unit cost per new/renewed design
12. New designs consist of designs in international applications that are registered within a given year,
and renewed designs consist of existing designs in international registrations that are renewed within a
given year. Combined, designs contained in these two types of transactions reflect the core business of
the IB.
13. As processing designs contained in these two types of documents do not require equal resources,
they are each weighted differently.19 The unit cost is calculated by dividing the total cost of production by
the number of new/renewed designs.
18
19
See “Total workload” above
See the ratios for applications and renewals in “Total workload”, above.
79
Program Performance Report 2014
Old method

New method
The average cost of processing a new/renewed design was of 366 Swiss francs in 2014, down
12.8 per cent from 2013. This decrease was mainly due to a decrease of 5.7 per cent of the
cost of production combined with an increase of 8.2 per cent of the number of new/renewed
designs.
Unit cost per document recorded in the register
14. The documents recorded in the register correspond to the total workload (see “Total workload”
above).
Old method

III.
New method
The average cost of recording a document in the register decreased to 1,483 Swiss francs in
2014. This is due to the decrease of 5.7 per cent of the cost of production.
Timeliness to process international applications
15. This indicator reflects the time required by the IB to process regular applications. The timeliness is
calculated between the time elapsed between the date of receipt of an application and the date it was
registered.
80
Program Performance Report 2014

The share of applications processed within less than one week constantly increased
since 2011, to 45 per cent of applications in 2014.

In 2014, 85 per cent of applications were processed within 2 weeks from the date of receipt at
the IB.
81
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 7
ARBITRATION, MEDIATION AND DOMAIN NAMES
Program Manager
Mr. J. Sandage
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
7.1.
The WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center (WIPO Center) is recognized as a global resource for
timely and cost effective alternatives to court litigation of IP disputes, acting as a provider of legal and
organizational expertise and as an administrator of cases. This also includes the provision of services for
Internet domain name disputes.
7.2.
Building on the findings of the WIPO Center’s 2013 International Survey on Dispute Resolution in
International Technology Transactions, the WIPO Center in 2014 worked to optimize the potential of its
procedures to meet the needs of IP right holders and users. The WIPO Center also held tailored and
regular arbitration and mediation workshops.
7.3.
The WIPO Center actively managed WIPO cases in different IP areas using up-to-date case
administration infrastructure, in particular the WIPO Electronic Case Facility (ECAF). Following
international consultations, the WIPO Center developed and launched revised WIPO Arbitration and
Mediation Rules20. Effective June 1, 2014, these Rules incorporate recent developments in alternative
dispute resolution (ADR), enhancing the basis for proceedings that are time and cost efficient.
7.4.
National courts and competition authorities in some jurisdictions have been encouraging parties
involved in standards-related disputes involving telecom patents in multiple jurisdictions to resolve such
disputes through mediation and arbitration. As a result, 2014 saw an increase in the number of party
queries regarding the use of WIPO’s tailored agreements to refer a dispute concerning fair, reasonable
and non-discriminatory (FRAND) licensing terms to WIPO Mediation and Arbitration.
7.5.
In 2014, the WIPO Center concluded Memoranda of Understanding (MoUs) with the Spanish
Franchisors Association (AEF), the National Copyright Directorate of Colombia (DNDA), the Directorate
General of Intellectual Property Rights of Indonesia (DGIPR), the Mexican Institute of Industrial Property
(IMPI), and the Intellectual Property Office of the Philippines (IPOPHL), adding to existing Member State
collaborations. These collaborations concern the development of optional ADR frameworks that provide
cost-effective and flexible options for parties to resolve their disputes before such Offices in relation to
pending applications or granted rights.
7.6.
The WIPO Center continued to strive to provide leadership in the development of ADR solutions
in relation to the unauthorized use of IP on the Internet. WIPO continued to engage in IP-related policy
activity in relation to the introduction, in 2013, by the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and
Numbers (ICANN) of up to 1,400 new generic Top-Level Domains (gTLDs). In 2014, the WIPO Center
implemented the ICANN Post-Delegation Dispute Resolution Procedure, a trademark-based mechanism
aiming to encourage responsible registry operator conduct once a domain has become operational.
7.7.
The year 2014 marked the 15th anniversary of the WIPO-developed Uniform Domain Name
Dispute Resolution Policy (UDRP). Since the WIPO Center administered the first UDRP case in 1999,
total WIPO case filings in 2014 passed the 30,000 mark (27,189 gTLD and 3,134 ccTLD cases),
encompassing almost 57,000 domain names. In 2014, cybersquatting case filings with WIPO increased
by 2 per cent from the 2013 level, with 2,634 cases concerning 5,591 domain names lodged by trademark
owners alleging abuse of their mark. This included the first UDRP cases in relation to registrations in
new gTLDs.
7.8.
The WIPO Center liaised with the administrators of country code Top-Level Domains (ccTLDs) in
different regions in relation to dispute resolution policies. In 2014, the WIPO Center became a provider
for the .VG (Virgin Islands (British)) and .GQ (Equatorial Guinea) domains, bringing the total of ccTLDs,
for which WIPO provides such services, to 72.
7.9.
The design, planning and implementation of WIPO Center activities were informed and guided by
the relevant DA Recommendations, in particular Recommendations 1, 6 and 10. Notably, this concerned
20
http://www.wipo.int/amc/en/rules/newrules.html
82
Program Performance Report 2014
the WIPO Center’s organization of tailor-made arbitration and mediation programs for IP officials and
practitioners, assistance to IP Offices in establishing optional ADR frameworks for disputes pending
before them, and assistance to ccTLD authorities in the establishment of best registry practices and
dispute resolution mechanisms, as relevant to developing countries and countries with economies in
transition.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: II.8 International and domestic intellectual property disputes are increasingly prevented or resolved through
WIPO mediation, arbitration and other alternative dispute resolution methods
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Increased consideration of
the use of alternative
dispute resolution services
in intellectual property
transactions, including
through the use of WIPO
procedures
Updated Baseline end 2013:
375 disputes and 95 bons
offices (cumulative per end
2013)
4,000 incoming queries
(2012/13)
3.5 million Web visits
(2012/13)
408 participants at Center
standard events (2012/13)
4,000 participants at Center
external events (2012/13)
40 additional
disputes and bons
offices
18 additional disputes and
53 additional bons offices
(2014)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 284 disputes and
79 bons offices (cumulative
per end 2012)
4,000 incoming queries
(2010/11)
Web visits 30 million
(cumulative per end 2012)
276 participants at Center
standard events (2010/11);
3,000 participants at Center
external events (2010/11)
Alternative dispute
resolution policies to the
development and
implementation of which
policies the Center has
contributed
Updated Baseline end 2013:
10 schemes adopted
(AGICOA, EGEDA, ETSI,
Film and Media, ICOM,
INPI-BR, IPAG, IPOS(M),
IPOS(ED), ITPGRFA)
(cumulative per end 2013)
4,000 additional
queries
TLS
On track
3,725 additional incoming
queries (2014)
3.5 million additional
visits
250 participants at
Center standard
events
6,000 participants at
Center external
events
1.553 million Web visits
(2014)
138 participants at Center
events (2014)
4,300 participants at events
involving Center
representation (2014)
1 to 3 additional
schemes
5 additional schemes
adopted (AEF, DGIPR,
DNDA, IMPI, IPOPHL)
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 6 schemes
adopted (AGICOA, EGEDA,
Film and Media, ICOM,
IPOS, ITPGRFA)
(cumulative per end 2012)
Expected Result: II.9 Effective intellectual property protection in the gTLDs and the ccTLDs
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of gTLD UDRP cases
administered
Updated Baseline end 2013:
24,901 gTLD cases
administered by the
Center(cumulative per end
2013)
3,000 additional
cases
2,288 gTLD additional cases
(2014)
(27,189 gTLD cases
cumulative)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 22,644 gTLD
cases administered by the
Center(cumulative per end
2012)
83
TLS
On track
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of ccTLD UDRP based
cases administered
Updated Baseline end 2013:
2,788 ccTLD-only cases
administered by the Center
(cumulative per end 2013)
350 additional cases
346 additional ccTLD-only
cases (2014)
(3,134 cumulative)
On track
TLS
Implementation in
the Domain Name
System of WIPO
policy and process
recommendations
Continued applicability of
UDRP, ICANN PreDelegation Dispute
Resolution Policy, ICANN
Trademark Post-Delegation
Dispute Resolution
Procedure (cumulative per
end 2014); no additional
policies or recommendations
to be implemented.
On track
Four new
administrators
2 new administrators (.GQ,
.VG) (2014)
(72 cumulative)
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 2,470 ccTLD-only
cases administered by the
Center (cumulative per end
2012
Dispute resolution policies
in the Domain Name
System to the
development and
implementation of which
policies the Center has
contributed
Updated Baseline end 2013:
UDRP, Pre-Delegation
Dispute Resolution Policy,
Trademark Post-Delegation
Dispute Resolution
Procedure (cumulative per
end 2013)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: UDRP, PreDelegation Dispute
Resolution Policy
(cumulative per end 2012)
No. of ccTLD
administrators with WIPO
assisted design or
administration of
intellectual property
protection mechanisms in
accordance with
international standards
Updated Baseline end 2013:
70 ccTLD administrators
(cumulative per end 2013)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 67 ccTLD
administrators (cumulative
per end 2012)
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
International and domestic intellectual property disputes
are increasingly prevented or resolved through WIPO
II.8
3,286
mediation, arbitration and other alternative dispute
resolution methods
Effective intellectual property protection in the gTLDs and
II.9
7,889
the ccTLDs
Total
11,175
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
2014
Expenditure*
3,520
1,457
7,701
3,280
11,221
4,737
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
8,065
8,221
3,509
43%
Non-personnel Resources
3,109
3,000
1,228
41%
11,175
11,221
4,737
42%
TOTAL
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
84
Program Performance Report 2014
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
7.10. The increase in resources under ER II.8 (International and domestic IP disputes) reflects a shift in
the Center’s personnel resources to better manage the demand for WIPO’s ADR Services.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
7.11. Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
85
Program Performance Report 2014
STRATEGIC GOAL III
FACILITATING THE USE OF IP FOR DEVELOPMENT
Mid-term Performance Dashboard (2014)
The dashboard below provides a summary of the progress towards the achievement of the Results
in 2014 as measured by the indicators under the Programs contributing to this Strategic Goal.
Expected Results
III.1 National innovation and IP
strategies and plans consistent with
national development objectives
III.2 Enhanced human resource
capacities able to deal with the broad
range of requirements for the effective
use of IP for development in
developing countries, LDCs and
countries with economies in transition
Performance Indicators
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
No. of countries which are in the process of
formulating/adopting national IP strategies and/or
development plans
Program 9


No. of countries which have adopted and are
implementing national IP strategies and/or
development plans
Program 9


No. of Universities having developed IP policies
Program10

No. of countries having developed national IP
strategies/plans
Program 10

No. of countries with national innovation policies
initiated, in progress or adopted
Program 30

No. of governments and CMOs signing an agreement
with WIPO to develop a new transparency,
accountability and governance quality assurance
standard
Program 3

% of creators satisfied with the training provided on
using copyright data and information for the efficient
management of their copyright
Program 3

% of participants’ positive rating of the usefulness of
copyright related capacity building meetings and
workshops
Program 3

86
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Results
Performance Indicators
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
No. of Member States that take initiatives to improve
their use of the copyright system to exploit the
economic potentials of their cultural works and
products
Program 3

% of participants in WIPO activities which report
enhanced capacity to understand and use IP
principles, systems and tools for the protection of TK
and TCEs, and for management of the interface
between IP and GRs
Program 4

% of participants in WIPO events who express
satisfaction with the content and organization of these
events
Program 9


% of participants in WIPO workshops who apply the
skills learned in their work/enterprise
Program 9


% of national/regional IP experts are used as resource
persons in WIPO events
Program 9


No. of countries in transition having established
annual IP training programs and/or courses for IP
professionals
Program 10

% of trained IP professionals and IP Office officials
using upgraded skills in their work
Program 10

Program 30

Revised Portfolio of training courses on IP for
developing countries, LDCs and CETs / Relevance of
content of training courses to capacity building
requirements of developing countries, LDCs and CETs
Program 11

Enhanced and multilingual access to e-learning on
various IP aspects for developing countries, LDC and
CETs / Relevance of content of portfolio of e-learning
courses to the capacity building requirements of
developing countries, LDCs and CETs
Program 11

Improved access to higher education on IP on the part
of developing countries, LDCs and CETs / Number of
universities in developing countries, LDCs and CETs,
offering new teaching programs on IP
Program 11

Progressive establishment of a network of IP experts
in developing countries, LDCs and CETs
Program 11

No. of new start-up academies projects initiated after
the conclusion of the Pilot Phase
Program 11

% of trained participants that report satisfaction with
the usefulness and relevance of the training provided
for their professional life
Program 17

% of targeted audience who have demonstrated a
basic knowledge of a balanced IP system further to
WIPO activities
Program 17

No. of countries participating in WIPO Awards
Program
Program 17

No. of hosting arrangements of developing country
scientists
Program 18

87
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Results
III.3 Mainstreaming of the DA
recommendations in the work of
WIPO
III.4 Strengthened cooperation
mechanisms and programs tailored to
the needs of developing countries
and LDCs
Performance Indicators
III.6 Increased capacity of SMEs to
successfully use IP to support
innovation
TLS
% of policy makers, government officials, IP
practitioners and participants in targeted workshops
with enhanced understanding of CMOs and how to
effectively use IP for development
Program 20

% of trained IP professionals using upgraded skills in
their work
Program 30

No. of DA recommendations that have been
addressed by the CDIP through projects, activities and
studies
Program 8

Rate of satisfaction among Member States with the
results of the projects, activities and studies
Program 8

Implementation of the coordination mechanism as
approved by Member States
Program 8

No. of Programs in which DA recommendations are
mainstreamed into the regular work of WIPO
Program 8

No. of DA projects and the manner in which they have
been mainstreamed into the regular work of WIPO
(norm-setting, technical assistance and service
delivery)
Program 8

Effective system in place for the planning, monitoring
and evaluation of the implementation of DA
recommendations
Program 8

% of DA projects which have been independently
evaluated
Program 8

No. of new or strengthened cooperation mechanisms,
programs or partnerships supported to
promote/strengthen sub-regional or regional
cooperation in IP
Program 9


Program 10

No. of countries requesting technical assistance
through DA projects and expressing interest in DA
related activities
Program 8

% of participants in WIPO meetings (Member States,
IGOs, civil society and other stakeholders) satisfied
with information received on the DA recommendations
Program 8

% of participants in training programs targeting SME
support institutions who express satisfaction with the
content and organization of these events
Program 10

No. of established partnerships where the party
offering assistance originates from a developed
country
III.5 Enhanced understanding of the
DA by Member States, IGOs, civil
society and other stakeholders
Responsible
Program(s)
88
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Results
Performance Indicators
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
% of trained SME support institutions who provide
information, support and advisory/consulting services
on IP asset management
Program 10

No. of countries having established IP training
programs for SMEs
Program 10

No. of subscriptions to the SME Newsletter
Program 30

No. of downloads of topical SME material and
guidelines
Program 30

No. of SME related case-studies accessed via the
IpAdvantage and/or other relevant databases
Program 30

% of participants in training programs targeting SME
support institutions who express satisfaction with the
content and organization of these events
Program 30

% of trained SME support institutions who provide
information, support and advisory/consulting services
on IP asset management
Program 30

No. of countries having established IP training
programs for SMEs
Program 30

89
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 8
DEVELOPMENT AGENDA COORDINATION
Program Manager
Mr. M. Matus
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
8.1.
In 2014, the Program continued to coordinate the WIPO Development Agenda implementation,
notably through facilitating the work of the Committee on Development and Intellectual Property (CDIP) at
the thirteenth and fourteenth sessions of the Committee held in 2014; the project-based implementation
of the DA recommendations; an effective mainstreaming of the DA principles into the work of the
Organization; and a number of activities to support Member States in deriving benefits from the
implementation of the DA.
8.2.
In 2014, the CDIP considered: (i) the annual Director General’s Report on Implementation of the
Development Agenda; (ii) a Progress Report on the Implementation of Recommendations for Immediate
Implementation and DA Projects; (iii) eight independent and one self-evaluation reports of DA projects;
and (iv) a document on WIPO General Assembly Decision on CDIP related matters. In addition, the
Committee approved second phases for two completed and evaluated projects, approved new activities
Related to Using Copyright to Promote Access to Information and Creative content, and considered a
project proposal by the Arab Republic of Egypt on IP and Tourism. The Committee discussed:
(i) a document forwarded by the General Assembly on the Description of the Contribution of the Relevant
WIPO Bodies on the Implementation of respective Development Agenda Recommendations and (ii) a
Revised Report on the Measurement of the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) in Other United
Nations Agencies and Specialized Agencies, and on the Contribution of WIPO to the Implementation of
the MDGs. The Committee also continued to discuss Patent-Related Flexibilities in the Multilateral Legal
Framework and their Legislative Implementation at the National and Regional Levels and agreed on a
Future Work Program on Flexibilities in the Intellectual Property System. It also continued its discussions
on the External Review of WIPO Technical Assistance in the Area of Cooperation for Development
together with the Management Response and the Joint Proposal by the Development Agenda and African
Groups. Furthermore, the Committee approved the Terms of Reference (TORs) for the Independent
Review of the Implementation of the DA Recommendations and the convening of the International
Conference on Intellectual Property and Development. In addition, the Committee discussed: (i) seven
studies undertaken in the context of the Project on IP and Socio-Economic Development; (ii) six studies
undertaken under the Project on Intellectual Property and Technology Transfer: Common Challenges –
Building Solutions; (iii) two studies undertaken under the Project in Open Collaborative Projects and IPBased Models; (iv) four studies under the Project Intellectual Property and Informal Economy; and
(v) one study undertaken under the project on Strengthening and Development of the Audiovisual Sector
in Burkina Faso and Certain African Countries. The CDIP continued to benefit from an increasing
participation of IGO’s and NGO’s. By the end of 2014, fifty nine observers participated in the work of
the Committee.
8.3.
The Program continued to ensure that DA related activities and projects were properly
implemented, monitored, evaluated and reported upon. In this regard, efforts continued to ensure an
effective implementation of the 19 Recommendations for immediate implementation. In addition, the
Program continued to coordinate the monitoring, evaluation and reporting on the implementation of the
projects approved by CDIP and is responsible for the coordination of the implementation of all 45 WIPO
DA Recommendations.
90
Program Performance Report 2014
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: III.3 Mainstreaming of the DA recommendations in the work of WIPO
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of DA
recommendations that
have been addressed by
the CDIP through projects,
activities and studies
Updated Baseline
end 2013: 45 DA
recommendations
45 recommendations to
be addressed by the
CDIP
45 DA recommendations
addressed as per the
Progress Report
(CDIP/14/2)
On track
TLS
Rate of satisfaction among
Member States with the
results of the projects,
activities and studies
80%
80%
Survey conducted on a
biennial basis
N/A 2014
Implementation of the
coordination mechanism
as approved by Member
States
Updated Baseline end
2013: Two Annual
reports to the Assemblies
on the description of the
contribution of WIPO
Bodies to the
implementation of the
respective Development
Agenda
Recommendations
discussed by the CDIP
(WO/GA/41/12 and
WO/GA/43/10).21
Coordination
Mechanisms
implemented in
accordance with the
decision of Member
States
Coordination Mechanisms
implemented in accordance
with the decision of Member
States as detailed in the
Director General’s Report on
the Implementation of the
DA (CDIP/15/2)
On track
20
23 programs
contained in the PB
2014/15 reflect the
mainstreaming of DA
activities
On track
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: 42
recommendations
addressed by the
Committee in December
2011
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
Coordination Mechanisms
and Monitoring, Assessing
and Reporting Modalities
approved by the
Committee in April 2010
No. of Programs in which
DA Recommendations are
mainstreamed into the
regular work of WIPO
Updated Baseline end
2013: 23 programs have
DA related activities (fully
or partly)
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: tbd
21
http://www.wipo.int/meetings/en/doc_details.jsp?doc_id=208882 and
http://www.wipo.int/meetings/en/doc_details.jsp?doc_id=239806
91
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of DA projects, and
the manner in which, they
have been mainstreamed
into the regular work of
WIPO (norm-setting,
technical assistance and
service delivery)
Updated Baseline end
2013: 6 DA projects
mainstreamed in WIPO
regular work
12
Four additional DA projects
were mainstreamed in 2014.
(10 cumulative)

National Start up
Academies in Program
11 (technical
assistance and
capacity building)

Specialized Databases
Access and Support in
Program 14 (technical
assistance)

Developing Tools for
Access to Patent
Information in Program
14 (Access to
knowledge)

IP and Product
Branding in Program 9
(technical assistance
and capacity building)
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Effective system in place
for the planning,
monitoring and evaluation
of the implementation of
DA recommendations
Updated Baseline end
2013: Effective
centralized system for
planning monitoring and
evaluation of the
implementation of DA
recommendation
All Programs have in
place an effective
planning, monitoring and
evaluation system on
the implementation of
DA recommendations
All relevant Programs have
in place an effective
planning, monitoring and
evaluation system on the
implementation of DA
recommendations
On track
100%
100%: Eight completed
projects were independently
evaluated and discussed by
the CDIP in 2014.
On track
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: tbd
TLS
On track
TLS
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: tbd
% of DA projects which
have been
independently evaluated
Updated Baseline end
2013: 100%; 14
evaluation reports
discussed by the CDIP.
(evaluated during the
biennium 2012/13)
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: 100%
Expected Result: III.5 Enhanced understanding of the DA by Member States, IGOs, civil society and other stakeholders
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
No. of countries requesting
technical assistance
through DA projects and
expressing interest in DA
related activities
Updated Baseline end
2013: Projects and DA
related activities in
50 countries
Projects and DA related
activities in 50 countries
53 developing countries
participated in the context of
DA projects, of which
11 participants were
financed.
On track
80%
Survey conducted on a
biennial basis
N/A 2014
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Projects and DA
related activities in 43
countries (April 2013)
% of participants in WIPO
meetings (Member States,
IGOs, civil society and
other stakeholders)
satisfied with information
received on the DA
recommendations
n/a
92
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
2014
Expenditure*
III.3
Mainstreaming of the DA recommendations in the
w ork of WIPO
3,832
3,195
1,262
III.5
Enhanced understanding of the DA by Member
States, IGOs, civil society and other stakeholders
509
481
188
Total
4,341
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
3,677
1,450
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
3,093
2,468
942
38%
Non-personnel Resources
1,248
1,209
509
42%
4,341
3,677
1,450
39%
TOTAL
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
8.4.
The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers is primarily due to the redeployment of personnel resources
(one post) out of the Program.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
8.5.
Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
93
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 9
AFRICA, ARAB, ASIA AND THE PACIFIC, LATIN AMERICA AND THE
CARIBBEAN COUNTRIES, LEAST DEVELOPED COUNTRIES
Program Manager
Mr. M. Matus
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
9.1.
In line with WIPO’s Strategic Goal III, facilitating the use of IP for social, cultural and economic
development and empowering developing countries and LDCs to harness IP for enhancing national
innovation potential and capacities continued to drive the work of the Program in 2014. Serving as the
primary interface between the beneficiary Member States and the various Programs of WIPO, Program 9
continued to ensure country-specific, needs-based, coherent and well-coordinated delivery of technical
assistance throughout the year. Overall, the design, planning and implementation of technical
cooperation activities were informed and guided by the relevant DA Recommendations, in particular the
Recommendations under Cluster A on WIPO’s technical assistance and capacity building. Also in line
with the DA Recommendations, delivery of development-oriented activities to developing countries and
LDCs continued to be mainstreamed across the various specialized Programs of the Organization in 2014
to further strengthen WIPO’s technical cooperation.
9.2.
In 2014, existing partnerships with sub-regional/regional and multilateral institutions were further
strengthened, and exchanges of experiences and expertise among countries in the different regions and
through horizontal cooperation, with the aim of enhancing synergies for greater development results,
continued to be fostered. In May 2014, a new MoU was signed with l’Organisation Internationale de la
Francophonie (OIF).
9.3.
WIPO continued to assist developing countries and LDCs in the design, development and
implementation of National IP Strategies that are both consistent with their overall development plans and
able to foster innovation and creativity. The application of the standardized, yet flexible, methodology and
set of practical tools for the formulation of national IP strategies and plans, developed as part of the DA
project on Improvement of National, Sub-regional and Regional IP Institutional and User Capacity in
2012, continued to guide the process. As a result, nine countries (six in Africa, two in Asia and the Pacific
and one in Latin America and the Caribbean), initiated the process of formulating national IP
strategies/development plans, and 18 countries (six in Africa, three in the Arab region, four in Asia and
the Pacific, and five in Latin America and the Caribbean) were still in the process of formulation and/or
adoption at the end of 2014. At the end of 2014, national IP strategies/development plans had been
adopted and/or were under implementation in a total of 37 countries (21 in Africa, two in the Arab region,
eight in Asia and the Pacific and six in Latin America and the Caribbean), of which 17 in LDCs.
9.4.
In October 2014, one focal point from each of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations
(ASEAN) countries participated in a brainstorming workshop for the development of the ASEAN IPR
Strategic Plan for 2016-2025, in line with the ASEAN Economic Community (AEC) 2016- 2025 strategy.
This collaboration represented the first time that WIPO had been so extensively involved in assisting a
regional group in the formulation of a comprehensive regional IP framework.
9.5.
The Program continued to coordinate and facilitate technical assistance to developing countries
and LDCs in formulating and modernizing legislation in the field of IP, taking into account specific national
requirements and international flexibilities. To enable Member States to make more informed choices as
regards WIPO’s priority areas, the Manual on Delivery of WIPO Technical Assistance (finalized in 2013)
was published in all six official UN languages in 2014 and made available online 22 (for more details see
Programs 1, 2, 3 and 4).
9.6.
Enhancing human resource capabilities to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development and fostering innovation and creativity remained a priority in 2014.
Focused capacity building and skills development programs were delivered to specific target groups such
as government officials, policy-makers, IP professionals, enforcement officials, researchers and
academics, entrepreneurs and industrialists, as well as SMEs, at the national, sub-regional and regional
levels.
22
http://www.wipo.int/export/sites/www/cooperation/en/pdf/ta_manual.pdf
94
Program Performance Report 2014
9.7.
In 2014, WIPO continued to strengthen its assistance to IP Offices in developing countries and
LDCs to enable them to provide cost-effective and high-quality IP modernization and technical
infrastructure services to their stakeholders, creating a more favorable environment for the effective use
of IP information, particularly by the institutions in charge of the administration of IP rights, the national
innovation system and the productive sector. By the end of 2014, some 62 Offices were using WIPO IP
Office Systems in the different regions: 19 in Africa, 14 in the Arab region, 13 in Asia and the Pacific and
16 in Latin America and the Caribbean (for more details see Program 15)
9.8.
Facilitating access to global technology information databases also remained a high priority.
In 2014, increased emphasis was placed on strengthening existing Technology Innovation Support
Centers (TISCs) with a view to long-term sustainability. Out of the 39 established TISCs, some 19 were
considered sustainable in 2014: nine in Africa (of which six in LDCs); two in the Arab region; three in Asia
and the Pacific (of which one in an LDC); and five in Latin America and the Caribbean (for more details
see Program 14).
9.9.
In 2014, the Program facilitated and internally coordinated the accession of several countries and
regional groups to treaties and conventions administrated by WIPO: two in Africa (OAPI and Zimbabwe)
and two in the Arab region (Kuwait and the United Arab Emirates).
9.10. With a view to instilling a cohesive, development-oriented and innovation enabling architecture in
LDCs, greater focus was given in 2014 to the implementation of the WIPO Deliverables, a set of priority
thematic areas for cooperation with LDCs as identified by LDC ministers on the occasion of the Fourth
United Nations Conference on the Least Developed Countries (UN LDC IV). An inter-regional
cooperation partnership program was implemented for LDCs with the International Telecommunication
Union (ITU), the United Nations Capital Development Fund (UNCDF), and the United Nations Industrial
Development organization (UNIDO) on July 29, 2014 at the Ministerial Conference on New Partnerships
for Productive Capacity Building in LDCs in Cotonou, Benin on the theme “Innovation, Creativity,
Technology, Broadband Connectivity and Financing as Vectors for Sustainable Development for LDCs”.
9.11. Following the successful completion of Phase I of the DA Project on Capacity Building in the Use
of Appropriate Technology-Specific Technical and Scientific Information as a Solution for Identified
Development Challenges, Phase II (CDIP/13/9) was approved at the thirteenth session of this CDIP in
May, 2014. Important progress was made during the remainder of the year with regard to establishing
MoUs clearly identifying the responsibilities of the partners, i.e., WIPO and the beneficiary country (an
LDC), in the overall implementation process of the project. Consultations with the Ministries of Foreign
Affairs, Justice, and Science and Technology, Permanent Missions in Geneva, and the IP focal points
were held with the four beneficiary countries. The MoUs are expected to be signed in 2015.
9.12. The Project on Enhancing South-South Cooperation on IP and Development among Developing
Countries and LDCs was completed and evaluated in 2014. The Committee at its thirteenth session
agreed to extend the duration of the Project for one year to allow for the completion of the outstanding
activities within the remaining project budget. In May 2014, the South-South webpage23, which was
completed at the end of 2013, was officially launched. Amongst other useful information and tools, the
webpage features customized South-South web platforms- South-South Technical Assistance (SouthSouth IP-TAD) and Roster of Consultants (South-South IP-ROC) to highlight relevant information on
technical assistance activities where both the beneficiary country(ies) and the host country/provider were
a developing country, LDC, or a country in transition and experts and resource persons in developing
countries, LDCs and countries in transition, respectively.
9.13. The Program also continued to capitalize on the experience of protecting and branding originbased products in selected developing countries, stemming from the implementation of the DA Project on
IP and Product Branding for Business Development in Developing and Least Developed Countries,
completed in 2013. In this context, the focus in 2014 was on conducting specialized training courses in
order to enhance stakeholders’ capacities to develop the full brand and market potential of selected
origin-linked products. To complement WIPO’s work in this area the Program collaborated with
international and regional partners, notably in the Caribbean region, to address the full range of
stakeholder training needs.
23
http://www.wipo.int/cooperation/en/south_south/
95
Program Performance Report 2014
9.14. Specialized databases continued to be used to support the delivery of technical assistance, in
particular the databases on IP Technical Assistance (IP-TAD) and the Roster of Consultants (IP-ROC),
including the interfaces to store information on South-South cooperation, and the IP Development
Matchmaking Database (IP-DMD). The year 2014 also saw the deployment of the specialized National IP
Strategy Database (NIPS-D)24, which was developed in 2013 to capture relevant data for the baseline
assessment phase of national IP strategies development, as necessitated by the increasing number of
countries using the WIPO methodology to develop IP strategies. In an effort to maximize the potential of
these databases, their usage was closely monitored in 2014, and user-feedback collected to glean
insights into further enhancing the systems with a view to making them more user friendly, as well as to
identifying more strategic approaches for promoting their uses in different countries. With respect to IPDMD, a targeted outreach plan to bolster uploads and catalyze matches in the database was also under
development in 2014.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: I.2 Tailored and balanced IP legislative, regulatory and policy frameworks
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
No. and % of Member
States which were
satisfied with the quality of
legal advice related to
patents, utility models,
trade secrets and
integrated circuits
Updated Baseline
end 2013: 9 Member
States (90%), based on
survey conducted by IOD
in 2013
90%
Five respondents reported on
average a 90% satisfaction rate
(Africa-2; Arab-1; Asia and the
Pacific-1; Latin America and the
Caribbean-1).
On track
No. and % of Member
States/regional
organizations providing
positive feedback on the
legislative advice offered
in the area of trademarks,
industrial designs and
geographical indications
Updated Baseline
end 2013: Positive
feedback received from
nine out of 13 countries.
Four countries did not
reply.
Positive feedback
received from
10 Member
States/regional
organizations
(regional
breakdown)
Advice was provided to 20
Member States/Regional
Organizations (Africa 7; Arab 1;
Asia and the Pacific 11; Latin
America and the Caribbean 1)
On track
No. and % of countries
that have provided positive
feedback about WIPO´s
legislative advice
No feedback information
has yet been collected
15 countries
(regional
breakdown)
14 countries received legislative
advice in 2014. (Africa 6; Asia and
the Pacific 2; Latin America and
the Caribbean 4; Arab 2). Survey
to be conducted in 2015.
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: Surveys
2012
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: Three
Member States/regional
organizations having
provided positive feedback
on legislative advice
received in 2012
24
Feedback was received from
seven respondents, all of whom
(100%) reported satisfaction with
the advice offered.
N/A 2014
In the PPR 2012/13, it was reported that the NIPS-D database was in use at the end of 2013, following completion of the
development phase. Implementation of the database did not begin until 2014.
96
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Result: III.1 National innovation and IP strategies and plans consistent with national development objectives
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of countries which are
in the process of
formulating/adopting
national IP strategies
and/or development plans
Updated Baseline end
2013:
Africa: 18 cumulative
(Botswana, Burundi,
Cameroon, Central
African Republic, Chad,
the Congo, Equatorial
Guinea, Ethiopia25, the
Gambia, Kenya,
Lesotho, Malawi, Mali,
Mauritius, Seychelles,
Sierra Leone, Togo,
United Republic of
Tanzania)
Africa (18
cumulative
Africa (6 additional countries):
Benin, the Democratic Republic of
the Congo29, Madagascar, Niger,
Swaziland, Uganda (24
cumulative)
On track
Arab (no additional countries);
United Arab Emirates (no
additional movement);
- Yemen (process delayed due
to the political situation)
On track
Asia and the Pacific (2 additional
countries): Brunei Darussalam and
Cook Islands
(14 cumulative)
On track
Latin America and the Caribbean
(1 additional country): Peru
(12 cumulative)
On track
Arab (7 cumulative)
Asia and the Pacific
(13 cumulative)
Latin America and
the Caribbean
(13 cumulative)
10 LDCs included in
the above regional
breakdown
Arab: 6 cumulative26
(Algeria27, Oman,
Qatar28, Sudan, United
Arab Emirates, Yemen)
Asia and the Pacific: 12
cumulative (Bangladesh,
Bhutan, Cambodia, Fiji,
Mongolia, Papua New
Guinea, Samoa,
Solomon Islands, Sri
Lanka, Tonga, Vanuatu,
Viet Nam)
24 LDCs included in the above
regional breakdown
TLS
On track
Latin America and the
Caribbean: 11
cumulative (Barbados,
Costa Rica, Dominican
Republic, Ecuador, El
Salvador, Guatemala,
Honduras, Nicaragua,
Panama, Saint Kitts &
Nevis, Trinidad &
Tobago)
19 LDCs included in the
above regional
breakdown
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
Africa (12 cumulative)
Arab (4)
Asia and the Pacific (8)
Latin America and the
Caribbean (9)
5 LDCs included in the
above regional
breakdown
25
Corrigendum: In the PPR 2012/13, it was reported that Ethiopia had adopted an IP policy in 2012/13. The IP Policy was finalized
in 2014 for consideration in the national approval process.
26 Corrigendum: In the PPR 2012/13, it was reported that a national IP innovation strategy was under development in Tunisia. In
2014, Tunisia began discussions on the possibility of developing such a strategy.
27 Corrigendum: In the PPR 2012/13, it was reported that Algeria was in the course of adopting a national IP strategy in 2012/13. At
the end of 2014, Algeria was in the process of reformulating a national IP strategy.
28 The process was delayed because of structural changes in the Government.
29
The process had stalled in 2011. In 2014, a consultative process was re-initiated.
97
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of countries which
have adopted and are
implementing national IP
strategies and/or
development plans
Updated Baseline end
2013:
Africa (9 cumulative):
Comoros, Ghana,
Kenya, Liberia,
Mauritius, Mozambique,
Senegal, Seychelles,
Zambia
Africa (6 cumulative)
Africa (12 additional countries):
Botswana, Burundi, Cameroon,
Chad, Cote d’Ivoire30, Lesotho,
Malawi, Rwanda31, Sao Tome and
Principe, Togo, United Republic of
Tanzania, Zimbabwe
(21 cumulative)
Arab countries (2
cumulative): (Oman,
Sudan);
Asia and the Pacific (4
cumulative);
Bangladesh, Fiji, Papua
New Guinea, Samoa)
Arab (6) cumulative
Asian and Pacific (7)
cumulative
Latin America and
the Caribbean (12)
11 LDCs included in
the above regional
breakdown
Arab (no additional countries)
Asia and the Pacific (4 additional
countries): Cambodia, Sri Lanka,
Tonga, Vanuatu
(8 cumulative)
Latin America and the Caribbean
(3 additional countries): Barbados,
El Salvador, Saint Kitts and Nevis
(6 cumulative):
Latin America and the
Caribbean (3
cumulative): Costa Rica,
Dominican Republic,
Honduras
TLS
On track
Not
on track
On track
On track
17 LDCs included in the above
cumulative regional breakdown
On track
7 LDCs included in the
above regional
breakdown
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
Africa (4)
Arab (3)
Asia and the Pacific (3)
Latin America and the
Caribbean (4)
5 LDCs included in the
above regional
breakdown
Expected Result: III.2 Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the effective
use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in transition
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
% of participants in WIPO
events who express
satisfaction with the
content and organization
of these events
Updated Baseline end
2013:
Asia and the Pacific
(65%); LDCs (60%)
Africa (70%)
Africa (70%)
On track
Arab (80%)
Arab (Not available; system to
be implemented in 2015)
N/A 2014
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: No data
available
Asia and the Pacific
(65%)
Asia and the Pacific (92%)
On track
Latin America and the
Caribbean (80%)
Latin America and the
Caribbean (Not available;
system to be implemented
in 2015)
N/A 2014
LDCs (90%)
On track
LDCs (80%)
30
31
The IP strategy was country-led. In 2014, WIPO assistance was provided on the innovation component of the strategy.
Idem.
98
TLS
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
% of participants in WIPO
workshops who apply the
skills and knowledge
learned in their
work/enterprise
Updated Baseline end
2013: Africa: Information
not available
Arab: Information not
available
Asia and the Pacific: 65%;
Latin American and the
Caribbean: Information not
available;
LDCs: Information not
available
Africa (70%)
Africa (70 %)
On track
Arab (70%)
Arab (Not available; system to
be implemented in 2015)
N/A 2014
Asia and the Pacific (89%)
On track
Latin America and the
Caribbean (Not available;
system to be implemented
in 2015)
N/A 2014
LDCs (95%)
On track
Africa (75%)
Africa (80%)
On track
Arab (80%)
Arab (35%)
Not
on track
Asia and the Pacific
(55%)
Asia and the Pacific (71%)
Asia and the Pacific
(65%)
Latin America and the
Caribbean (30%)
LDCs (80%)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
Africa: Information not
available;
Arab: Information not
available;
Asia and the Pacific
(65%);
Latin American and the
Caribbean: Information not
available;
LDCs: Information not
available
% of national/regional IP
experts used as resource
persons in WIPO events
Updated Baseline end
2013:
Africa: (70%)
Arab (50%)
Asia and the Pacific: Data
not available
Latin America and the
Caribbean (70%)
LDCs (60%)
Latin America and the
Caribbean (80%)
TLS
On track
Latin America and the
Caribbean (80%)
On track
LDCs (95%)
On track
LDCs (80%)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
Africa (65%)
Arab (70%)
Asia and the Pacific: Data
not available
Latin America and the
Caribbean (70%)
LDCs (70%)
Expected Result: III.4 Strengthened cooperation mechanisms and programs tailored to the needs of developing countries and
LDCs
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of new or
strengthened cooperation
mechanisms, programs or
partnerships supported to
promote/strengthen subregional or regional
cooperation in IP
Africa (3)
Arab (2)
Asia and the Pacific (4)
Latin America and the
Caribbean (3)
2 LDCs included in the
above regional breakdown
Appropriate Technology
Projects in 3 LDCs
Africa (2)
Africa: MoU signed with
l’Organisation Internationale de
la Francophonie (OIF) in
May 2014.
Arab (1)
Arab (1): Awareness raising
cartoon movie program on
building respect for IP in
cooperation with the League of
Arab States (LAS)
Asia and the Pacific
(4)
99
Asia and the Pacific (2):
Association of Southeast Asian
Nations (ASEAN); South Asia
Association for Regional
Cooperation (SAARC)
TLS
On track
On track
On track
Program Performance Report 2014
Latin America and the
Caribbean (7)
Latin America and the
Caribbean (6 ongoing projects):
(i) Patent & Trademark
harmonization projects in
Central America jointly with the
European Patent Office (EPO),
the Spanish Patent and
Trademark Office (OEPM), and
with the collaboration of the
Mexican Institute of Industrial
Property (IMPI); (ii) LATIPAT
jointly with the EPO and OEPM;
(iii) Project on Geographical
Indications, Origin Linked
Products (OLPs) and Branding
in partnership with the InterAmerican Development Bank
(IDB), Caribbean Export
Development Agency (CEDA)
and Technical Centre for
Agricultural and Rural
Corporation (CTA); (iv)
Regional Patent Office in
Caribbean with Caribbean
Patent Administration (CPAS);
(v) Ibero-American Program
under the Funds-in-Trust; (vi)
Continued collaboration on the
Regional Entrepreneurial Asset
Commercialization Hub
(REACH) with IDB and the
Young Americas Business Trust
(YABT)
4 LDCs included in the
above regional
breakdown
3 of the organizations in the
above regional breakdown
include LDCs
Additional appropriate
technology in at least
4 LDCs
As part of Phase II of the DA
Project on Capacity building in
the Use of Appropriate
Technology Specific Technical
and Scientific Information as a
Solution for Identified
Development Challenges,
important progress was made on
the establishment of MoUs with
four beneficiary countries. The
MoUs will be signed in 2015.
On track
On track
On track
An inter-regional cooperation
partnership program was
implemented for LDCs with ITU,
UNCDF, and UNIDO on July 29,
2014 at the Ministerial
Conference on New
Partnerships for Productive
Capacity Building in LDCs in
Cotonou, Benin on the theme
“Innovation, Creativity,
Technology, Broadband
Connectivity and Financing as
Vectors for Sustainable
Development for LDCs”.
100
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Result:
IV.2 Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP institutions and the public to promote innovation
and creativity
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of sustainable national
TISC networks
Updated Baseline end
2013: 14 sustainable
(out of 36 established)
TISC networks
23 national TISC
networks
(cumulative):
Africa (10 of which
8 LDCs)
19 sustainable (out of 39 established)
TISC networks
 Africa (9 of which 6 LDCs)
 Arab region (2)
 Asia and the Pacific (3 of which
1 LDC)

Latin America and the Caribbean
(5)
 7 LDCs (cumulative)
On track
300 (min) – 750
(max)
513 (min) - 1521 (max) average no. of
users serviced by TISCs per day
during 2014.
On track
70
IP-TAD: 37 countries
IP-ROC: 9 countries
Not
on track
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
14 national TISC
networks:
Africa (6)
Arab (2)
Asia and the Pacific
(2)
Latin America and the
Caribbean (4)
6 LDCs included in the
above regional
breakdown
Average number of users
serviced by TISCs per
quarter and country
Updated Baseline end
2013: 532 (min.) to
1370 (max.) average
no. of users serviced
by TISCs per day
during 2013.
Arab (3)
Asia and the
Pacific (4 of which
2 LDCs)
TLS
On track
On track
On track
On track
Latin America and
the Caribbean (6)
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
200 (min) – 630 (max)
No. of countries using IP
Technical Assistance
Database (IP-TAD), IP
Roster of consultants
(IP_ROC)
Updated Baseline end
2013:
IP-TAD: 43 countries
IP-ROC: 8 countries
(in 2013)
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: 60 (as
of 01.03.2013)
Expected Result:
IV.4 Enhanced technical and knowledge infrastructure for IP Offices and other IP institutions leading to better
services (cheaper, faster, higher quality) to their stakeholders
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Average Service Level of
IP Offices assisted
(ranging from 1 to 5)
Updated Baseline
end 2013: 2.8
Defined Target: 3
Overall average: 2.9

Africa: 3

Arab: 2.7

Asia and the Pacific: 2.7

Latin America and the Caribbean:
3.1
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: tbd
Original Target P&B
2014/15: tbd
101
TLS
On track
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
2014
Expenditure*
I.2
Tailored and balanced IP legislative, regulatory and policy
framew orks
1,079
2,787
1,230
III.1
National innovation and IP strategies and plans consistent
w ith national development objectives
10,782
8,141
3,299
III.2
Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal w ith
the broad range of requirements for the effective use of
IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and
countries w ith economies in transition
12,084
9,945
4,375
III.3
Mainstreaming of the DA recommendations in the w ork of
WIPO
367
322
139
III.4
Strengthened cooperation mechanisms and programs
tailored to the needs of developing countries and LDCs
4,655
4,586
1,659
IV.2
Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP
institutions and the public to promote innovation and
creativity
965
2,510
1,109
IV.4
Enhanced technical and know ledge infrastructure for IP
Offices and other IP institutions leading to better services
(cheaper, faster, higher quality) to their stakeholders
2,393
3,462
1,577
VIII.5
WIPO effectively interacts and partners w ith UN and
other IGO processes and negotiations
630
204
32,383
13,592
Total
32,325
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
23,563
23,840
10,872
46%
Non-personnel Resources
8,762
8,543
2,720
32%
32,325
32,383
13,592
42%
TOTAL
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
9.15. The shift in resources between the Expected Results reflects enhanced focus on the facilitation
and coordination of: (i) WIPO’s legislative advice activities in the area of patents, trademarks, industrial
designs and copyright (reflected under Expected Result I.2); (ii) WIPO activities on the access to and use
of IP information through the increased number of sustainable national TISC networks (reflected under
Expected Result IV.2) and (iii) efforts to assist IP Offices and other IP institutions to develop their
technical and knowledge infrastructure (reflected under Expected Result IV.4).
B.
Budget Utilization 2014/15
9.16. The lower than anticipated utilization rate of non-personnel resources was primarily due to the
postponement or cancellation of certain planned events/activities at the request of certain Member States
or in compliance with UN security guidelines.
102
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 10
COOPERATIONS WITH CERTAIN COUNTRIES IN EUROPE AND ASIA
Program Manager
Director General
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
10.1. Program 10 continued to develop, and in cooperation with all relevant Sectors, coordinate the
implementation of country cooperation activities in countries in transition. To this end, efforts in 2014
were focused on a strategic multi-year planning approach to promoting the use of the IP system to
stimulate innovation and creativity for economic, social and cultural development.
10.2. Promotion of the importance of and/or assistance in the development and implementation of longterm and comprehensive national IP strategies to meet the needs of Member States remained a priority in
2014. Three countries (Slovenia, Tajikistan and Turkey) adopted IP related national strategies and four
countries (Bulgaria, Poland, Turkmenistan and Ukraine) initiated the development of a new strategy.
Moreover, the Program conducted post-implementation evaluations in three countries (Belarus, the
Republic of Moldova and Serbia) in 2014 in order to assess the outcomes of implementation of the IP
strategies and to identify lessons learned.
10.3. In line with cooperation plans and national IP strategies and, following WIPO assistance,
including promotional activities, five countries (Kazakhstan, Lithuania, Montenegro, Republic of Moldova,
Tajikistan) amended their national IP legislation. Progress was slower than anticipated in certain
countries, however, due to political and economic changes. In line with the Program’s risk mitigation
plan, close cooperation with the relevant stakeholders was maintained throughout the year, and a flexible
approach in the development and/or implementation of cooperation plans allowed for postponement of
certain activities and close monitoring of the situation.
10.4. In order to support the development of IP policies in universities, relevant projects and activities
were implemented in Estonia, Lithuania, Poland, Russian Federation, Slovakia and Uzbekistan. With
WIPO assistance, one university in the Russian Federation and one university in Uzbekistan developed
IP policies in 2014. In addition, on October 1, 2014, Poland adopted a Law on Higher Education, which
made it obligatory for all higher educational institutions (120 public and 294 non-public) to have in place
an up-to-date IP policy by March 31, 2015. At the end of 2014, 148 universities had already developed IP
policies.
10.5. The Program continued to support countries in transition in building their national human resource
capacities and enhancing awareness and the knowledge base for an effective use of IP. In 2014, more
than 3,400 specialists and experts were trained in tailored IP programs, including on technology transfer,
SMEs, enforcement, copyright, IP teaching and WIPO services. Participants in these events provided
positive feedback with 80 percent of respondents reporting that the trainings met their objectives and
resulted in the upgrading of their day-to-day work skills.
10.6.
WIPO Summer schools were organized in Croatia and the Russian Federation.
10.7. With a view to mainstreaming gender perspectives into the work of the Program, the excellent
cooperation established with the World Women Inventors and Entrepreneurs Association (WWIEA)
continued in 2014 and resulted in the co-organization of the International Educational Program on Idea,
Invention, Innovation and Intellectual Property – Seed Project 2014, an effective training program for
women in Central Asia, in November. In addition, the Seventh International Conference on Innovation
and Creativity of Women, which gathered around 150 participants from 20 countries, was successfully
organized in Warsaw, Poland in March.
10.8. The Program continued to strengthen efforts to improve the coordination, promotion and delivery
of WIPO services, with the objective to increase their use in transition and developed countries.
10.9. In 2014, some 1,320 professionals from 11 countries (Austria, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Japan,
Luxembourg, Netherlands, Portugal, Sweden, United Kingdom and United States of America) attended
21 Roving Seminars on WIPO Services and Initiatives. The seminars were highly perceived with 88 per
cent of respondents either agreeing or strongly agreeing that the seminars were relevant for their
103
Program Performance Report 2014
professional work. The format of the Roving Seminars evolved in 2014 to enable greater interaction with
local stakeholders, with a view to creating synergies amongst a broader group.
10.10. Efforts were increased to strengthen institutional ties and promote partnerships with stakeholders
in transition and developed countries, including regional Organizations, IP Offices, NGOs and trade
associations representing users of WIPO services. To this end, the Program welcomed numerous visits
of stakeholders from the countries concerned and facilitated WIPO briefings on different issues of
interest. A number of scoping missions were organized to better evaluate the needs and requests from
the countries concerned and four new Memoranda of Understanding (MoUs) were agreed in 2014 with
stakeholders from Denmark, Germany, Israel and Spain.
10.11. Program 10 continued to play a key role in the implementation of the WIPO DA in its cooperation
with certain countries in Europe and Asia. This was particularly the case for DA Recommendations
relating to WIPO’s technical assistance and capacity building activities, the Recommendations under
Cluster A, which continued to shape the design and implementation of activities under Program 10.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: I.2 Tailored and balanced IP legislative, regulatory and policy frameworks
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of countries with
updated laws and/or
regulations
Updated Baseline end 2013:
18 cumulative: Albania,
Armenia, Belarus, Bosnia and
Herzegovina, Poland,
Romania, Slovenia and
Tajikistan updated their
national IP legislation in
2012/13.
4 additional
countries
5 (Kazakhstan, Lithuania,
Montenegro, Republic of
Moldova, Tajikistan)
TLS
On track
Kazakhstan and the Russian
Federation have initiated the
amendment of their legislation.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 18 by end of 2013
Expected Result: II.1 Increased use of the PCT route for filing international patent applications
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of PCT applications
originating from transition
and developed countries
Updated Baseline end 2013:
166,517 (2013)
160,309 (2012)
2% increase
170,317 (2014) +2.28%32
TLS
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: tbd
Expected Result: II.4 Wider and better use of the Hague system, including by developing countries and LDCs
Performance Indicators
No. of Hague System
applications originating
from transition and
developed countries
Baselines
Updated Baseline end 2013:
2,927 (2013)
2,553 (2012)
Targets
2% increase
Performance Data
TLS
33
2,776 (2014) -5.16%
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: tbd
32
The number of applications is based on the country of origin. Figures for 2014 are estimated. The percentage of
increase/decrease is in comparison to 2013.
33 Idem.
104
Not
on track
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Result: II.6 Wider and better use of the Madrid & Lisbon systems, including by developing countries and LDCs
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of Madrid & Lisbon
System applications
originating from transition
and developed countries
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Madrid:
43,149 (2013)
40,640 (2012)
2% increase
Madrid:
43,748 (2014) +1.39%34
TLS
On track
Lisbon: 818 out of 896
registrations in force (2014)
+9.2%
Lisbon:
749 out of 816 registrations in
force
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: tbd
Expected Result: II.8 International and domestic intellectual property disputes are increasingly prevented or resolved through
WIPO mediation, arbitration and other alternative dispute resolution methods
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of users in transition
and developed countries
using the AMC services
Updated Baseline end 2013:
359 disputes and 51 bons
offices involving parties from
transition and developed
countries (cumulative per end
2013)
2% increase
18 additional disputes and 25
additional bons offices
involving parties from
transition and developed
countries (2014)
TLS
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:tbd
Expected Result: III.1 National innovation and IP strategies and plans consistent with national development objectives
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of Universities having
developed IP policies
tbd
30 additional
Universities
In 2014, 150 universities
developed IP policies:

Poland (148);

the Russian Federation
(1); and

Uzbekistan (1)
TLS
On track
On October 1, 2014, Poland
adopted a Law on Higher
Education, which made it
obligatory for all higher
education institutions (120
public and 294 non-public) to
have in place an up-to-date IP
policy by March 31, 2015.
Universities in Estonia,
Lithuania and Slovakia were in
the process of developing IP
policies in 2014.
A survey will be conducted
during the biennium to
ascertain how many policies
were developed by end of
2015.
No. of countries having
developed national IP
strategies/plans
14 (cumulative per end 2013)
6 additional
countries
3 additional countries
(Slovenia, Tajikistan, Turkey)
developed national IP
strategies/plans (17
cumulative)
4 countries (Bulgaria, Poland,
Turkmenistan, Ukraine)
initiated the process.
34
Idem.
105
On track
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Result: III.2 Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the effective
use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in transition
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
No. of countries in
transition having
established annual IP
training programs and/or
courses for IP
professionals
tbd
10
6 (Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech
Republic, Kazakhstan, Poland,
Turkey)
On track
% of trained IP
professionals and IP
Office officials using
upgraded skills in their
work
Updated Baseline end 2013:
69% of trained IP office
officials were using upgraded
skills in their work
50%
80% of trained IP
professionals and IP Office
officials were using upgraded
skills in their work
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 40%
Expected Result: III.4 Strengthened cooperation mechanisms and programs tailored to the needs of developing countries and
LDCs
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of established
partnerships where the
party offering assistance
originates from a
developed country
tbd
4 additional MoUs;
10 additional
matches in the
matchmaking
database
4 new MoUs (Denmark,
Germany, Israel, Spain)
In 2014, no matches in the
matchmaking database were
established due to the
development during 2014 of a
targeted outreach plan to
bolster uploads and catalyze
matches.
TLS
On track
Not
on track
Expected Result: III.6 Increased capacity of SMEs to successfully use IP to support innovation
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
% of participants in
training programs
targeting SME support
institutions who express
satisfaction with the
content and organization
of these events
tbd
Defined target:
75%
85%
On track
% of trained SME support
institutions who provide
information, support and
advisory/consulting
services on IP asset
management
tbd
90%
On track
No. of countries having
established IP training
programs for SMEs
tbd
4 (Armenia, Belarus, Georgia,
Kazakhstan)
On track
Original target
P&B 2014/15: tbd
Defined target:
90% (18 support
institutions)
Original target
P&B 2014/15: tbd
tbd
106
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Result: IV.2 Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP institutions and the public to promote innovation and
creativity
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
No. of established TTOs
and/or IP information
centers
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Two Universities/Institutions in
Georgia were directly assisted
in developing their knowledge
transfer ecosystem, policy and
infrastructure in the CCEA
region: Ivane Javakhishvili
Tbilisi State University and
Georgian Technology Transfer
Center followed by the Plan of
Action.
6 additional
TTOs/IP
information
centers
8 new TISCs established in
the Russian Federation
On track
2 national TISC
networks
(cumulative):
Certain Countries
in Europe and
Asia (2)
Certain Countries in Europe
and Asia (1)
On track
300 (min) – 750
(max)
513 (min) - 1521 (max)
average no. of users serviced
by TISCs per day during 2014
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: tbd
No. of sustainable national
TISC networks
Updated Baseline end 2013: 1
sustainable (out of 3
established) TISC networks
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 1 national TISC
network: (cumulative per end
first quarter 2013:
Certain Countries in Europe
and Asia (1)
Average number of users
serviced by TISCs per
quarter and country
Updated Baseline end 2013:
532 (min.) to 1370 (max.)
average no. of users serviced
by TISCs per day during 2013.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 200 (min) – 630
(max)
Expected Result: IV.4 Enhanced technical and knowledge infrastructure for IP Offices and other IP institutions leading to better
services (cheaper, faster, higher quality) to their stakeholders
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Average Service Level of
IP Offices assisted
(ranging from 1 to 5)
Updated Baseline end 2013: 3
Defined Target: 3
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: tbd
Original Target
P&B 2014/15: tbd
Certain Countries in Europe
and Asia: 3.2
107
TLS
On track
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
I.2
Tailored and balanced IP legislative, regulatory and policy
framew orks
II.1
Increased use of the PCT route for filing international
patent applications
II.4
2014
Expenditure*
755
797
365
1,157
966
362
Wider and better use of the Hague system, including by
developing countries and LDCs
231
436
199
II.6
Wider and better use of the Madrid & Lisbon systems,
including by developing countries and LDCs
231
463
218
II.8
International and domestic intellectual property disputes
are increasingly prevented or resolved through WIPO
mediation, arbitration and other alternative dispute
resolution methods
149
424
194
III.1
National innovation and IP strategies and plans consistent
w ith national development objectives
2,584
2,075
968
III.2
Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal w ith
the broad range of requirements for the effective use of
IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and
countries w ith economies in transition
1,455
934
402
III.4
Strengthened cooperation mechanisms and programs
tailored to the needs of developing countries and LDCs
256
364
169
III.6
Increased capacity of SMEs to successfully use IP to
support innovation
578
813
365
IV.2
Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP
institutions and the public to promote innovation and
creativity
666
827
439
IV.4
Enhanced technical and know ledge infrastructure for IP
Offices and other IP institutions leading to better services
(cheaper, faster, higher quality) to their stakeholders
380
252
123
8,443
8,349
3,803
Total
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
6,405
6,351
3,038
48%
Non-personnel Resources
2,039
1,998
765
38%
TOTAL
8,443
8,349
3,803
46%
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
108
Program Performance Report 2014
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
10.12. The adjustments across Results in the 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflect the new and more
accurate methodology for allocation of personnel resources resulting from enhancements made to the
EPM planning system for the 2014 annual work planning exercise.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
10.13. The slight under-utilization of non-personal resources was due primarily to: (i) the implementation
of cost efficiency measures as regards staff missions and events and (ii) the postponement to 2015 of
certain activities in the region.
109
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 11
THE WIPO ACADEMY
Program Manager
Mr. M. Matus
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
11.1. In 2014, the WIPO Academy initiated the implementation of a reform process and its repositioning
as the core entity in WIPO for IP training and capacity building activities for government officials and other
stakeholders. During the reform, the Academy endeavored to maintain, to the extent possible, the
quantity, quality and frequency of the training programs regularly provided in order to meet the ongoing
training obligations with partners; to respond to new and urgent training requests of Member States and
other stakeholders; and to preserve the continuum of the training provided.
11.2. To this end, in 2014, the Academy continued to organize through a combination of a diversified
range of training and teaching activities to meet the capacity building requirements of developing
countries, LDCs and countries in transition: (i) face-to-face training activities for government officials from
industrial property and copyright Offices and other public sector institutions that are directly or indirectly
involved in the management of, and international negotiations, related to IP (Professional Development
Program); (ii) a portfolio of 17 distance learning (DL) courses in 14 languages (Distance Learning
Program); and (iii) a number of joint master programs on IP law and other activities for the promotion of
higher education on IP (Academic Institutions Program), as well as specific activities for students and
young IP professionals (Summer Schools Program). A major achievement in 2014 was the roll-out of the
WIPO e-Learning Center (WeLC) platform, developed by the DL Program in 2011, to the other Academy
Programs in order to facilitate the registration, selection and enrollment processes of candidates.
11.3. With regard to the Professional Development Program (PDP), in 2014, the Academy organized
20 training courses in partnership with the industrial property and/or copyright authorities of Algeria,
Austria, Canada, Costa Rica, Finland, France, Germany, Israel, Mexico, Morocco, Norway, Paraguay,
Peru, Spain, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom, as well as the WTO and the Centre d’Études
Internationales de la Propriété Intellectuelle (CEIPI), in Strasbourg, France. A total of 216 participants
from developing countries, LDCs and countries in transition benefited from these activities, which
represents a 14 per cent decrease compared to 2013. The decrease was primarily due to the “WIPOSweden Advanced Training Course on Industrial Property in the Global Economy”, traditionally offered
annually to 25 officials, not taking place in 2014. The course program continued to include the following
main topics: patents, trademarks, copyright and related rights, collective management of copyright and
related rights, management of IP offices, IP for policy makers, and was expanded to include two new
courses on branding and transfer of technology and licensing. Moreover, as part of the reform process,
the training model was placed under review for further development and improvement in 2014.
Geographical Distribution of Participants in Professional Development Program, 2012-2014
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
77
87
75
58
56
45
25
30
53
30
0
2012
Latin-America &
Caribbean Countries
Africa
Asia & Pacific
44
35
32
1
0
2013
Certain Countries in
Europe & Asia
Arab
27 25
2014
11.4. The Distance Learning Program (DL) continued to attract participants from all over the world
including special target groups of IP Office staff, TISCs and Start-Up Academies. The development of a
tailor- made course with the Croatian IP Office was successfully completed and launched in 2014. In
addition, two new customizations were initiated with the IP Offices of Cambodia and Viet Nam, increasing
the number of languages of the general courses from 12 in 2013 to 14 (Arabic, Cambodian, Chinese,
Croatian, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Thai, Ukrainian, and
110
Program Performance Report 2014
Vietnamese) in 2014. In 2014, some 34,935 persons (30,552 under its general courses and 4,383 under
its advanced courses) from more than 192 countries benefited from the enhanced e-learning Centre
(WeLC) platform. Two new DL pilot courses were launched in 2014: (i) Intellectual Property, Traditional
Knowledge and Traditional Cultural Expressions (DL-203) and (ii) Collective Management of Copyright
and Related Rights (DL-501). Development of the DL course on IP and Public Health started in 2014, and
will be launched as a pilot course in 2015. A more systematic approach to the annual course review
process was implemented in 2014, and the DL course content underwent an extensive review (Phase I),
the results of which will be implemented in 2015 (Phase II).
Geographical Distribution of Participants in all of Distance Learning Program, 2012-201435
20000
18000
16000
14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
19641
20007
Latin-America &
Caribbean Countries
Africa
16552
Asia & Pacific
13056
10687
Certain Countries in
Europe & Asia
Arab
9367
3849
1600
2937
1972 8
2255 321
2210
1677
1264
2012
2013
3083
2108 79
1829
1917
Other developed
countries
Other Areas
2014
11.5. The Academic Institutions Program (AIP) continued to offer joint IP Law Master’s Degree courses
for the benefit of nationals of developing countries and countries in transition, in cooperation with a
number of universities and the financial assistance of the Government of Japan and the Government of
the Republic of Korea as related to four programs. In 2014, a total of 196 persons were trained,
92 students from 58 countries received scholarships to attend one of the seven joint IP Law Master
programs offered by the WIPO Academy jointly with: the Africa University (AU) and the African Regional
Intellectual Property Organization (ARIPO) (Zimbabwe); the Austral University and the National Industrial
Property Institute of Argentina (INPI) (Argentina); the Haifa University (Israel); the Queensland
University of Technology (QUT) (Australia); Seoul National University (SNU) and the Korean Intellectual
Property Office (KIPO) (Republic of Korea); the University of Turin (Italy) and the International Training
Center of the International Labor Organization (ITC-ILO); and the University of Yaoundé II and the
Organisation Africaine de la Propriété Intellectuelle (OAPI) (Cameroon). The Colloquium for Teachers of
IP was organized in cooperation with the WTO for the benefit of 247 persons. The Colloquium continued
to offer a forum for dialogue and debate on recent developments in key IP areas and teaching and
pedagogic issues. In addition, 5 persons received WIPO fellowships to participate in the Annual Congress
of the International Association for the Advancement of Teaching and Research in Intellectual Property
(ATRIP). With assistance from WIPO, two universities in Indonesia (Universitas Padjadjaran and
University of Indonesia) started to offer new teaching programs on IP. Four other programs in
Bangladesh, China, Jamaica and Venezuela were in the process of being established. In 2014, new
partnership requests were received by the Academy and were examined in line with the new policy
established in this respect.
11.6. The Academy organized nine sessions of the WIPO Summer School (WSS) Program in three
languages (English, Russian and Spanish) in cooperation with nine national institutions in Chile, Croatia,
Jamaica, Mexico, Republic of Korea, the Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa and Switzerland.
In 2014, some 352 participants participated in the WSS, with the majority of participants coming from
Latin America and the Caribbean (124 participants or 35 per cent), followed by participants in transition
countries (85 participants or 24 per cent), whilst participants from Asia and the Pacific, Africa, the Arab
region and other countries accounted for 72 (or 21 per cent), 39 (or 11 per cent), five (or one per cent)
and 27 (or eight per cent) of participants respectively. Summer school sessions continued to be
developed in rotation taking into consideration geographical balance.
35
The higher level of participation from Latin America and the Caribbean is primarily due the customized versions of the General
Course on IP (DL101) in Portuguese and Spanish.
111
Program Performance Report 2014
11.7. The design, planning and implementation of activities by Program 11 continued to be guided by
the relevant DA Recommendations in 2014. The Academy programs were development-oriented and
responsive to stakeholder demands (Recommendation 1) and sought to introduce IP at different
academic
levels
with
a
view
to
generating
greater
public
awareness
on
IP
(Recommendation 3). Prioritization of the DA principles is paramount to the design of the Academy’s
reform process.
11.8. In 2014, the start-up academies’ project was mainstreamed into the Academy’s regular
budget. The project focused on continuing cooperation with countries that had implementation delayed
during the pilot phase for political reasons (Egypt and Tunisia) and in identifying new beneficiary
countries. Cooperation strategies were prepared for Cambodia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, Turkey and
Bangladesh, taking into consideration recently established national IP strategies whenever available.
Two new agreements were signed with the Governments of Cambodia and Ecuador for the establishment
of start-up academies Cooperation was formally initiated with Ecuador in September, 2014. An external
independent evaluation report of the pilot phase was presented and approved at the fourteenth session of
the CDIP.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: III.2 Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the effective
use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in transition
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
Revised Portfolio of
training courses on IP for
developing countries,
LDCs and CETs /
Relevance of content of
training courses to
capacity building
requirements of
developing countries,
LDCs and CETs
Portfolio not revised on
a global basis since
establishment of
Academy
Revised Portfolio
available by end of
biennium
Consultations with the Bureaus and
preparation of the training needs
assessment questionnaire for the
revision of the training portfolio were
underway in 2014.
On track
Enhanced and multilingual
access to e-learning on
various IP aspects for
developing countries, LDC
and CETs / Relevance of
content of portfolio of elearning courses to the
capacity building
requirements of
developing countries,
LDCs and CETs
Updated Baseline end
2013:
In 2013:

5 DL courses were
available in all 6
UN languages plus
Portuguese;

2 DL courses were
available in 5 UN
languages plus
Portuguese ;

1 course was
available in 4 UN
languages plus
Portuguese; and

4 DL courses
available in only
English.
All courses
available in all UN
languages
In 2014:

9 DL courses were available in
all 6 UN languages plus
Portuguese;

1 DL course was available in 5
UN languages plus
Portuguese ;

1 course was available in 3 UN
languages; and

1 DL course available in only
English (DL 401 is expected to
be replaced by DL 501Collective Management of
Copyright and Related Rights
in 2015).36
On track
78% of participants in the advanced
courses indicated their professional
and/or academic performance
improved as a result of participation
in the DL course.
70% of participants in
the advanced courses
indicated their
professional and/or
academic performance
improved as a result of
participation in the DL
course.
36
Available is defined as having been translated into the language and able to be offered to partner IP Offices. It should be noted
that in a given year not all available courses are offered in all language versions, depending on when the new language version
might become available in the year and/or the preparedness of the partner IP Offices with whom the courses are run.
112
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Not all
courses available in all
languages; revision of
course content currently
done by Academy staff
only and on ad hoc
basis
Improved access to higher
education on IP on the
part of developing
countries, LDCs and CETs
/ Number of universities in
developing countries,
LDCs and CETs, offering
new teaching programs on
IP
IP teaching at university
level is currently
available only on a
limited number of
developing countries,
LDCs and CETs; WIPO
offers Joint Master
Program on IP with
seven universities of
which two in Africa and
one in Latin America
Five universities in
developing
countries, LDCs
and CETs will be
offering new
teaching programs
on IP by the end of
the biennium
With assistance from WIPO, two
universities in Indonesia (Universitas
Padjadjaran and University of
Indonesia) started to offer new
teaching programs on IP. Four
universities were in the process of
establishing new teaching programs
on IP at the end of 2014:

Bangladesh Institute of
Management;

University of West Indies in
Jamaica;

Renmin University in China;
and

Universidad Central de
Venezuela in Caracas,
Venezuela.
.
On track
Progressive establishment
of a network of IP experts
in developing countries,
LDCs and CETs
Updated Baseline end
2013: 326 academics
from developing
countries, LDCs and
CETs members of
ATRIP
An increase of
15% over the
baseline
362 academics from developing
countries, LDCs and CETs
members, as reported by ATRIP
(+11%)
On track
4
Phase II of the pilot phase of the
project was completed and
evaluated in 2014.
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: No. of
academics from
developing countries,
LDCs and CETs
members of ATRIP
No. of new start-up
academies projects
initiated after the
conclusion of the Pilot
Phase
Updated Baseline end
2013: Phase II of the
pilot phase of the project
was not completed at
the end of 2013.
Two new agreements were signed
with the Governments of Cambodia
and Ecuador for the establishment of
start-up academies. Cooperation
with Ecuador was formally initiated
in September 2014.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 0
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
III.2
Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal w ith
the broad range of requirements for the effective use of
IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and
countries w ith economies in transition
2014
Expenditure*
11,883
11,484
5,684
Total
11,883
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
11,484
5,684
113
Program Performance Report 2014
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
6,978
6,687
3,555
53%
Non-personnel Resources
4,905
4,798
2,129
44%
11,883
11,484
5,684
49%
TOTAL
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
11.9. The decrease in personnel resources in the 2014/15 Budget after Transfers is primarily due to the
redeployment of personnel resources from the Program to meet the needs related to WIPO platforms and
IT applications across the Development Sector. This was compensated by the redeployment of personnel
resources into the Program following the transition in the management of the Academy towards the end
of 2014. This resulted in a net increase of one post in the Academy compared to the 2014/15 Approved
Budget.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
11.10. Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
114
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 30
SMALL AND MEDIUM-SIZED ENTERPRISES (SMES) AND INNOVATION
Program Manager
DIRECTOR GENERAL
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
SMALL AND MEDIUM-SIZED ENTERPRISES
30.1. Work continued in cooperation with national and regional IP Offices and other institutions in
assisting entrepreneurs and SMEs in using the IP system, primarily through (a) adapting and/or
translating content on IP for business to the local context, and (b) training of trainers programs. With
respect to the latter, 15 programs on effective IP asset management by SMEs, benefitting over
561 participants, were organized, aiming at creating a critical mass of trainers in specific countries with
knowledge, skills and experience to provide basic assistance to SMEs on IP asset management. The
Program also contributed to the promotion of women’s empowerment in IP. To this end, the International
Workshop for Women Inventors and Entrepreneurs was organized by WIPO, the Korean Intellectual
Property Office (KIPO) and the Korea Women Inventors Association (KWIA), in which 137 women
inventors and entrepreneurs from 17 countries participated.
30.2. In 2014, a new book on Confidence - An Introduction to Trade Secrets for Small and Mediumsized Enterprises was finalized. Another new publication, Beyond Taste: Intellectual Property for Healthy
Agro-Food SMEs, and updated versions of three former publications (namely Making a Mark - An
Introduction to Trademarks for Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises; Inventing the Future - An
Introduction to Patents for Small and Medium-sized Enterprises; and A Stitch in Time - Smart Use of
Intellectual Property by Textile Companies) were awaiting approval for publication. A book entitled
Intellectual Capital Readiness: The Use of Intangibles to Access Capital Markets – An Introduction for
Business and Investors, originally completed in 2012, was updated in preparation for publication in 2015,
and an additional new guide on IP and Finance was prepared and is under final review. WIPO also
contributed to an initial draft of a book on Leveraging Intellectual Property as a Strategic Business Asset
(Strategic IP Management)37.
30.3. An online international certificate course on IP asset management for business success based on
IP PANORAMATM was taken by 709 students, and 38 students participated subsequently in an offline
program on IP asset management held in Seoul, Republic of Korea, prepared by WIPO and implemented
in a coordinated fashion by WIPO, KIPO, the Korea Invention Promotion Association (KIPA) and the
Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology (KAIST).
30.4. Efforts to reach out directly to SMEs continued via the SMEs website in the six UN languages and
the monthly e-newsletter, which was distributed to over 40,000 subscribers worldwide. Five new case
studies on IP for SMEs were created on the following topics: (i) Ezequiel Farca (Mexico); (ii) Haldiram
(India), (iii) Wondereight (Lebanon); (iv), Developing Affordable Software for Small Businesses: HSCO
LLP (UK/Jordan); and (v) Ensuring the Safe Flow of Energy - PipeWay Engenharia (Brazil), of which the
last two were published in IP Advantage.
30.5. In line with DA Recommendations 1, 4, 10 and 11, the Program organized or participated in
20 SME-related seminars, workshops or training of trainers programs on IP management in 19 countries,
mostly developing countries and LDCs in Africa, the Arab region, Asia and the Pacific and Latin America
and the Caribbean. These programs benefitted over 900 representatives of SMEs and SME support
institutions from 50 countries, including 15 LDCs and 35 developing countries and transition economies.
Taking a larger lead role, the IP Offices and/or the chambers of commerce of the concerned Member
States were closely involved during the planning stages and made substantial contributions during the
development and implementation stages of the programs, including in the selection of speakers and the
program topics. In addition, the training of trainers program included a round table discussion on the
subject of IP awareness and use by SMEs, which identified the challenges facing local SMEs and
SME-support institutions, and proposed a road map to address those challenges, in line with
Recommendation 4.
37
Contribution to this publication was done under the FIT US SMEs, which was closed during Q1 2015.
115
Program Performance Report 2014
INNOVATION POLICY
30.6. In 2014, work continued to identify the areas where innovation policy interacts with IP. Following
the successful implementation of the pilot project on integrating IP into innovation policy formulation
implemented in Serbia during the previous biennium, national projects in Cameroon, Rwanda, Sri Lanka
and Trinidad and Tobago were launched in 2014. The national projects in Cameroon, Rwanda, Serbia
and Sri Lanka were completed in 2014. The national project in Trinidad and Tobago is foreseen to be
completed in 2015. These projects sought to map the innovation system in the selected countries, identify
the principal actors and determine their participation in the innovation system, their awareness and
reliance on the IP system and the gaps and needs in the innovation system from an IP perspective, with a
view to garnering more insight into the development of more effective national IP strategies, as well as to
contribute to the design of more appropriate and focused support services to be provided by WIPO. A
positive outcome of these projects was the ensuing collaboration with a larger EU-funded project in the
Caribbean entitled IPICA – Empowering knowledge transfer in the Caribbean through effective IPR and
Knowledge Transfer (KT) regimes, coordinated by the University of Alicante.
INNOVATION STRUCTURES
30.7. Through tailored IP commercialization projects, capacity building programs and advisory services
to WIPO Member States, the Program also facilitated the development of adequate legal and
organizational infrastructure as well as professional human capital to promote creation and strategic IPR
management of knowledge and research results from an early stage towards technology markets, by
using IP system and commercialization tools and processes. Using customized training services, the
number of stakeholders (government officials, technology managers, scientists and patent agents) that
were trained in 2014 grew compared to previous years, with more than 1,300 participants trained through
in situ events, and an additional 90 innovation stakeholders, including entrepreneurial women in Africa,
through more than 120 distance practice modules and video conferences. Evaluation methods were also
strengthened in 2014 by a) introducing the gender perspective in evaluation questionnaires, in line with
the Organization’s Policy on Gender Equality adopted in 2014, and also by b) measuring the potential
number of indirect users of training materials and knowledge disseminated through capacity building.
30.8. The project for the “Establishment of Technology Transfer Offices (TTOs) in the Arab Region”
was redesigned in 2014 to expand the geographic scope to accommodate Member State requests. In
that context, implementation of the Tunisia Action Plan started focusing on legal institutional infrastructure
of beneficiary institutions in Tunisia. Progress was made towards strengthening four TTOs in Tunisia to
be operationally independent and sustainable.
30.9. The University Initiative Program was under review for improvement and customization to the
changing needs of universities and R&D institutions in WIPO Member States, including in developing and
developed countries. Assistance regarding IP Institutional Policies was provided to 16 universities and
R&D institutions.
30.10. Some 33 training programs were organized in 2014 in collaboration with internal and external
partners as follows: nine on Patent Drafting, 15 on IPR Management for Universities and
R&D Institutions, seven Successful Technology Licensing (STL) courses, and two IP Valuation trainings.
30.11. Partnerships with the European Commission Joint Research Center (EC JRC) and the European
Organization for Nuclear Research (CERN) were particularly strengthened in very fruitful collaboration
with the “Danube Initiative Program” and “Establishment of Technology Transfer Offices (TTOs) in
Arab Region”.
30.12. Pursuant to DA Recommendations 19, 25, 26 and 28,in the context of the project on Intellectual
Property and Technology Transfer: Common Challenges – Building Solutions, all six studies on aspects
of technology transfer were peer-reviewed by international experts, and presented to the CDIP at its
fourteenth session in November 2014 . Following the completion of the studies and as envisaged in the
approved project document, a concept paper on building solutions was prepared to provide the basis for
discussion at the High Level International Expert Forum, to be held in Geneva in February, 2015. ,
30.13. Concerning DA Recommendation 36, under the Project on Open Collaborative Projects and IPBased Models, an Expert Meeting was organized in the WIPO Headquarters in the form of a WIPO
116
Program Performance Report 2014
Conference on Open Innovation: Collaborative Projects and the Future of Knowledge, held in January
2014. In addition, an In-Depth Evaluation Study and a study on Global Knowledge Flows, for
incorporation into the planned Interactive Platform, were completed and presented to the CDIP at its
fourteenth session.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: III.1 National innovation and IP strategies and plans consistent with national development objectives
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of countries with
national innovation
policies initiated, in
progress or adopted
Updated Baseline
end 2013: 1 country
5 countries
National innovation policies were initiated
in four countries: Cameroon, Rwanda,
Serbia and Sri Lanka.
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: tbd
TLS
On track
Expected Result: III.2 Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the effective
use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in transition
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
% of trained IP
professionals using
upgraded skills in their
work
Updated Baseline
end 2013: N/A
50%
More than 60% of trained IP professionals
reported using upgraded skills in their
work.
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: tbd
TLS
On track
Expected Result: III.6 Increased capacity of SMEs to successfully use IP to support innovation
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of subscriptions to the
SME Newsletter
Updated Baseline
end 2013: 41,101
Defined target:
40,000
40,510 subscriptions
Newsletter in 2014
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: tbd
No. of downloads of
topical SME material and
guidelines
Updated Baseline
end 2013:
No. of downloads:
77,617 (2013)
TLS
to
the
SME
On track
Original Target
P&B 2014/15:
tbd
tbd
2014:
No. of downloads: 70,559
No. of page views of the SME web page:
821,150
Not
assessable
Not
assessable
No. of page views:
1,210,803 (2013)
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: tbd
No. of SME related casestudies accessed via the
IpAdvantage and/or other
relevant databases
tbd
tbd
In 2014, a total of 19 new SME-related
case studies were published in the IP
Advantage database, bringing the total
number of SME-related case studies
available to 206. There were 199,700
visits to the IP Advantage database in
2014; however it is not feasible to
determine the number of SME-related
case studies that were accessed.
% of participants in
training programs
targeting SME support
institutions who express
satisfaction with the
content and organization
of these events
Updated Baseline
end 2013: 90%
tbd
100% of participants were satisfied with
the content and organization of the training
programs.
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: tbd
117
On track
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
% of trained SMEs support
institutions who provide
information, support and
advisory/consulting
services on IP asset
management
Updated Baseline
end 2013: 100% of
the assisted 15
SMEs support
institutions provide
information, support
and/or advisory/
consulting services
on IP asset
management.
Defined target:
80%
100% of trained SME support institutions
provided information, support and
advisory/consulting services on IP asset
management
Original Target
P&B 2014/15:
tbd
TLS
On track
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: tbd
No. of countries having
established IP training
programs for SMEs
tbd
tbd
The following 13 countries/ regional
organizations reported having established
IP training programs for SMEs: ARIPO,
Armenia, Argentina, Belarus, Colombia,
Georgia, Jordan, Lebanon, Kazakhstan,
Papua New Guinea, Uganda, United Arab
Emirates and United Republic of Tanzania.
Not
assessable
Expected Result: IV.2 Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP institutions and the public to promote innovation and
creativity
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of sustainable TTOs
established and/or
strengthened in
Universities or R&D
institutions
tbd
5 TTOs
established in
the Arab Region
In 2014, TTOs for Arab Region project was
redesigned to expand the geographic
scope to accommodate Member State
requests. Progress was made towards
strengthening four TTOs in Tunisia to be
operationally independent and sustainable:

Centre Technique de la Chimie
(CTC)

Technopark El Ghazala

Packtec Technical Center for
Packaging

Technopark of Sidi Thabet (TST)
TLS
Not
on track
Based upon survey responses, the
following universities in the Philippines
reported that WIPO advice and training
was “useful” or “extremely useful” in
strengthening their TTOs:
(i) Polytechnic University of the
Philippines, Office of the Vice President for
Research, Extension Planning and
Development; (ii) Samar State University
Research Office
State University of Western Philippines,
College of Engineering TTO; (iii)
Technology Application and Promotion
Institute, Invention Development Division
Technology University of the Philippines,
Visayas Innovation and Technology
Support Office; (iv) University of Santo
Tomas, Innovation and Technology
Support Office; (v) University of
Southeastern Philippines, Research
Division; (vi) University of the Philippines,
Directorate of IP and Commercialization
Activities
No. of universities and/or
research institutions which
have established IP
policies
38
tbd
20 additional
universities
See Program 10.
118
IP policies were established in150
universities:

Poland (148) (as a result of a change
in the law in October 2014);

the Russian Federation (1); and

Uzbekistan (1).38
On track
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
III.1
National innovation and IP strategies and plans consistent
w ith national development objectives
2014
Expenditure*
250
837
369
III.2
Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal w ith the
broad range of requirements for the effective use of IP for
development in developing countries, LDCs and countries
w ith economies in transition
1,163
630
370
III.6
Increased capacity of SMEs to successfully use IP to
support innovation
3,841
3,241
1,636
IV.2
Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP
institutions and the public to promote innovation and
creativity
1,442
800
184
Total
6,696
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
5,508
2,558
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
5,086
4,003
2,065
52%
Non-personnel Resources
1,610
1,504
494
33%
TOTAL
6,696
5,508
2,558
46%
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
30.14. The decrease in personnel resources in the 2014/15 Budget after Transfers compared to the
2014/15 Approved Budget reflects (i) the transfer of responsibilities for the implementation of the DA
projects Open Collaborative Models and Technology Transfer to Program 5 (The PCT System) and
(ii) delays in identifying the right skills and competencies in support of the Program’s activities to
compensate for the transfer of a staff member out of the Program.
30.15. The net decrease in non-personnel resources reflects a downward adjustment primarily due to
the transfer of responsibility for patent drafting training to Program 1.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
30.16. The low resource utilization under non-personnel resources was primarily due to the overall
slower than expected pace of implementation of activities, particularly under Expected Result IV.2
(Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information and knowledge).
119
Program Performance Report 2014
STRATEGIC GOAL IV
COORDINATION AND DEVELOPMENT OF GLOBAL IP INFRASTRUCTURE
Mid-term Performance Dashboard (2014)
The dashboard below provides a summary of the progress towards the achievement of the Results in
2014 as measured by the indicators under the Programs contributing to this Strategic Goal.
Expected Results
IV.1 Updated and globally accepted
system of international
classifications and WIPO standards
to facilitate access, use and
dissemination of IP information
among stakeholders in the world
IV.2 Enhanced access to, and use
of, IP information by IP institutions
and the public to promote innovation
and creativity
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
No. of amendments and information files introduced
into Nice Classification
Program 12

No. of new subdivisions introduced into the IPC per
year
Program 12

No. of amended and new standards adopted
Program 12

No. of users accessing the internet publications of
international classifications and standards, in
particular from developing countries
Program 12


No. of trusted intermediaries (TIs) and rights holders
(RHs) having joined the TIGAR system network,
including from developing countries and LDCs
Program 3

No. of copyright protected works distributed among
TIs and made accessible to VIPs across borders
through the TIGAR system network
Program 3

% of individuals satisfied with the capacity building
support on copyright infrastructure
Program 3

No. of institutions using GDA
Program 3

Performance Indicators
120
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Results
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
Use of the WIPO Collective Management Reference
Database
Program 3

No. of legal instruments, guidelines, statements of
principles other than Treaties agreed to or endorsed
by the stakeholders concerned in areas such as IP
and Sports and Copyright in the Digital Environment
Program 3

Average number of users serviced by TISCs per
quarter and country
Program 9

Program 10

Program 14

Program 9


Program 10

Program 14

No. of countries using IP Technical Assistance
Database (IP-TAD), IP Roster of consultants
(IP_ROC)
Program 9

No. of established TTOs and/or IP information centers
Program 10

No. of different users per quarter in all systems
(PATENTSCOPE/Global Brand Database)
Program 13

No. of languages in which cross-lingual search is
available
Program 13

No. of language pairs available for machine translation
of titles and abstracts
Program 13

No. of active registered users of ARDI and ASPI
Program 14

% of users satisfied with the provision of value added
patent information services (WPIS, ICE, patent family
and legal status enquiry service)
Program 14

% of users satisfied with PLRs
Program 14

No. of countries that verified data and included
national essential medicines into WIPO Essential
Program 18

Performance Indicators
No. of sustainable national networks of TISCs
121
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Results
IV.3 Broad geographical coverage
of the content and use of WIPO
Global IP Databases
IV.4 Enhanced technical and
knowledge infrastructure for IP
Offices and other IP institutions
leading to better services (cheaper,
faster, higher quality) to their
stakeholders
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
No. of users of WIPO's Global Databases:
PATENTSCOPE and Global Brand Database
Program 20


Increase in the no. of WIPO Lex users
Program 21

No. of sustainable TTOs established and/or
strengthened in Universities or R&D institutions
Program 30

No. of universities and/or research institutions which
have established IP policies
Program 30

No. of records contained in PATENTSCOPE
Program 13

No. of records contained in Global Brand Databases
Program 13

No. of national collections in PATENTSCOPE
Program 13

No. of national collections in Global Brand Database
Program 13

No. of governments and CMOs signing an agreement
with WIPO to re-engineer WIPOCOS
Program 3

No. of CMOs in developing countries and LDCs
participating in regional and global networks facilitated
by WIPO
Program 3

Program 15

% of governments that report positively on the
improved effectiveness (and governance) of copyright
offices and other institutions in the country
Program 3

No. of offices using WIPO infrastructure platforms
Program 15

Average Service Level of IP Offices assisted (ranging
from 1 to 5)
Program 9

Program 10

Program 15

Performance Indicators
122
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 12
INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS
Program Manager
Mr. Y. Takagi
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
12.1. In 2014, progress was uneven as regards International Classifications and WIPO IP Standards,
exceeding expectations in certain areas and trailing behind in others.
12.2. As regards the Nice Classification, a total of 570 new amendments and 20 new information files
were introduced in 2014. The number of amendments represents a 32 per cent increase over 2013. In
addition, the official Spanish version of the NCL 10-2015 was made available in XLS format in
November 2014.
12.3. In the International Patent Classification (IPC), the modified publication platform to facilitate the
use of the system, including a new search tool and the IPC/CPC/FI parallel viewer, was launched in April
2014. Due to the implementation of several new revision projects for the maintenance and enhancement
of the IPC, the number of new subdivisions introduced in 2014 (337) was lower than anticipated. The
number of new groups being introduced is expected to be achieved by the end of the biennium.
12.4. At its fourth session, the Committee on WIPO Standards (CWS) was unable to adopt an agenda,
resulting in informal decisions not being formalized. Despite this set-back, there was one new standard
adopted and one standard revised informally in 2014.
12.5. The use of internet tools for accessing classifications and standards publications showed stable
growth with visits to the IPC Publications substantially higher (a 61 per cent increase over 2013), due to
the inclusion of revised classifications and new tools. The number of visits to NICE Pub and to Locarno
Home also saw increases of 8.4 per cent and 21.3 percent respectively. The Vienna Home publication
and the WIPO Standards Handbook saw decreases of 8.7 per cent and 29.7 per cent as compared to
2013, possibly due to the institutional challenges faced in the CWS.
12.6. The work of Program 12 continued to support the implementation of DA Recommendations 8, 30
and 31 by facilitating access for developing countries to publicly available patent information. In doing so,
it also contributed to efforts related to the transfer of technologies.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: IV.1 Updated and globally accepted system of international classifications and WIPO standards to facilitate
access, use and dissemination of IP information among stakeholders in the world
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of amendments and
information files introduced
into the Nice Classification
Updated Baseline end 2013:
432 modifications in 2013
339 modifications in 2012
Increase compared
to baseline
279 amendments in English
291 amendments in French
570 Total
9 information files revised
and 17 new information files
introduced
20 new information files
39 information files revised
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: No of amendments
and info files introduced in
2013.
123
TLS
On track
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of new subdivisions
introduced into the IPC per
year
Updated Baseline end 2013:
617
800 new groups per
year
337 new groups were
introduced in 2015.01
version of the IPC
No. of amended and new
standards adopted
Updated Baseline end 2013:
One new Standard adopted
and two amended in 2012.
One Standard and the
Glossary amended in 2013.
Increase compared
to baseline
One new standard adopted
and one revised informally
(2014)
Not
on track
5% increase
compared to
baseline
IPC Home: 291,845 (24.6 %
decrease) (44.08 % of visits
from developing countries)
Not
on track
IPC Pub: 1,078,752 (61%
increase; (extrapolated from
data Jun-Dec 2014)
On track
NICE Home: 497,629 (6.8 %
decrease) (35.14% of visits
from developing countries)
Not
on track
NICE Pub: 2,587,788 (8.4%
increase) (43.97% of visits
from developing countries
On track
LOCARNO Home: 44,557
(21.3 % increase) (38.42%
of visits from developing
countries)
On track
VIENNA home: 29,596
(8.7% decrease) (56.32 % of
visits from developing
countries)
Not
on track
WIPO Standards
(Handbook): 66,399 (29.7
decrease %) (29.04% of
visits from developing
countries)
Not
on track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 500 new groups
(average of 2009-13)
TLS
Not on
track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Average 2012/13
(tbd)
No. of users accessing the
Internet publications of
international classifications
and standards, in particular
from developing countries
Updated Baseline end 2013:
IPC Home: 387,093
IPC Pub: 670,032
(extrapolated from data JanMay 2013 and readjusted by
the same method of
measurement used for the
2014 data)
NICE Home: 533,846
NICE Pub: 2,386,409
LOCARNO Home: 36,727
VIENNA home: 32,416
WIPO
Standards(Handbook):
94,463
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: tbd end of 2013
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
IV.1
Updated and globally accepted system of international
classifications and WIPO standards to facilitate access,
use and dissemination of IP information among
stakeholders in the w orld
2014
Expenditure*
7,317
7,197
3,552
Total
7,317
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
7,197
3,552
124
Program Performance Report 2014
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
5,879
5,802
2,930
51%
Non-personnel Resources
1,438
1,395
622
45%
TOTAL
7,317
7,197
3,552
49%
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
The slight decrease in the Budget after Transfers for 2014/15 reflects the result of reclassifications
downward of two posts (personnel resources) and a reduction under non-personnel resources to
implement cost efficiency savings.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
12.7. Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
125
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 13
GLOBAL DATABASES
Program Manager
Mr. Y. Takagi
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
13.1. The PATENTSCOPE system was further strengthened in 2014, with a significant focus on
improving access to the system in regions experiencing poor latency. Two additional languages were
developed for inclusion in the Cross Lingual Information Retrieval (CLIR) multilingual searching system,
to be added to the existing 12 languages by the end of the biennium, pending the finalization of the
interface. The Translation Assistant for Patent Titles and Abstracts (TAPTA) 39, a statistical machine
translation system developed in-house, was extended to include one additional and difficult language
pair, English and Chinese, bringing the total number to five. Research into additional machine translation
functions also progressed in 2014, and the system continued to find application in other UN
Organizations.
13.2. Use of PATENTSCOPE increased by 3.5 per cent from 237,446 unique users per quarter in 2013
to 245,769 unique users per quarter in 2014 from 169 countries. The number of collections held in
PATENTSCOPE also saw a 12 per cent increase over 2014, bringing the total number of national and
regional collections (indicated as “non-PCT” in the graph below) to 41 and the total number of records
contained to 43 million, a 26 per cent increase over 2013.
PATENTSCOPE Records 2014
Millions
PCT
Non-PCT
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
13.3. With the introduction of a powerful image similarity search function, use of the Global Brand
Database exceeded expectations in 2014, more than doubling the number of users per quarter from
23,000 in 2013 to 49,977 in 2014. The number of national collections (indicated as “non-Madrid” in the
graph below) increased significantly (50 per cent), bringing the total number to 18 in 2014. Likewise, the
total number of records contained in the system increased 28 per cent, from 12 million in 2013 to
15.4 million in 2014.
Global Brand Database Records 2014
Millions
Madrid
Non-Madrid
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
39Renamed
WIPO Translate.
126
Program Performance Report 2014
13.4. Program 13 continued to contribute to DA Recommendations 24 and 31, bridging the digital
divide and facilitating better access to publicly available intellectual property information by continuing to
increase the amount of IP records available for searching and extending search and multilingual support
functionalities.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: IV.2 Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP institutions and the public to promote innovation and
creativity
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of different users per
quarter in all systems
(PATENTSCOPE/Global
Brand Database)40
Updated Baseline
end 2013: PATENTSCOPE
237,446 Global Brand
Database 23,000
PATENTSCOPE
650,000
Global Brand
Database
20,000 unique
visitors per
quarter41
PATENTSCOPE 245,769
On track
Global Brand Database
49,977
On track
13
In 2014, two additional
languages were developed
and will be made available by
end 2015, pending finalization
of the interface.
On track
5
One additional language pair
(English-Chinese) in 2014
(5 cumulative)
On track
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
PATENTSCOPE 566,782
Global Brand Database
13,339 unique visitors
(4th quarter 2012)
No. of languages in which
cross-lingual search is
available
Updated Baseline
end 2013: 12
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: 12 (Feb 2013)
No. of language pairs
available for machine
translation of titles and
abstracts
Updated Baseline
end 2013: 4 (cumulative)
TLS
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: 2 (Feb 2013)
Expected Result: IV.3 Broad geographical coverage of the content and use of WIPO Global IP Databases
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
No. of records contained in
PATENTSCOPE
Updated Baseline
end 2013: 34,000,000
40,000,000
43,000,000
20,000,000
15,400,000
35
41 national and regional
collections (cumulative)
On track
18
18
On track
On track
Original Baseline
P&B 20124/15: 18,733,406
(Feb 2013)
No. of records contained in
Global Brand Databases
Updated Baseline
end 2013: 12,000,000
On track
Original Baseline
P&B 20124/15: 10,928,326
(Feb 2013)
No. of national collections in
PATENTSCOPE
Updated Baseline
end 2013: 36 (cumulative)
Original Baseline
P&B 20124/15: 27 (Feb 2013)
No. of national collections in
Global Brand Database
Updated Baseline
end 2013: 12
Original Baseline
P&B 20124/15: 9 (Feb 2013)
The number of users refers to unique ‘users’ rather than unique ‘visitors’, which avoids the risk of counting the number of unique
visitors who only view the page and do not perform searches, and thus provides a more accurate representation of the database
usage.
41
Idem.
40
127
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
2014
Expenditure*
IV.2
Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP
institutions and the public to promote innovation and
creativity
1,882
3,357
1,567
IV.3
Broad geographical coverage of the content and use of
WIPO Global IP Databases
2,810
1,453
557
Total
4,692
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
4,810
2,124
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
3,447
3,602
1,644
46%
Non-personnel Resources
1,245
1,208
480
40%
TOTAL
4,692
4,810
2,124
44%
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
13.5. The slight increase in the 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects the reclassification of a post
and the redeployment of additional personnel resources into the Program for the promotion of the global
databases. This is reflected in the increase under Expected Result IV.2. The increase in resources under
Expected Result IV.2 is furthermore due to the redistribution of personnel resources within the Program
for the development of the database search engine.
13.6.
B.
The slight reduction under non-personnel resources reflects cost efficiency savings.
Budget utilization 2014
13.7. Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
128
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 14
SERVICES FOR ACCESS TO INFORMATION AND KNOWLEDGE
Program Manager
Mr. Y. Takagi
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
14.1. The year 2014 brought the total number of Member States that had established Technology
Innovation Support Centers (TISCs) in their countries to 45. The Program continued its focus on
reinforcing the long-term sustainability of the networks, and by the end of 2014, 20 TISC networks were
considered sustainable.
14.2. The structured program of capacity building at the local level, including through onsite awareness
raising and training events, additional training-of-trainers and project planning sessions that had been
started in 2013 continued throughout 2014. A total of three sub-regional events, co-organized with the
Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN); the Organisation of Islamic Cooperation (OIC); and
the IP Office of Honduras (DIGEPIH) and the Honduras National Autonomous University (UNAH) and 14
national training events were carried out to strengthen the exchange of experiences and best practices
between countries at a regional level.
14.3. The eTISC knowledge management platform42 continued to experience strong growth with a
57 per cent increase in the number of registered members from 700 at the end of 2013 to over
1,100 members from more than 90 countries by the end of 2014. The eTISC platform added 14 training
webinars in 2014 and hosted six live question-and-answer sessions with innovation support experts.
Demand also continued for the interactive e-Tutorial on using and exploiting patent information launched
in the last biennium and available on CD-ROM and online in both English43 and French44.
14.4. The volume of accessible content of scientific and technical journals in the Access to Research
for Development and Innovation (ARDI) program, including through the Research4Life partner programs,
continued to increase, reaching 16,758 journals, 46,318 e-books and 116 reference works and
databases. The number of active ARDI users doubled from 207 in 2013 to 411 in 2014. The number of
registered active users of the Access to Specialized Patent Information (ASPI) program, which provides
access to commercial patent databases, also increased steadily, albeit at a more moderate level, to
35 active institutional users, a 75 per cent increase from 2013.
14.5. In October 2014, the WIPO Patent Information Services (WPIS) published a Patent Landscape
Report (PLR) on Animal Genetic Resources in cooperation with the Food and Agricultural Organization
(FAO) and with substantive input from Program 4. The report is the first large-scale qualitative analysis
related to patent-based information on animal genetic resources. The PLR on Assistive Devices for
Visually and Hearing Impaired Persons, which includes a section on technologies that could facilitate
access of visually impaired persons to published works, was finalized. Since the report is intended to
complement the Marrakesh VIP treaty, the launch is scheduled to take place at a side event during the
SCCR 2015 and will be made available in an accessible to visually impaired persons format. As part of
the dissemination activities, a series of webinars with Ministries of Environment, organized by the
Secretariat of the Basel Convention (SBC), presented the findings of the PLR on E-waste Recycling
Technologies, which was completed in 2013. Also in 2014, cooperation was initiated with Malaysia for
the preparation of a PLR on palm oil related technologies.
14.6. Interest in PLRs, particularly on water technologies and e-waste recycling, remained high in 2014,
as indicated by the 11,111 unique hits on the PLR website, 42,629 downloads of the PDF version of the
PLRs and 2,808 downloads of infographics. The PLR website was further enriched with 36 new PLRs
prepared by various public and private sector organizations and translated into French and Spanish.
Furthermore, the Guidelines for Preparing PLRs, drafted with an external expert in 2013, were finalized
and is expected to be published in 2015.
14.7. The design, planning and implementation of activities undertaken by Program 14 were informed
by the relevant DA Recommendations, in particular Recommendations 1, 8, 19, 30 and 31.
42
http://etisc.wipo.org/
http://www.wipo.int/tisc/en/etutorial.html
44
http://www.wipo.int/tisc/fr/etutorial.html
43
129
Program Performance Report 2014
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: IV.2 Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP institutions and the public to promote innovation and
creativity
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of sustainable national
networks of TISCs
Updated Baseline end 2013:
15 sustainable (out of 39
established) TISC networks
25 national TISC
networks
(cumulative):
Africa (10 of which
8 LDCs);
Arab region (3);
Asia and the
Pacific (4 of which
2 LDCs);
Latin America and
the Caribbean (6);
Certain Countries
in Europe and
Asia (2)
20 sustainable national TISC
networks out of 45 established
(cumulative): Africa (9 of
which 6 LDCs); Arab region
(2); Asia and the Pacific (3 of
which 1 LDC); Latin America
and the Caribbean (5);
Certain Countries in Europe
and Asia (1)
On track
300 (min.) – 750
(max.)
513 (min) - 1521 (max)
average no. of users serviced
by TISCs per day during 2014.
On track
ARDI 300
ASPI 30
ARDI 411 active users
ASPI (35 active users)
On track
75%
Survey data to be collected in
2014. Analysis and results to
be reported in 2015.
N/A 2014
75%
A voluntary online survey is
under preparation and
expected to be launched in
2015. .
N/A 2014
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: 15 national
TISC networks: (cumulative
per end first quarter 2013):
Africa (6);
Arab region (2);
Asia and the Pacific (2); Latin
America and the Caribbean
(4);
Certain Countries in Europe
and Asia (1)
Average number of users
serviced by TISCs per
quarter and country
Updated Baseline end 2013:
532 (min.) to 1370 (max.)
average no. of users serviced
by TISCs per day during 2013.
TLS
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: 200 (min.) –
630 (max.)
No. of active registered
users of ARDI and ASPI
Updated Baseline end 2013:
ARDI (207 active users)
ASPI (20 active users)
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
ARDI 50
ASPI 20
% of users satisfied with
the provision of value
added patent information
services (WPIS, ICE,
patent family and legal
status enquiry service)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
No satisfaction surveys for
WPIS and ICE were
conducted. Discussions with
donor offices on how to
evaluate and retrieve feedback
for the work carried out are
under way.
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: Not available
% of users satisfied with
PLRs
Updated Baseline end 2013:
A satisfaction survey for the
PLR was carried out in March
2014 and received 39
responses (3 first level users;
36 second level users). The
results showed that
approximately 70% of the
users were satisfied with the
quality of the reports
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: Not available
130
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
IV.2
Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP
institutions and the public to promote innovation and
creativity
2014
Expenditure*
7,539
7,049
3,250
Total
7,539
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
7,049
3,250
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
6,585
6,091
2,959
49%
954
959
290
30%
7,539
7,049
3,250
46%
Personnel Resources
Non-personnel Resources
TOTAL
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
14.8. The overall decrease in the 2014/15 Budget after Transfers is primarily the net result of, on the
one hand, ongoing regularizations of continuing functions and, on the other hand, the redeployment of a
post from the Program to the External Offices.
14.9. The slight increase in non-personnel resources is due to additional resources provided for the
completion of the DA project Developing Tools for Access to Patent Information - Phase 2 for Patent
Landscape component (project now closed).
B.
Budget utilization 2014
14.10. The overall budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60% for the first year of the
biennium. The low utilization of non-personnel resources was due to a concerted promotion of selfsustainability for existing TISC networks.
131
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 15
BUSINESS SOLUTIONS FOR IP OFFICES
Program Manager
Mr. Y. Takagi
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
15.1. During 2014, demand for technical assistance from IP Offices continued to increase both in terms
of the number of offices requesting assistance and in the range of assistance requested, in particular with
regard to electronic document management, online filing, and online publication.
15.2. In response, the IB continued to develop the products to support IP Offices’ business processes,
in particular the Industrial Property Administration System (IPAS). Major new features added in 2014
included better support for electronic document management and support for bilingual operations,
particularly for offices working in the Arabic language.
15.3.
Two new modules were developed and are now being tested and piloted in several IP offices:
-
WIPO Publish was designed to meet Offices’ needs for online publication of IP data,
documents, legal status and dossier information, as well as data exchange needs (including
data exchange for WIPO global databases).
-
WIPO File was designed to provide an online filing solution for small and medium offices,
including the flexibility to be extensively customized for local conditions (e.g. for local
payment systems).
15.4. In 2014, the Program began implementation of a new strategy defined in 2013 to enhance
support levels, knowledge transfer and training. As part of the strategy, a new support model, featuring
an “IPAS Helpdesk” was implemented with dedicated resources and more formal procedures. In addition,
several technical training workshops to enhance capacities on relevant topics were organized in several
regions.
15.5. With the assistance of the Government of Japan through the Funds-in-Trust (FITs), the Program
supported digitization projects in IP Offices, in particular in Africa (ARIPO, Ethiopia, Nigeria, OAPI) and
Asia and the Pacific (Brunei Darussalam, Cambodia). A workshop was organized in July 2014 on
technical requirements to facilitate the ASEAN Patent Examination Cooperation program (ASPEC) and
the ASEAN IP Portal. Substantial progress was made on the implementation of new requirements for
ASEAN in WIPO CASE, resulting in the successful development of a communication forum for ASEAN IP
offices that was made available for testing purposes by participating IP office examiners.
15.6. The WIPO Copyright Connection (WCC) project (successor to WIPOCOS) was also launched in
2014, with the aim of releasing an interconnected system for the management of author and neighboring
rights. A Business Expert Group (BEG) made up of representatives of volunteering CMOs and business
partners (representatives of international organizations and interested companies) was set up to define
the business requirements of the system. An external contractor was engaged at the end of 2014, and a
technical Proof of Concept is in progress. The system is planned to be deployed in the relevant
developing countries and LDCs in 2016.
IP Office Business Software Systems
15.7. The graph below provides an overview of the steady increase in usage of the WIPO IP Office
systems over the past five years. Some 68 IP Offices were using WIPO IP Office Systems at the end of
2014 (comprising IPAS, the WIPO Arab Industrial Property Management System (AIPMS), EDMS,
WIPOScan and the WIPO Madrid Module).
132
Program Performance Report 2014
Resource Sharing Platforms
WIPO DAS
Based on a specification and review process with participating Offices, a new version
of the Digital Access Service (DAS) portal to support the revised framework of DAS
2.0 was launched in December 2014. The number of participating Offices remained
steady in 2014 at 11.
WIPO CASE
In April 2014, the WIPO Centralized Access to Search and Examination (CASE) was
linked to the IP5 One Dossier Portal system, allowing full two way exchange of
dossier information between CASE and IP5 Offices. By mid-2014, the system was
being utilized by several Offices as part of a pilot project. Five new Offices registered
to use the WIPO CASE, bringing the total number of participating Offices to 1445.
15.8. The design, planning and implementation of activities undertaken by Program 15 were informed
and guided by the relevant DA Recommendations, in particular 1, 2 and 10.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: IV.4 Enhanced technical and knowledge infrastructure for IP Offices and other IP institutions leading to better
services (cheaper, faster, higher quality) to their stakeholders
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of offices using WIPO
Infrastructure Platforms
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Asia and the Pacific (4):
China, Mongolia, Singapore,
Viet Nam
25 (by regional
breakdown)
5 additional offices in Asia and
the Pacific: Brunei Darussalam,
India, Indonesia, Malaysia,
Philippines
(21 cumulative)
Other (12): Australia, Canada,
Denmark, Finland, Israel,
Japan, Republic of Korea,
New Zealand, Spain, Sweden,
United Kingdom, United States
of America
(16 cumulative)
TLS
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: North America - 2
Western Europe - 7
Asia/Pacific - 6
45
Corrigendum: In the PPR 2012/13 it was reported that there were seven Offices using WIPO CASE at the end of 2013. The
actual number of Offices using the platform at the end of 2013 was nine.
133
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Average Service Level of IP
Offices assisted (ranging
from 1 to 5)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
2.8
Defined
Target: 3
Overall average: 2.9

Africa: 3

Arab: 2.7

Asia and the Pacific: 2.7

Certain Countries in Europe
and Asia: 3.2

Latin America and the
Caribbean: 3.1

Other: 2.4
On track
The WCC system is under
development and is expected to
be deployed in 2015.
N/A 2014
No. of Collective
Management Organizations
(CMOs) in developing
countries and LDCs
participating in regional and
global networks facilitated by
WIPO
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: tbd
0 zero
Original Target
P&B 2014/15:
tbd
10
TLS
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
IV.4
Enhanced technical and know ledge infrastructure for IP
Offices and other IP institutions leading to better services
(cheaper, faster, higher quality) to their stakeholders
2014
Expenditure*
11,628
11,995
5,152
Total
11,628
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
11,995
5,152
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
6,023
6,374
3,240
51%
Non-personnel Resources
5,604
5,621
1,912
34%
11,628
11,995
5,152
43%
TOTAL
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
15.9. The increase in the 2014/15 Budget after Transfers is primarily the result of (i) additional nonpersonnel resources provided to cover ICT-related costs for TIGAR following the transfer of
responsibilities for the ICT component of TIGAR to Program 15 from Program 3; and (ii) a transfer of one
position into the Program to assist with the deployment and support of WIPO business solutions for IP
Offices.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
15.10. The overall budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60% for the first year of the
biennium. The low budget utilization for non-personnel is primarily due to uneven expenditure on the
WCC project for CMOs in the biennium (the majority of biennial expenditure for WCC is expected
in 2015).
134
Program Performance Report 2014
STRATEGIC GOAL V
WORLD REFERENCE SOURCE FOR IP INFORMATION AND ANALYSIS
Mid-term Performance Dashboard (2014)
The dashboard below provides a summary of the progress towards the achievement of the Results
in 2014 as measured by the indicators under the Programs contributing to this Strategic Goal.
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
No. of downloads of four main statistical reports (WIPI
and PCT, Hague, Madrid Yearly Reviews)
Program 16

No. of visitors using IP Statistics data Center
Program 16

Use of WIPO economic studies on copyright by
governments and NGOs in decision-making
Program 3

National initiatives to develop further statistics on the
creative industries based upon WIPO’s work in the
field
Program 3

No. of downloads of main economic publications
Program 16

No. and number of downloads of studies
Program 16

No. and number of downloads of seminars
Program 16

Expected Results
Performance Indicators
V.1 Wider and better use of WIPO IP
statistical information
V.2 Wider and better use of WIPO
economic analysis in policy
formulation
135
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 16
ECONOMICS AND STATISTICS
Program Manager
Director General
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
16.1. The statistical work fully achieved its objective in promoting the availability of accurate,
comprehensive, and timely statistical information on the performance of the IP system worldwide. As in
previous years, the Program conducted a statistical survey of national and regional IP offices.
Responses covered more than 90 countries, including the largest IP-using jurisdictions. For many IP
Offices from small and less developed economies, resource limitations continued to pose an obstacle
towards responding to the statistics survey. However, through outreach programs and targeted
assistance, the Program has been able to gradually improve coverage over the years.
16.2. The Program also fulfilled its statistical reporting function, notably through the timely release of
the World IP Indicators, the WIPO IP Facts and Figures report, the Yearly Reviews for the Patent
Cooperation Treaty (PCT), Madrid, and Hague Systems, as well as through the IP Statistics Data Center
and IP statistical country profiles available on WIPO’s statistics webpage. One major achievement in
2014 was the upgrade of the functionality of the Data Center, including the development of user
interfaces in French and Spanish. Another achievement was the re-design of the World Intellectual
Property Indicators (WIPI) report, with a view to making it easier for readers to find the desired
information. Overall, the Program’s statistical offerings served the data and statistical analysis needs of a
wide range of users – from specialists in IP Offices and academia to more general users outside of the IP
community.
16.3. The Program’s economic analysis work also made good progress on the promotion of high quality
empirical analysis in support of evidence-based policymaking. As in previous years, WIPO co-published
the Global Innovation Index (GII), in partnership with INSEAD and Cornell University. The 2014 GII
covered 143 economies and was launched in Sydney, Australia at a gathering of international business
leaders known as the B20. It was subsequently presented at national and international conferences
across the world. The publication of the GII also continued to attract significant media attention. In
addition, national governments, international organizations and other stakeholders in the innovation
system regularly employed the GII as a reference source for analyzing innovation performance, as
captured by numerous citations, data inquiries, and requests for advisory services.
16.4. Notable achievements were made on other fronts as well. Good progress was made towards the
development of a new World IP Report, which will be published in the second half of 2015. The Program
also directly supported the work of WIPO committees – notably through a study on PCT fee elasticity for
the PCT Working Group and a seminar on exceptions and limitations to patent rights during the SCP. In
addition, assisting WIPO Member States with country studies continued to be an important pillar of the
Program’s economic analysis work and took place under the umbrella of the DA project on IP and SocioEconomic Development. In 2014, the first phase of this project (CDIP/5/7) came to an end and
underwent an external evaluation (CDIP/14/3), which was presented at the fourteenth session of the
CDIP. WIPO Member States approved a second phase of the project (CDIP/14/7), which will be
implemented in 2015 through 2017. The studies under the DA project continued to respond to relevant
DA Recommendations, in particular Recommendations 35 and 37.
16.5. Finally, the Program continued to coordinate a network of IP office economists – open to all IP
Offices with an economic research capacity – to help foster and facilitate empirical and scientifically
rigorous economic research on IP.
136
Program Performance Report 2014
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: V.1 Wider and better use of WIPO IP statistical information
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
No. of downloads of four
main statistical reports
(WIPI and PCT, Hague,
Madrid Yearly Reviews)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
In 2013, the latest available
editions (2012 and 2013
editions) of the World
Intellectual Property
Indicators (publication
n°941) and WIPO IP Facts
and Figures (n°943) were
downloaded, altogether,
52,670 times.
10% increase in
number of
downloads and
users over
2012/13
New web-based statistical tools
and methodologies are being
developed and tested. Data to
be available end 2015.
Not
Assessable
10% increase in
number of users,
over 2012/13
2,999 sessions per month on
average46
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: tbd end 2013
No. of visitors using IP
Statistics Data Center
Updated Baseline end 2013:
In 2013, the WIPO Statistics
Data Center was used by
23,496 unique visitors
(1,958 per month) who
viewed 162,463 pages
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: tbd end 2013
Expected Result: V.2 Wider and better use of WIPO economic analysis in policy formulation
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
No. of downloads of main
economic publications
Tbd end 2013
20% increase
over 2012/13
New web-based statistical tools
and methodologies are being
developed and tested. Data to be
available end 2015.
Not
Assessable
No. of downloads of
studies
Updated Baseline end 2013:
7 working papers published
in 2013
Eight new
working papers
11 working papers published
in 2014
On track
Maintain
performance as
in previous
biennium
Data are not available.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: tbd end of 2013
No. of downloads of
seminars
Updated Baseline end 2013:
n/a
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: tbd end of 2013
46
Discontinued
The average monthly figure is extrapolated from data from January to May 2014. In June 2014, a new version of the IP Statistics
Data Center was implemented, resulting in the inability to track the data for the second half of the year.
137
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
2014
Expenditure*
V.1
Wider and better use of WIPO IP statistical information
2,141
2,182
998
V.2
Wider and better use of WIPO economic analysis in policy
formulation
3,195
2,711
1,341
Total
5,336
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
4,893
2,339
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
4,354
4,217
2,044
48%
982
676
295
44%
5,336
4,893
2,339
48%
Personnel Resources
Non-personnel Resources
TOTAL
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
16.6. The overall net decrease in non-personnel resources is primarily due to: (i) the adjustment in the
allocation for the DA Project on IP and Socio-Economic Development following the approval of the
second phase of the project at the fourteenth session of the CDIP (CDIP/14/7); and (ii) the transfer of
non-personnel resources for an intern to support the work of the Program.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
16.7. Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
138
Program Performance Report 2014
STRATEGIC GOAL VI
INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION ON BUILDING RESPECT FOR IP
Mid-term Performance Dashboard (2014)
The dashboard below provides a summary of the progress towards the achievement of the Results
in 2014 as measured by the indicators under the Programs contributing to this Strategic Goal.
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
Continued agreement by Member States on the
substantive work of the WIPO Advisory Committee on
Enforcement (ACE), incorporating developmentoriented concerns
Program 17

No. of joint activities on building respect for IP
Program 17

Expected Results
Performance Indicators
VI.1 Progress in the international
policy dialogue among WIPO Member
States on building respect for IP,
guided by Recommendation 45 of the
WIPO Development Agenda
VI.2 Systematic, effective and
transparent cooperation and
coordination between the work of
WIPO and other international
organizations in the field of building
respect for IP
139
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 17
BUILDING RESPECT FOR IP
Program Manager
Mr. M.A. Getahun
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
17.1
Guided by Strategic Goal VI and DA Recommendation 45, all of the various activities of
Program 17 were geared towards enhanced international cooperation on building respect for IP that
seeks to achieve the appropriate balance between private rights and public interest.
17.2
With a view to achieving progress in the international policy dialogue among WIPO Member
States on building respect for IP, the ninth session of the Advisory Committee on Enforcement (ACE)
(March 3 to 5, 2014) served as a “marketplace of ideas”, allowing for the exchange of national practices
and experiences. The three day meeting showed growing interest in effective preventive strategies,
ranging from awareness raising, new business models and supply chain security, to alternative
mechanisms for resolving IP disputes. For the first time, an audiovisual exhibition was organized with the
session, presenting nine national and one regional awareness raising initiatives. Member States agreed
for the work program of the tenth session to remain dedicated to: (i) alternative dispute resolution
practices in the field of IP and (ii) preventive actions, measures or successful experiences to complement
enforcement measures with a view to reducing the size of the market for pirated or counterfeited goods.
17.3
To achieve international policy cohesion and maximum impact through shared resources in the
area of building respect for IP, Program 17 coordinated its work with intergovernmental and nongovernmental organizations, associations of stakeholders as well as academic institutions. Through
systematic, transparent, and effective collaboration, WIPO was able to mainstream its developmentoriented approach to building respect for IP into the work of its international partners. The joint activities
were guided by DA Recommendation 40.
17.4
Demand for WIPO assistance in the form of legislative advice on the compatibility of draft or
current national enforcement-related provisions with Part III of the TRIPS Agreement continued to rise in
2014. In close dialogue with national drafters, Program 17 helped Member States devise legislative
solutions that are appropriate to their national requirements and take full account of the available
flexibilities and options. Activities in this area of legislative, regulatory and policy assistance implemented
DA Recommendations 1, 6, 12, 13, 14 and 17.
17.5
The Program’s capacity building activities sought to empower national authorities to build respect
for IP through a combination of balanced enforcement activities and preventive measures designed to
reduce demand for infringing goods and underscore the value of the IP-legitimate market. To enhance
the sustainability of the knowledge transfer, specific collaborations were established with national law
enforcement training entities capable of serving as multipliers. In addition, a French edition and an Arabic
translation of the English edition of the WIPO Casebook on the Enforcement of IP Rights were published.
The activities in this area were informed by DA Recommendations 3, 10, and 11.
17.6
In order to support Member State IP education and awareness initiatives, seeking to reduce IP
infringement through behavioral change, a modular methodology for devising national awareness raising
strategies was developed and two Member States were assisted in its implementation in accordance with
the respective particular national needs. The Program also supported six Member States in the
organization of school competitions around the 2014 IP Day theme and published workbooks featuring
“Pororo the little penguin” in English and French as a way to increase popular understanding of the value
of IP, particularly by young people. In addition, the WIPO Awards Program continued to celebrate the
achievements of inventors, creators and innovative companies with 160 WIPO Awards being bestowed
on recipients from 38 Member States. The Program’s awareness raising activities contributed to the
implementation of DA Recommendation 3.
140
Program Performance Report 2014
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: I.2 Tailored and balanced IP legislative, regulatory and policy frameworks
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of countries that have
adopted or amended
relevant frameworks (or
are in the process of doing
so) further to WIPO
assistance
Updated Baseline end 2013:
9 countries/ organizations in
the process of amending
and/or adopting relevant
frameworks towards effective
IP enforcement: Africa (5),
Asia and the Pacific (2), Latin
America and the Caribbean (2)
6
9 additional countries/
organizations in the process of
amending and/or adopting
relevant frameworks towards
effective IP enforcement:
Africa (4), Asia and the Pacific
(3), Latin America and the
Caribbean (2)
(18 cumulative)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
tbd
TLS
On track
Expected Result: III.2 Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the effective
use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in transition
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
% of trained participants
that report satisfaction with
the usefulness and
relevance of the training
provided for their
professional life
Updated Baseline end 2013:
85%
75%
An average of 90% of
participants reported that they
found the training useful for
their professional life.
% of targeted audience
who have demonstrated a
basic knowledge of a
balanced IP system further
to WIPO activities
n/a
75%
>75%
On track
No. of countries
participating in WIPO
Awards Program
Updated Baseline end 2013:
42 in 2013
40 per year
38 in 2014
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
75%
TLS
On track
An average of 90% of
participants reported that they
were satisfied with the
training.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
40 per year
Expected Result: VI.1 Progress in the international policy dialogue among WIPO Member States on building respect for IP,
guided by Recommendation 45 of the WIPO Development Agenda
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Continued agreement by
Member States on the
substantive work of the
WIPO Advisory Committee
on Enforcement (ACE),
incorporating
development-oriented
concerns
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Agreement on work program
for the 9th session of the ACE
Agreement on
work program for
the next ACE
session
Agreement on the following
work program for the 10th
session of the ACE: (i)
alternative dispute resolution
practices in the field of IP and
(ii) preventive actions,
measures or successful
experiences to complement
enforcement measures with a
view to reducing the size of
the market for pirated or
counterfeited goods.
(WIPO/ACE/9/29 PROV.)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
Agreement on work program
for the 8th session of the ACE
TLS
On track
Expected Result: VI.2 Systematic, effective and transparent cooperation and coordination between the work of WIPO and other
international organizations in the field of building respect for IP
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of joint activities on
building respect for IP
Updated Baseline end 2013:
39 in 2014/15
30
30 activities jointly organized
with partner organizations and
stakeholders and/or in which
Program 17 participated
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 30
141
TLS
On track
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
I.2
Tailored and balanced IP legislative, regulatory and policy
framew orks
2014
Expenditure*
130
510
259
III.2
Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal w ith
the broad range of requirements for the effective use of
IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and
countries w ith economies in transition
2,307
2,269
1,005
VI.1
Progress in the international policy dialogue among WIPO
Member States on building respect for IP, guided by
Recommendation 45 of the WIPO Development Agenda
429
911
399
517
210
4,207
1,872
Systematic, effective and transparent cooperation and
coordination betw een the w ork of WIPO and other
VI.2
1,124
international organizations in the field of building respect
for IP
Total
3,989
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
3,277
3,529
1,586
45%
712
679
286
42%
3,989
4,207
1,872
45%
Personnel Resources
Non-personnel Resources
TOTAL
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
17.7
The adjustments across Results in the Budget after Transfers 2014/15 reflects the new and more
accurate methodology for allocation of personnel resources resulting from enhancements made to the
EPM planning system for the 2014 annual work planning exercise.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
17.8
Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
142
Program Performance Report 2014
STRATEGIC GOAL VII
ADDRESSING IP IN RELATION TO GLOBAL POLICY ISSUES
Mid-term Performance Dashboard (2014)
The dashboard below provides a summary of the progress towards the achievement of the Results in the
2014 as measured by the indicators under the Programs contributing to this Strategic Goal.
Responsible
Program(s)
Expected Results
Performance Indicators
VII.2 IP-based platforms and tools
are used for knowledge transfer,
technology adaptation and diffusion
from developed to developing
countries, particularly least
developed countries, to address
global challenges
Increase in membership in WIPO Re:Search, including
from developing countries and LDCs
Program 18

Increased contributions to WIPO Re:Search database
Program 18

Increased no. of agreements under WIPO Re:Search
which lead to new or accelerated R&D in NTDs, Malaria
and TB
Program 18

No. of WIPO GREEN Members
Program 18

No. of established links of WIPO GREEN to relevant
mechanisms, such as Climate Technology Centers and
Networks (UNFCCC) and Climate Innovation Centers
(infoDev)
Program 18

No. of agreements catalyzed by WIPO GREEN
facilitating knowledge transfer, technology adaptation,
transfer and/or diffusion
Program 18

No. of visits of Global Challenges website
Program 18

Participation of stakeholders in WIPO's platform such
as WIPO GREEN and WIPO Re:Search
Program 20

No. of countries requesting WIPO’s specific contribution
on IP in relation to CP-related issues
Program 18

No. and diversity of stakeholders (IP offices,
competition authorities, relevant IGOs and NGOs)
engaged in dialogue with WIPO
Program 18

VII.3 Growing credibility of WIPO as
a forum for analysis of issues in the
field of IP and competition policy
143
TLS
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 18
IP AND GLOBAL CHALLENGES
Program Manager
Mr. M. A. Getahun
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
18.1. Program 18 addresses innovation and IP at the intersection of pressing global and interconnected
issues, in particular global health, climate change, and food security. In 2014, the Program continued to
contribute to an enhanced understanding among policy makers on the interface between global
challenges, innovation and IP, including through two multi-stakeholder innovation and technology transfer
and diffusion platforms (WIPO Re:Search and WIPO GREEN, respectively), and the ongoing
collaboration with WHO and WTO addressing the intersection of health, IP, innovation and trade. During
the year, the Program continued to receive positive feedback from a wide range of stakeholders for
WIPO’s work on IP and Global Challenges.
18.2. Working closely with relevant Programs within WIPO, most notably Programs 20 (External
Relations, Partnerships and External Offices) and 30 (SMEs and Innovation), WIPO consolidated its
position as a credible source of support and reference for information on issues related to public policy
and IP, resulting in continued requests for WIPO to contribute to and participate in relevant public policy
fora by other organizations, including WHO, WTO, NGOs, the private sector and universities. A WIPO
Global Challenges Seminar “Innovation and Access to Medicines: A Case Study for HIV/AIDS and
Hepatitis C” was organized and provided a forum for participants to share ideas, expertise and
information. A Global Challenges Brief on Renewable Energy Technology: Evolution and Policy
Implications –Evidence from Patent Literature was published in June 2014. A further Global Challenges
Brief on Incentivizing the adoption of green technology on a global scale was released at UNFCCC’s
COP 20 in Lima in November 2014. As part of the work of WIPO Re:Search to strengthen capacities in
developing countries, an IP management training seminar was organized, together with
Program 30 (SMEs and Innovation), for the benefit of developing country scientists who are Members of
the platform.
18.3. Following its launch in November 2013, the year 2014 marked the first full year of WIPO GREEN
operations. Through a targeted awareness raising campaign, the profile of WIPO GREEN was raised
significantly in 2014. The network of partners grew from 36 to 54, and the number of registered users
almost doubled from 160 to 300. This growth reflects the success of outreach efforts encompassing a
wide range of channels, including social and specialist media, the regular WIPO GREEN Newsletter and
attendance at a range of global, regional and national fora. The WIPO GREEN database also more than
doubled from 830 to 1,773 entries resulting from a combination of database integration agreements and
individual uploads. With the focus in 2014 remaining on building a robust set of partners and increasing
the number of entries to promote increased levels of marketplace interaction and transactional usage, the
progress, nevertheless, did not yet translate into transactions that could be directly attributed to the use of
WIPO GREEN. Moreover, the fact that WIPO GREEN does not currently have a “partnership hub” or
service provider, coupled with the lengthy timeframe needed for deals to be concluded, also contribute to
the lack of catalyzed transactions.
18.4. WIPO Re:Search - Sharing Innovation in the Fight Against Neglected Tropical Diseases
(NTDs) - gained in recognition as a platform to support innovation and knowledge sharing related to
research for NTDs, tuberculosis and malaria. The year 2014 saw 38 additional collaborations and 16 new
Members, bringing the totals to 82 collaborations and 96 Members, 6 of which from developing countries.
In addition, the platform’s potential for technology transfer from developed to developing countries of IP
assets, including know-how and expertise, was further demonstrated by the continued facilitation of
research sabbaticals for five African scientists in overseas research institutions. The sabbaticals, which
began in the last biennium, were made possible by a Fund-in-Trust from the Government of Australia. At
the end of 2014, four of the sabbaticals were concluded.
18.5. The trilateral cooperation with WHO and WTO continued to focus on enhanced understanding
among policymakers for the interplay between health, IP and trade. In November 2014, the fourth
Trilateral Symposium took place in Geneva, exploring the challenges and opportunities in the health
innovation area of middle-income countries, and the public policies necessary to ensure that rapid
economic growth contributes to access and universal health coverage. .
144
Program Performance Report 2014
18.6. The area of IP and competition policy experienced sustained interest from Member States to
engage in a dialogue for enhancing their understanding of the interface between IP and competition
policy. Requests involved both IP Offices and Competition Authorities, including from economies that are
less familiar with competition-related issues in the field of IP.
18.7. The number of stakeholders engaged in dialogue with WIPO reached 26 Competition Authorities,
and the structured, informal cooperation with other relevant Organizations in the field, most notably
OECD, UNCTAD, the WTO, International Competition Network (ICN), and the Common market for
Eastern and Southern Africa (COMESA) that was established in the previous biennium was further
strengthened.. WIPO jointly organized and/or participated in nine workshops. These joint efforts of both
IP Offices and Competition Authorities provided an effective forum for dialogue and debate as regards the
interface between IP and competition policy.
18.8. The design, planning and implementation of activities undertaken by Program 18 were guided by
the relevant DA Recommendations, in particular DA Recommendations 19, 25, 30, 40, and 42.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: III.2 Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the effective
use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in transition
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of hosting
arrangements of
developing country
scientists
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 5
4
No additional hosting
arrangements were facilitated
in 2014.
TLS
Not
on track
Expected Result: IV.2 Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP institutions and the public to promote innovation and
creativity
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
DisWIPO Essential was recontinued
purposed in 2014 as a study
on the patent status of
medicines contained in the
WHO Model List of Essential
Medicines (MLEM).
Publication is expected by the
end of 2015.
Expected Result: VII.2 IP-based platforms and tools are used for knowledge transfer, technology adaptation and diffusion from
developed to developing countries, particularly least developed countries, to address global challenges
Number of countries that
verified data and included
national essential
medicines into WIPO
Essential
0 (zero)
1 country per
region (Africa,
Asia, Latin
America and the
Caribbean)
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Increase in membership in
WIPO Re:Search, including
from developing countries
and LDCs
Updated Baseline end 2013:
During the biennium, WIPO
Re:Search added 49 new
members (providers, users and
supporters) and 167 new
entries in the database:
- 30 new members and 90
new entries in 2012; and
- 19 new members and 77
new entries in 2013
bringing the total cumulative to
80 members and 247 entries.
15 (of which
at least 5
from
developing
countries/LD
Cs)
16 new Members (of which
6 from developing
countries/LDCs)
96 total Members (27 of which
from developing countries)
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
67 Members; 16 from
Developing Countries
145
TLS
On track
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Increased contributions to
WIPO Re:Search database
Updated Baseline end 2013: By
end of 2013 WIPO Re:Search
had facilitated 44 research
collaborations (11 in 2012 and
33 in 2013)
50%
180 database records
TLS
Not
on track
The decrease in the number of
records in 2014 was due to the
withdrawal of two members.
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
200
Increased no. of agreements
under WIPO Re:Search
which lead to new or
accelerated R&D in NTDs,
Malaria and TB
Updated Baseline end 2013: 44
No. of WIPO GREEN
Members
Updated Baseline end 2013: 36
Partners, 160 users, 830
uploads47
20
38 new agreements in 2014 (82
in total)
On track
10 new
partners;
400 uploads



18 new partners (total 54)
140 new users (total 300)
943 new uploads (total
2,050)
On track
3
3 (Climate Technology Centre
and Network (CTCN), Waseda
Environmental Institute and
EcoPatent Commons)
On track
250
3 additional agreements: Danish
Patent and Trademark Office
(DKPTO); Technologie Allianz;
United Nations Office for SouthSouth Cooperation (UNOSSC)
Not
on track
No. of page views:

GCD: 1,353
Not
on track
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
16
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
1 partner; 48 uploads
No. of established links of
WIPO GREEN to relevant
mechanisms, such as
Climate Technology Centers
and Networks (UNFCCC)
and Climate Innovation
Centers (infoDev)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
1 (East Africa Climate
Innovation Network (EACIN))
No. of agreements catalyzed
by WIPO GREEN facilitating
knowledge transfer,
technology adaptation,
transfer and/or diffusion
Updated Baseline end 2013:
During 2012 and 2013 WIPO
GREEN concluded :
Two agreements with external
partners for data integration
(Association of University
Technology Managers (AUTM)
and East Africa Climate
Innovation Network (EACIN))
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
0 (zero)
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
0 (zero)
No. of visits of Global
Challenges website
Updated Baseline end 2013:
6,476 page views (GCD)
3,773 downloads of pdf files
73,648 page views of WIPO
GREEN
60,712 page views of WIPO
Re:Search
50%
increase
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
n/a
47

Global Health and IP: 4,778
Not
Assessable

Climate Change and IP:
2,462
Not
Assessable

WIPO Re:Search: 38,852
Not
on track

WIPO GREEN: 77,752
On track
Corrigendum: The actual number of Partners at the end of 2013 was 36 and the actual number of uploads 820, as opposed to the
37 and 800 reported in the PPR 2012/13.
146
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Result: VII.3 Growing credibility of WIPO as a forum for analysis of issues in the field of IP and competition policy
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
No. of countries
requesting WIPO’s
specific contribution on IP
in relation to CP-related
issues
Updated Baseline end 2013: Six
requests for bilateral discussions
(Chile, Brazil, Ecuador, India, the
Dominican Republic, the Republic
of Moldova) and one request for
legislative assistance (Bhutan).
15
12 requests received (Brazil,
Colombia, Cuba, Dominican
Republic, Ecuador, India, Italy,
Peru, Philippines, Singapore,
South Africa, Viet Nam)
On track
Increase of
stakeholders
engaged in
WIPO’s
activities:
35 national
authorities and
5 IGOs/NGOs
26 additional competition
authorities involved and
continued engagement with 5
IGOs/NGOs (OECD,
UNCTAD, the WTO, ICN,
COMESA)
On track
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
12
No. and diversity of
stakeholders (IP offices,
competition authorities,
relevant IGOs and NGOs)
engaged in dialogue with
WIPO
Updated Baseline end 2013:
19 workshops and meetings
engaging 38 competition
authorities and 5 IGOs.
Establishment of informal
coordination with UNCTAD, WTO
and OECD. Active participation in
the International Competition
Network. Cooperation with the
Common Market for Eastern and
Southern Africa (COMESA).
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
WIPO engaged 25 national
competition authorities and 3 IGOs
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
I.1
Enhanced cooperation among Member States on
development of balanced international normative
framew orks for IP and agreement on specific topics on
w hich international instruments are agreed
III.2
Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal w ith
the broad range of requirements for the effective use of
IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and
countries w ith economies in transition
IV.2
Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP
institutions and the public to promote innovation and
creativity
VI.1
Progress in the international policy dialogue among WIPO
Member States on building respect for IP, guided by
Recommendation 45 of the WIPO Development Agenda
VI.2
Systematic, effective and transparent cooperation and
coordination betw een the w ork of WIPO and other
international organizations in the field of building respect
for IP
VII.2
-
2014
Expenditure*
224
87
506
319
104
303
386
177
-
222
87
-
222
87
IP-based platforms and tools are used for know ledge
transfer, technology adaption and diffusion from
developed to developing countries, particularly least
developed countries, to address global challenges
4,097
3,161
1,686
VII.3
Grow ing credibility of WIPO as a forum for analysis of
issues in the field of IP and competition policy
2,032
1,813
768
VIII.5
WIPO effectively interacts and partners w ith UN and
other IGO processes and negotiations
229
87
6,576
3,085
-
Total
6,938
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
147
Program Performance Report 2014
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Personnel Resources
Non-personnel Resources
TOTAL
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
6,008
5,600
2,722
49%
930
975
363
37%
6,938
6,576
3,085
47%
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
18.9. The net decrease in personnel resources reflects the temporary transfer of a staff member to
Program 6 to support the work associated with the new accessions to the Madrid System.
18.10. The net increase in non-personnel resources reflects the transfer of funds from Program 6 for
consultant services to compensate for the temporary transfer of the above-referenced staff to ensure a
seamless continuation of the work on the WIPO platforms and IT applications across the Global Issues
Sector.
18.11. Overall, the adjustments across Expected Results in the 2014/15 Budget after Transfer reflect the
new and more accurate methodology for allocation of personnel resources resulting from enhancements
made to the EPM planning system for the 2014 annual work planning exercise.
18.12. Resources linked to Expected Results I.1, VI.1, VI.2 and VIII.5 under this Program reflect efforts
dedicated by the Office of the Assistance Director General of the Global Issues Sector to the activities of
Programs 4, 17 and 20 respectively.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
18.13. The slight under-utilization of non-personnel resources reflects cost savings, in particular, in
relation to travel and organization of meetings.
148
Program Performance Report 2014
STRATEGIC GOAL VIII
A RESPONSIVE COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE BETWEEN WIPO, ITS MEMBERS AND
ALL STAKEHOLDERS
Mid-term Performance Dashboard (2014)
The dashboard below provides a summary of the progress towards the achievement of the Results
in 2014 as measured by the indicators under the Programs contributing to this Strategic Goal.
Expected Results
VIII.1 More effective communication
to a broad public about intellectual
property and WIPO’s role
VIII.2 Improved service orientation
and responsiveness to inquiries
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
Level of public interest generated in selected major
WIPO events/achievements
Program 19

% of stakeholders with positive recognition of WIPO’s
mission, activities and organizational image
Program 19

Program 20

% increase in views of WIPO press, video and
photographic content
Program 19

% increase in global participation in World IP Day via
Facebook page (total reach of campaign)
Program 19

% increase in views of online publications
Program 19

% of users satisfied with the WIPO website
Program 19

Increased WIPO influence and engagement on social
media
Program 19

Increased traffic to the website of WIPO External
Offices
Program 20

% of users satisfied with Library services
Program 19

Customer/stakeholder satisfaction rate
Program 19

Program 20

Performance Indicators
149
Program Performance Report 2014
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
Service Standards targets as defined on WIPO
website
Program 19

Processing time of information inquiries
Program 20

% of Committee Meetings for which pre-Committee
information meetings for Member States are held
Program 21

% of letters to the DG from Member States are
responded to within 2 weeks
Program 21

% of adherence and other WIPO Treaty-related
actions by Member States processed in a timely
manner
Program 21

Member States satisfaction levels with the preparation
and functioning of the Assemblies
Program 21

Timeliness of publication of Assemblies documents
Program 21

VIII.4 Open, transparent and
responsive interaction with nongovernmental stakeholders
Increased, effective engagement of non-governmental
stakeholders at WIPO events and vice-versa
Program 20

VIII.5 WIPO effectively interacts and
partners with UN and other IGO
processes and negotiations
Use of WIPO's contribution in reports, resolutions and
documents from targeted processes
Program 20

% of responses to external requests for contributions
from the UN, IGOs etc. submitted on time
Program 20

No. of IP Programs implemented jointly with other UN
bodies and other IGOs
Program 20

New joint initiatives with other UN agencies
Program 21

HLCM and Subsidiary Networks Closed
Recommendations
Program 24

% of locally sourced goods and services compared to
total amount procured for development activity
Program 24

% of spend subject to UN leverage (either common
tender or piggy backing)
Program 24

Expected Results
VIII.3 Effective engagement with
Member States
Performance Indicators
150
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 19
COMMUNICATIONS
Program Manager
Ms. A. Leer
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
19.1. Program 19 focused in 2014 on consolidating the results of a number of major Organization-wide
strategic projects on web communications, branding, internal communications and customer service,
which were completed in 2013; and on continuing to implement core strategies for improving the delivery
and quality of WIPO content, increasing visibility and understanding of WIPO’s work, and strengthening
the culture of service. The Program also laid the groundwork for further initiatives to enhance the
effectiveness of communications activities.
19.2. The visibility of key WIPO events, offerings and results – from the Accessible Books
Consortium (ABC) to new tools such as the WIPO Pearl terminology portal – was increased through a
fully integrated approach to press, social media, video, print and online communications, delivered across
multiple platforms. High priority was given to promoting the Organization’s flagship economics and
statistics reports so as to strengthen recognition of WIPO as the world reference source for authoritative
IP information. Concerted promotional efforts resulted in a 16 per cent increase in views of web content
relating to the 2014 Global Innovation Index (GII) launch compared to 2013, and an exponential increase
(1,300 per cent) in views of related video content. High profile press coverage of the 2014 World
Intellectual Property Indicators (WIPI) was achieved in influential media outlets worldwide, together with
an 18 per cent increase in views of the press release. WIPO tweets about the WIPI were seen
83,700 times and extensively retweeted, including by many government offices. Original infographics,
created to enhance communications, were among the most shared form of content.
19.3. Engagement by Member States and the public in the annual World IP Day campaign reached a
record level. The theme Movies – A Global Passion was the focus for over 350 events reported in
110 countries (up from 236 events in 93 48 countries in 2013). WIPO’s World IP Day tweets gained
1.67 million potential impressions, as compared to 1.55 million in 2013, and promotional materials created
for the campaign were downloaded from the website over 9,000 times. Views of the World IP Day
webpage in Chinese exceeded the English version for the first time, while the highest numbers of ‘likes’ of
the Facebook page came from Brazil, Egypt, India, Mexico and United States of America. A mini-film
festival held in Geneva from April 24 to 28, 2014 drew good participation from the local community,
particularly for the Swiss premiere screening of the Nigerian co-production, “Half a Yellow Sun,” which
played to a capacity audience.
19.4. The production of quality content, tailored for specialist and non-specialist audiences, remained
key to meeting users’ expectations. The bi-monthly WIPO Magazine continued to generate positive
feedback, with 93 per cent of survey respondents rating the Magazine good or very good. In keeping with
external trends, and responding to the diminishing role of formal press releases as a primary form of
public communication, the new WIPO Media Center webpage was used in conjunction with Twitter and
YouTube to promote understanding of IP and of WIPO activities in a less formal style, with shorter
articles, videos and accessible background briefs. While views of the press releases decreased (largely
reflecting the smaller number of high profile news events in 2014 compared to 2013), overall views of
Media Center content increased.
19.5. Work continued to improve the presentation of, and open access to, all WIPO publications.
Development of a major new publications platform on the website neared completion. The WIPO Library
distributed over 110,000 print products, and the total number of Depository Libraries of WIPO publications
in Member States reached 99, an 11 per cent increase over 2013.
19.6. Quality visuals enhanced the accessibility and presentation of numerous publicity and
informational materials. The Flickr photo galleries of WIPO’s activities, including the new WIPO
Conference Hall inauguration and Committee meetings, attracted well over a million additional photoviews in 2014, as compared to 900,000 in 2013. Video production was further intensified with the
production of 155 new videos, including news content, IP stories and tutorials. The viral spike in 2012/13
48
In the PPR 2012/13, it was reported that reference to the annual World IP Day campaign was reported in 89 countries. The
actual number of countries reporting was 93.
151
Program Performance Report 2014
of the popular Pororo children’s cartoons subsided, leading to a decrease in the overall average video
views. The underlying viewing figures for the other (non-cartoon) videos, however, continued on an
upward trend. Total video views on the WIPO YouTube channel since its April 2010 launch exceeded
7.13 million.
19.7. In order to enhance digital delivery channels, a major project was conducted to transform the
effectiveness and user-friendliness of WIPO’s email newsletters and mailing platform. The results will be
implemented in 2015. The project is driven by WIPO’s commitment to provide users with relevant
information in the format and via the channels that best suit their needs. A second project underway to
develop a contact database to facilitate the mailing of promotional and protocol-related communications
will further support this objective. Good progress was also made on the second phase of the WIPO
website overhaul, with systematic clean-up, improvement and redesign of lower level pages, and
significant improvement to the in-site search functionality. On social media, WIPO’s Twitter following
grew by over 60 per cent, coupled with a 76.8 per cent increase in the number of retweets of WIPO
content. Work began to analyze the Organization’s requirements in the area of web analytics with a view
to meeting needs for more sophisticated indicators for measuring impact and performance.
19.8. The brand development work carried out in the previous biennium to strengthen recognition of
WIPO’s identity was mainstreamed in 2014, with systematic attention to establishing clear and consistent
expression - both verbal and visual - of WIPO’s role, mission and values across all communications.
A stakeholder perceptions survey conducted in 2014 resulted in the identification of the principal
attributes on which WIPO is judged by its stakeholders, and the development of a tool for monitoring of
WIPO’s perceived performance in relation to these reputational drivers. The survey was sent to
24,000 users in 2014, including IP Offices, Missions, NGOs, service users and academics, and the
results analyzed to identify areas requiring attention.
19.9. The enhancement of WIPO’s customer services continued in 2014. Program 19’s work with
Madrid Operations to review the customer service structure and operations included, inter alia, the
introduction of a ticketing system to improve and streamline the processing of Madrid customers’
inquiries. Customer satisfaction monitoring continued with a survey of Madrid System users, 81 per cent
of whom were satisfied or highly satisfied, and the preparation of a PCT-user survey in nine languages to
be conducted in 2015. Internally, staff awareness of service-orientation and best practices was further
promoted through activities including the second Netiquette Week. The central WIPO Customer Service
Center processed 92 per cent of the 4,693 email inquiries received within less than one working day, and
100 percent of the 127 complaints received in less than eight working hours, 86 per cent of which were
processed in less than four working hours.
19.10. The design, planning and implementation of activities undertaken by Program 19 were informed
by relevant DA Recommendations. Program 19 continued to build the IP Advantage database of case
studies (a DA initiative endorsed by the CDIP), which attracted over 199,671 page views in 2014
(compared to 193,004 in 2013), and provided editorial, design, video, web and other communications
support to numerous DA-related products and outputs by other programs across the Organization.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: VIII.1 More effective communication to a broad public about intellectual property and WIPO’s role
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Level of public interest
generated in selected
major WIPO events/
achievements
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Sample event= launch of annual
Global Innovation Index (GII).
Aggregate views (for 11 week
period after 2013 launch) of all
web content (webpages, press
release, infographics) = 45,564 +
685 video views
10% increase in
views of relevant
web page
Launch of annual Global
Innovation Index (GII):
Aggregate views (for 11
week period after launch) of
all web content (webpages,
press release, infographics)
= 53,062 + 9,563 video
views. Increase = 16.5%
and 1296% (video)
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
(Sample event) 12,111 unique
page views of press release on the
2012 Global Innovation Index (GII)
in a 1 month period.
152
TLS
On track
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
% of stakeholders with
positive recognition of
WIPO’s mission, activities
and organizational image
Updated Baseline end 2013: 87%
of survey respondents perceived
WIPO’s public image as good, very
good or excellent. 81% of survey
respondents perceived WIPO as
the global forum for the promotion
of IP. (WIPO Service Orientation
Survey results, August 2013).49
75%
70% of survey respondents
perceived WIPO as the
global forum for the
promotion of IP services,
policy, information and
cooperation.50 ; 85% of
survey respondents agree
or strongly agree that WIPO
has a good overall
reputation.
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
65% of survey respondents
perceived WIPO as the global
leader in the protection and
promotion of IP (WIPO
Stakeholders Perceptions Survey,
January 2012)
% increase in views of
WIPO press, video and
photographic content
TLS
On track
(Source: WIPO
Stakeholders Perceptions
Survey, June 2014)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
(i) average no. of unique
views/press release was 5,506
(143,169 views for 26 press
releases issued in 2013. All
languages.)
(ii) average no. of views/video was
16,612 (3,787,601 views for 22851
videos)
(iii) 900,000 lifetime photo views
on Flickr
(i) 10 % increase
in average no. of
views per press
release
(ii) 10% increase
in average views
per video on the
WIPO YouTube
channel
(iii) Target:
300,000 additional
photo views on
Flickr
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
(i) In 2012, average no. of unique
views/press release was 3,575.
(92,958 for 26 articles issued in
2012)
(i) average no. of unique
views per press release was
4,176
(75,173 views for 18
releases issued) (-24.15%)
(ii) average views per video
was 8,864 (2,730,260 for
308 videos) (-46%)
Not
on track
Not
on track
(iii) 1,449,204 additional
photo views on Flickr
(+61%)
On track
30% increase in
number of people
who see our World
IP Day Facebook
content (total
reach)
563,816 (+36%) people saw
World IP Day content
through our 2014 Facebook
campaign.
On track
(i) 10% increase in
total publications
views online
New web-based statistical
tools and methodologies are
being developed and tested.
Data to be available end
2015.
N/A 2014
New web-based statistical
tools and methodologies are
being developed and tested.
Data to be available end
2015.
N/A 2014
(ii) In 2012, average no of views
per video was 3,280 (478,888
views for 146 total videos)
(iii) 155,000 total photo views on
Flickr at end 2012
% increase in global
participation in World IP
Day via Facebook page
(total reach of campaign)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
414,121 people saw World IP Day
content through our 2013
Facebook campaign (cumulative
reach [constant])
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
379,600 people saw World IP Day
content through our 2012
Facebook campaign
% increase in views of
online publications
Updated Baseline end 2013: (i)
3,940,490 downloads of free
publications in 2013 (all
languages)
(ii) 450,499 unique views of the
WIPO Magazine site in 2013 (all
languages)
(ii) 10% increase
in views of WIPO
Magazine site
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15: (i)
tbd (comparable statistics not
available for 2012)
(ii) 409,265 unique views of the
WIPO Magazine site in 2012
49
Because a WIPO Stakeholders Perceptions Survey was not conducted in 2013, the data reported in the PPR 2012/13 were
extrapolated from the WIPO Service Orientation Survey, which uses a different methodology and is sent to a different stakeholder
group. As such, the updated baseline for 2013 is not comparable with the data for 2014.
50 The 2014 performance data is comparable with the Original Baseline P&B 2014/15 of 65 per cent, which was based on the WIPO
Stakeholders Perceptions Survey 2012.
51 In the 2012/13 PPR, it was reported that there were 226 videos. The actual number of videos at the end of 2013 was 228. The
average number of views has been updated accordingly.
153
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
% of users satisfied with
the WIPO website
tbd
≥ 60% are
satisfied
New web-based statistical
tools and methodologies are
being developed and tested.
Data to be available end
2015.
N/A 2014
Increased WIPO influence
and engagement on
social media
Updated Baseline end 2013:
(i) “Klout” influence score was 64
(out of 100) at the end of 2013
(ii) 6,744 total retweets in 2013
(i) “Klout”
influence score of
73
(i) “Klout” influence score of
63.65 (out of 100) on
December 31, 2014
Not
on track
(ii) 30% increase
in total yearly
number of
retweets
(ii) 11,922 retweets in 2014
(76.8% increase in total
yearly number of retweets)
On track
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
(i) “Klout” influence score was 62
on Jan 1, 2013
(ii) 3,112 total retweets in 2012
Expected Result: VIII.2 Improved service orientation and responsiveness to inquiries
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
% of users satisfied with
Library services
Updated Baseline end 2013:
94% of respondents to a feedback
questionnaire sent to the
registered external visitors (Library
users) who had used the Library in
2013 were satisfied or highly
satisfied
≥ 70 % satisfied
visitors and online
customers
100% of respondents to a
feedback questionnaire of
Library users were satisfied
with the services, of which
72% were highly satisfied.
On track
≥ 86% satisfied or
highly satisfied
81% of Madrid customers
were satisfied or highly
satisfied
On track
In 2014, the customer
satisfaction survey for the
Hague System was
postponed.
N/A 2014
(i) 92% of tickets were
processed within 1 day.
On track
(ii) 100% of complaints were
processed in less than 8
working hours.
On track
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
tbd
Customer/ stakeholder
satisfaction rate
Updated Baseline end 2013:
84% of Madrid and Hague
customers satisfied or highly
satisfied:
Madrid= 80%
Hague= 88%
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
2012 survey results: 86% of
Madrid and Hague customers
satisfied or highly satisfied
Service Standards targets
as defined on WIPO
website
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Not baselined
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15: to
be defined for specific areas
Defined Target:
Customer Service
Center standards:
(i) 90% of tickets
processed within 1
day
(ii) 90% of
complaints
processed within 8
working hours
Original Target
P&B 2014/15: to
be defined for
specific areas
154
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
VIII.1
More effective communication to a broad public about
intellectual property and WIPO’s role
VIII.2
Improved service orientation and responsiveness to
inquiries
2014
Expenditure*
12,034
11,746
5,668
5,223
4,793
2,345
Total
17,257
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
16,539
8,013
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
14,712
14,094
6,966
49%
Non-personnel Resources
2,545
2,445
1,047
43%
17,257
16,539
8,013
48%
TOTAL
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
19.11. The overall net decrease in the 2014/15 Budget after Transfers is primarily due to: (i) the transfer
of the WIPO Information Center to Program 21; and (ii) the transfer of non-personnel resources for an
intern (to Program 23 which centrally manages interns) to support the work of the WIPO Magazine and to
assist in the preparations for the World IP Day 2015.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
19.12. Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
155
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 20
EXTERNAL RELATIONS, PARTNERSHIPS AND EXTERNAL OFFICES
Program Manager
Mr. M. A. Getahun
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
EXTERNAL RELATIONS AND PARTNERSHIPS
20.1. The United Nations (UN) and its Member States, in close cooperation with a wide range of
stakeholders, are at a critical stage in establishing a universal framework to address the three key pillars
of sustainable development. By the end of the 2014/15 biennium, agreements are expected on the main
elements of the Post-2015 Development Agenda and on climate change. As a specialized agency of the
UN, and in line with its mandate and with WIPO DA Recommendations 30 and 40, WIPO continued to
play its role in supporting these processes through its strategic engagement and contribution. In 2014,
Program 20, including through the WIPO New York Office, engaged, inter alia, in the following processes:

The work of the inter-agency UN Task Team (UNTT) on the Post-2015 Development Agenda,
the UN Technical Support Team (TST) to the Open Working Group on Sustainable Development
Goals (OWG), and the President of the UN General Assembly’s Structured Dialogues on
possible arrangements for a facilitation mechanism to promote the development, transfer and
dissemination of clean and environmentally sound technologies.

Work on technology in the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), in
particular the UNFCCC Technology Mechanism, the Technology Executive Committee (TEC)
and the Climate Technology Center and Network (CTCN). In this context, the Program
supported a TEC Workshop on National Systems of Innovation presenting the Global Innovation
Index at the UNFCCC June 2014 Sessions and co-organized a side event with the International
Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA).

The Third International Conference on SIDS held in Apia, Samoa in September 2014. WIPO
conducted a side event on traditional knowledge and IP, and contributed nine partnerships to the
SIDS Action Platform, and also participated in the Interagency Consultative Group working on
implementation of the SAMOA Pathway outcome document.

Contribution to the MDG Gap Task Force Report 2014. In line with DA Recommendation 22,
WIPO worked with WTO and WHO on the section of the Report related to access to essential
and affordable medicines.

Contributions to the implementation of the outcomes of the World Summit on the Information
Society (WSIS) and the 10-year review of the implementation of the outcomes of WSIS in
response to the Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) resolution 2013/9. In support of DA
Recommendation 24, WIPO was actively engaged in the WSIS+10 High Level Event that took
place in Geneva from June 10 to 13, 2014, at which the Director General addressed the Opening
Session. In coordination with Program 3, a workshop on “Media and the Internet” was organized
for the WSIS Forum Track. WIPO also engaged actively in the Internet Governance Forum
(IGF) in 2014. WIPO also co-organized two workshops at the IGF: on “The Business of
Creativity” and on “Creating, Protecting, and Providing Access to Digital Culture”.
20.2. Throughout 2014, WIPO continued to promote strengthened partnerships with the following key
institutional partner IGOs:

Working with Programs 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 17 and 18, Program 20 ensured WIPO’s effective
engagement in the WTO TRIPS Council and coordinated WIPO’s participation in WTO national,
regional and international workshops on various topics, and in the WTO Symposium “Realizing
Development Objectives of the IP System: LDC Priority Needs for Technical and Financial
Cooperation” in Geneva, June 11 and 12.

Cooperation with the WHO remained a high priority in 2014. In addition to the work undertaken in
cooperation with Programs 1, 14 and 18 in the context of the WIPO-WHO-WTO trilateral, WIPO
effectively engaged at other relevant WHO meetings and processes, as well as at a series of
156
Program Performance Report 2014
meetings in the framework of the UN process on Non-communicable Diseases (NCDs). With
respect to Recommendation 14 on providing advice to developing countries and LDCs on the
implementation and operation of the rights and obligations, and the understanding and use of
flexibilities contained in the TRIPS Agreement, Program 20, in cooperation with the substantive
WIPO sectors, ensured that activities undertaken with the WTO and WHO reflected this
Recommendation.

Program 20 coordinated WIPO’s participation in the 21st session of the Intergovernmental
Council of the International Hydrological Programme (IHP), UNESCO, Paris, June 18 to 20; at
the 3rd International Conference on “Water Resources and Environmental Management”.
(ICWRE-2014), Antalya, May 13 to 15; and in the organization of a side event with IHP
UNESCO at the World Water Week, Stockholm, August 31 to September 6.

Working in cooperation with UNCTAD, the United Nations Office in Geneva (UNOG), the
International Trade Center (ITC), the Département du Développement Économique du Canton
de Genève, Université de Genève (UNIGE) and the Fédération des Entreprises Romandes
(FER), WIPO was an active partner in the Geneva based Global Entrepreneurship Week (GEW)
and co-organized a week of events and training sessions for the GEW 2014. WIPO’s focus was
primarily on innovation promotion, youth entrepreneurship and the organization of capacity
building sessions on patent information, SMEs and IP. (Supporting implementation of DA
Recommendations 4, 11 and 40, as well as the work of Programs 11, 14 and 30).

Cooperation with other UN agencies, in particular the ITU, UNESCO, UNIDO and UNCTAD
continued to provide mutual support to achieve WIPO’s expected results and the implementation
of the WIPO Development Agenda.
20.3. WIPO’s work to mobilize partnerships and voluntary financial contributions for IP projects
continued throughout 2014 and reflected the continuing and successful mainstreaming of DA
Recommendation 2 in the Program’s activities. A significant part of that work was to provide advice and
guidance to WIPO projects such as WIPO GREEN, WIPO Re:Search and the ABC Consortium in
identifying potential donors and developing strategies to establish partnerships and attract financial
support. In addition, in June 2014, the Program working with the UN Global Compact and in close
cooperation with the Ethiopian Intellectual Property Office (EIPO), organized a field trip to a coffee
processing facility of the Oromia Coffee Farmers’ Cooperative Union (OCFCU) as part of the UN Global
Compact’s Annual UN Private Sector Focal Point Meeting in Addis Ababa. The event showcased ways in
which IP and partnership can support development.
NGO AND INDUSTRY RELATIONS:
20.4. Throughout 2014, work also continued to ensure the active engagement of non-governmental
stakeholders in WIPO’s Programs. WIPO pursued sustained outreach efforts and organized activities to
facilitate more effective discussions with civil society representatives, including, in particular, those
relating to the WIPO DA, consistent with DA Recommendation 42. In 2014, WIPO hosted the third
annual meeting with the Director General exclusively for accredited NGOs, continuing a valuable tradition
of open, transparent and responsive interaction with them on WIPO’s work and achievements. WIPO
also facilitated a number of different fora through which it sought the participation of and cooperation with
non-governmental stakeholders, including workshops and seminars, consultations on specific projects,
and side-events.
20.5. Notably, following the successful adoption of the Marrakesh VIP Treaty in 2013, WIPO launched
a seminar series entitled “From Policy to Practice: Implementing the Marrakesh Treaty and Making
Accessible Books Available” to provide guidance to and help raise awareness among all stakeholders of
the treaty provisions and practical multi-stakeholder initiatives aimed at increasing the availability of books
in accessible formats, such as the Accessible Books Consortium. Through these and other events, WIPO
maintained its commitment to identifying and promoting opportunities and to enhancing measures that
ensure the wide participation of civil society at large in WIPO activities.
157
Program Performance Report 2014
EXTERNAL OFFICES
20.6. WIPO’s network of External Offices continued to form an integral part of the Organization
designed to bring WIPO’s services and cooperation closer to Member States, stakeholders and partners
with a view to enhancing efficiency and effectiveness of program delivery, as well as responding to the
specific needs and priorities of the countries and/or regions they serve. In 2014, the network of Offices
grew to five, with the opening of the WIPO Offices in China (WCO) and in the Russian Federation (WRO).
WIPO Brazil Office (WBO)
20.7. During the year, the WBO devoted considerable attention to strengthening national capacity in
Brazil and promoting the use of WIPO services. In support of the National Institute of Industrial Property
(INPI), which has prioritized improving its productivity and efficiency, the WBO assisted in the
organization of activities designed to build capacity in the area of patent examination. An example was
the collaboration with the National Confederation of Industries on a series of workshops, which were held
to inform about existing international initiatives concerning collaborative schemes for patent examination.
20.8. The Office devoted considerable energy to engaging with stakeholders in Brazil to increase
awareness of the benefits of IP protection and the importance of commercialization of IP assets. In this
regard, the WBO engaged closely with the National Association of Research and Development of
Innovative Enterprises (ANPEI) and was invited to participate in two committees established by it,
namely, a committee concerned with fostering innovation and a committee focused on IP. This provided
a valuable platform to highlight the importance of the PCT and to explain its procedures.
20.9. The Brazil Funds-in-Trust (FIT) for the support of South-South Cooperation, established in 2012
and managed by the WBO, continued to provide the Office with valuable opportunities to advance
initiatives, particularly in the area of technology transfer and IP commercialization. The Regional
Workshop on IP and Technology Transfer held in Uruguay in December brought together several
countries (Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Paraguay and Uruguay) and provided an opportunity to share
information and expertise in the areas of the structuring of national and institutional IP strategies and
strategic models for fostering innovation. The FIT also permitted the holding of training programs in
several regions of Brazil, which built local capacity in the areas of technology licensing and patent
drafting.
20.10. The WBO reached out to local and UN partners in Brazil on issues of mutual interest as a way of
leveraging and maximizing resources to advance the mandate. Working with UNDP and the Brazilian
Innovation Agency, a project was initiated to train negotiators on issues related to technology and
development. With respect to the promotion of WIPO’s platforms, the Office collaborated with the
Brazilian National Association of Innovation and Technology Transfer Managers (FORTEC) on WIPO
GREEN, and this is expected to result in the first uploads of technologies into the database in 2015.
20.11. The Office also focused attention in 2014 on the economic advantages conferred by geographical
indications and the benefits of design protection. In October, the WBO helped organize an International
Seminar, which provided a forum for the discussion of the economic and social gains that geographical
indications and collective trademarks could bring to national development, particularly in the agribusiness
sector. Later in the year, the Office facilitated another International Seminar, this time promoting the use
of industrial design protection as a tool for businesses to improve competitiveness.
WIPO China Office (WCO)
20.12. The WCO was established in July and was engaged throughout the latter half of the year in
establishing itself and consolidating its administrative set-up. In this regard, close cooperation was
established with the host country, particularly the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, the State Intellectual
Property Office (SIPO), the State Administration for Industry and Commerce (SAIC), the National
Copyright Administration of China (NCAC) and the Beijing Municipal Government which greatly facilitated
the Office’s ability to quickly become operational.
20.13. In 2014, China was the third and seventh largest user of the PCT and Madrid systems
respectively and so the promotion of WIPO’s services to the market in China was a priority for the Office
from the outset. Events were organized in and around Beijing and further afield aimed at the users of
WIPO’s services. An additional key benefit of this was the establishment of linkages with industry and
158
Program Performance Report 2014
other stakeholders that will be important as the Office broadens its outreach to users elsewhere in China
in 2015.
20.14. The year 2014 witnessed China’s ratification of the Beijing Treaty on Audiovisual
Performances. Consequently, in the area of culture and creative industries, the Office focused efforts on
the promotion of the Marrakesh Treaty. A Roundtable Workshop was organized by the Office in
cooperation with NCAC in December, attracting officials from universities and government, at which the
possibility of accession and necessary preparatory steps were discussed.
20.15. In the area of industrial designs, the Office quickly became operational in supporting China’s
intention to accede to The Hague System. Engagement with senior legislative officials was initiated and
the Office participated in an International Symposium and a seminar on industrial designs, using these as
opportunities to highlight the advantages and nature of the system.
20.16. The Office was also active during the year on a variety of additional initiatives. Discussions with
SAIC were advanced with respect to cooperation with China on data exchange concerning the WIPO
Global Brand Database. The Office continued to promote WIPO’s platforms, and it was noteworthy that
the Haier Group (one of the world’s largest electronic appliance manufacturers) joined WIPO GREEN
following the establishment of the Office. Meanwhile, the Office initiated activities to promote awareness
of its presence and the importance of IP and innovation to China’s development. Prominent examples of
this were the 16th Ceremony for the WIPO-SIPO Award for the Chinese Outstanding Patented Invention
and Industrial Design and the 8th International Exhibition of Inventions hosted by the China Invention
Association at which the Office also presented WIPO awards.
WIPO Japan Office (WJO)
20.17. During the year, the WJO continued to focus its attention on WIPO’s IP systems in the Japanese
market. This included the provision of timely and efficient services to the users of these systems. At one
level, this involved the provision of advice and information to the almost 700 inquiries received by the
Office throughout the year from Japanese users and other stakeholders. At another level, it involved
reaching out to users of WIPO services and other stakeholders, closely collaborating with and supported
by host government institutions, Japanese industry and Japanese universities. In this regard, promotional
activities included 27 presentations targeting key Japanese stakeholders and attracting approximately
4,200 participants.
20.18. The Office was also focused throughout the year on raising awareness of WIPO and its activities
more broadly. This was achieved through holding numerous meetings and events with Japanese
stakeholders and,, ensuring the provision of translations into Japanese of key and important WIPO
information on the WJO website. The Office continued to play an important role in ensuring the WIPO
round-the-clock customer service.
20.19. The WJO was active in promoting WIPO’s platforms. The result of these efforts was reflected in
the addition of another Japanese institute as a partner of WIPO GREEN. The WJO also promoted WIPO
GREEN and WIPO Re:Search to stakeholders in Japan, and these efforts contributed to the increase of
WIPO GREEN registrations.
20.20. The Japan Funds-in-Trust (FIT) continued to provide the WJO with valuable opportunities to
implement activities in Asia and the Pacific aimed at building IP capacity in the region. The Office
conducted four presentations on the IP Advantage database of examples of how IP works for
development in the real world,and the Office held three workshops to share experiences on successful IP
utilization cases in developing countries. These benefitted around 70 participants from developing
counties.
WIPO Office in the Russian Federation (WRO)
20.21. The WRO was established in July and as with the WIPO China Office, was engaged throughout
the latter half of the year in establishing itself and consolidating its administrative set-up. In this regard,
close cooperation was established with the host country, particularly the Federal Service for Intellectual
Property (ROSPATENT), and the Council of the Federation of the Federal Assembly of the Russian
Federation, the Court for Intellectual Property Rights, and the Russian State Academy of Intellectual
Property (RGAIS). This cooperation greatly facilitated the Office’s ability to quickly become operational.
159
Program Performance Report 2014
The early focus of the WRO’s activities was on the promotion of WIPO’s services to the Russian market.
In this regard, the Office participated in several national events organized by ROSPATENT and WIPO as
well as capacity building events in Moscow and other cities which were focused on the promotion of the
PCT, Madrid and Hague systems. In addition, these meetings provided an opportunity to assist the
Russian Federation with the development of its TISC network, enhance the capacity of local universities
and research institutions with respect to the development of IP policy and to increase awareness of the
international IP system. These forums also connected the recently established WRO with national
stakeholders, such as the Chamber of Commerce and Industry, which the Office expects to work closely
with in the future as it faces the challenge of working across Russia’s many and distant regions and
areas.
WIPO Singapore Office (WSO)
20.22. The WSO continued to reinforce its presence as WIPO’s service center and IP forum for Member
States, international organizations, NGOs and businesses in the region. The Office was active in
promoting WIPO Global services and it was encouraging that across ASEAN, there was an eight per cent
PCT application increase and an increase of 4 per cent for Madrid applications from 2013 to 2014.
20.23. Through its organization of and participation in events with numerous partners such as the Asian
Legal Business (ALB) forum, relevant chambers of commerce and business associations, the Licensing
Executive Society (LES), and the National University of Singapore (NUS), the WSO was able to reach out
to a large number of stakeholders and users in promoting WIPO’s global IP services, WIPO GREEN,
WIPO Re-Search, WIPO’s global databases, the TISC program, and WIPO CASE.
20.24. Engagement with ASEAN continued to be enhanced in 2014, and the WSO played an
increasingly central role in coordinating activities requested by the Working Group on Intellectual Property
Cooperation (AWGIPC) in the implementation of the ASEAN IPR Action Plan 2011-2015 in the context of
the establishment of the ASEAN Economic Community (AEC) by the end of 2015. In addition, workshops
were organized in every ASEAN Member State to progress efforts to accede to the Madrid and the Hague
systems. Partnerships with stakeholders and partners rendered possible key events in the WSO such as
the Sub-Regional Workshop for ASEAN Countries on The Hague System with the Office for
Harmonization in the Internal Market/ EU-ASEAN Project on the Protection of Intellectual Property Rights
(OHIM/ECAP III) and the WIPO - ASEAN Australia New Zealand Free Trade Area (AANZFTA) Sub
Regional Workshop for ASEAN Trademark Examiners on the Madrid System.
20.25. In 2014, the WSO continued to manage and implement the MoU between WIPO and the
Government of Singapore, which focuses on enhancing skills and knowledge of IP officials and
stakeholders from Asia and the Pacific. In addition, 20 technical assistance activities were delivered to 12
Member States to help implement effective IP administration systems, as well as assistance relating to
the Madrid and Hague systems, copyright and related rights, Collective Management Organizations
(CMOs), education, awareness and capacity building. The WSO also organized 11 study visits, as
compared to six in 2013, for IP professionals from across the region as well as from key institutions in
Singapore. The WSO partnered with the Intellectual Property Office of Singapore (IPOS) to organize key
events and workshops, and facilitated speakers for the third annual regional IP Week@SG 2014 initiative
for businesses, innovators and creators.
20.26. Outreach was also strengthened in 2014 through WSO’s speaking engagements at key events
and conferences of intergovernmental organizations, NGOs, national institutions in the region or based in
Singapore, such as the ASEAN IP Association (AIPA), Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC), the
Asia-Europe Foundation (ASEF), the Malaysian IP Association (MIPA), the Economic Institute for ASEAN
and East Asia (ERIA), the Confederation of International Societies of Authors and Composers (CISAC),
and the Central IP and International Trade Court of Thailand.
20.27. In order to achieve cost savings on travel and more effective use of WIPO staff time, the WSO
represented the Organization on several occasions, for example at the WIPO Academy’s program of
Summer Schools in Asia and the WIPO-Queensland University of Technology Master of Laws in IP. The
Office continued to play an important role in ensuring the WIPO round-the-clock customer service.
160
Program Performance Report 2014
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: II.1 Increased use of the PCT route for filing international patent applications
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
% of PCT filings
Updated Baseline
end 2013:
15% increase (WBO)
2014: 581 (12% decrease from 2013)
(WBO)
Not
on track
1% increase (WJO)
2014: 42,459 ( 3% decrease from 2013)
(WJO)
Not
on track
5% increase (WSO)
2014: 1,387 (8% increase from 2013)
(WSO)
On track
75% (WBO)
75% (WJO)
75% (WSO)
80% (WBO)
94% (WJO)
93% (WSO)
On track
On track
On track
2012: 588;
2013: 657 (WBO)
2012: 43,523;
2013: 43,771
(WJO)
2012 : 1,124
2013: 1,282 (WSO)
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
TLS
519 in 2011 (WBO)
tbd (WJO)
tbd (WSO)
% of policy makers,
government officials, and
IP Practitioners and
participants in targeted
workshops with enhanced
understanding of the PCT
and related topics
n/a (WBO)
n/a (WJO)
n/a (WSO)
Expected Result: II.4 Wider and better use of the Hague system, including by developing countries and LDCs
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No. of countries that have
formulated and/or are
engaged in policies
outlining their accession
to the Hague Agreement
n/a (WSO)
7 ASEAN Member
States (WSO)
7 ASEAN Member States (Cambodia,
Indonesia, Lao People’s Democratic
Republic, Malaysia, Philippines, Thailand,
Viet Nam)
On track
% of policy makers,
government officials, and
IP Practitioners and
participants in targeted
workshops with enhanced
understanding of the
Hague System
n/a (WBO)
n/a (WJO)
n/a (WSO)
75% (WBO)
75% (WJO)
75% (WSO)
75% (WBO)
94% (WJO)
85% (WSO)
On track
On track
On track
No of contracting parties
to the Hague System in
the Asia and the Pacific
Region
Updated Baseline
end 2013:
Japan not party
(WJO)
2 in the ASEAN
region (Brunei
Darussalam and
Singapore) (WSO)
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
1 in the ASEAN
region (WSO)
Japan not party
(WJO)
7 in the ASEAN
region (WSO)
No additional contracting parties to the
Hague System in the ASEAN Region in
2014 (WSO)
No accession in 2014 (Accession by
Japan to be completed in February 2015)
Not
on track
Accession by Japan
(WJO)
TLS
On track
Expected Result: II.6 Wider and better use of the Madrid & Lisbon systems, including by developing countries and LDCs
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
No. of countries that have
formulated and/or are
engaged in policies
outlining their accession
to the Madrid Protocol
n/a (WSO)
6 ASEAN Member
States (WSO)
6 ASEAN Member States (Brunei
Darussalam, Cambodia, Indonesia, Lao
People’s Democratic Republic), Malaysia,
Thailand) (WSO)
On track
161
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
% of satisfied participants
in targeted
workshops/seminars held
on Madrid related topics
Updated Baseline
end 2013:
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
65% (WBO)
65% (WSO)
> 75% (WBO)
> 75% (WSO)
No Madrid-related workshops were held
in Brazil in 2014.
89% based on feedback from participants
(WSO)
TLS
On track
No. of Contracting Parties
to the Madrid Protocol
Updated Baseline
end 2013: 3
(Philippines,
Singapore, Viet
Nam) (WSO)
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
3 (WSO)
10 (WSO)
No new Contracting Parties in the ASEAN
region in 2014. (WSO)
Not
on track
No of new registrations
(Madrid System)
Updated Baseline
end 2013:
Increased filings by
5% (WSO)
2014: 351 (4% increase from 2013)
(WSO)
On track
2012: 2,054
2013: 1,845 (WJO)
2012 = 327
2013 = 337 14/15:
Increased fillings
(WJO)
2014: 2,033 (10% increase from 2013)
(WJO)
On track
tbd (WJO)
tbd (WSO)
Renewals in 2014:

462 (48.6% increase from 2013)
(WJO)

56 (9.7% decrease from 2013)
(WSO)
N/A
2014
Madrid statistics for
ASEAN, Japan
(WSO)
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
Madrid statistics for
ASEAN (WSO)
2012/13
Madrid Statistics for
ASEAN, Japan
(WJO) 2012/13
No. of renewals (Madrid
System)
Updated Baseline
end 2013:
2012: 187
2013: 311 (WJO)
2012: 51
2013: 62 (WSO)
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
Madrid statistics for
ASEAN (WSO)
Madrid statistics for
ASEAN, Japan
(WJO)
Not
Assessable
Not
Assessable
Expected Result: II.8 International and domestic intellectual property disputes are increasingly prevented or resolved
through WIPO mediation, arbitration and other alternative dispute resolution methods
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Increased consideration
of the use of alternative
dispute resolution
services in intellectual
property transactions,
including through the use
of WIPO procedures
n/a (WBO)
30 disputes presented
by Brazilian users at
INPI and 4 disputes
non-residents
presented at WBO to
be processed by
WIPO MAC (WBO)
Due to changes in INPI in 2014, the
project on the use of alternative dispute
resolution services in intellectual property
transactions was put on hold. (WBO)
TLS
Not
on track
Expected Result: III.2 Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in
transition
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
% of policy makers,
government officials, IP
practitioners and
participants in targeted
n/a (WBO)
n/a (WJO)
60% (WSO)
75% (WBO)
75% (WJO)
> 70% (WSO)
75% (WBO)
No CMO-related workshops were held in
Japan in 2014. (WJO)
162
TLS
On track
N/A
2014
Program Performance Report 2014
workshops with enhanced
understanding of CMOs
and how to effectively use
IP for development
100% of participants agreed that the skills
and knowledge gained from the seminar
added value to their organization (WSO)
On track
Expected Result: IV.2 Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP institutions and the public to promote
innovation and creativity
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
No. of users of WIPO's
Global Databases:
PATENTSCOPE and
Global Brand Database
Updated Baseline
end 2013:
PATENTSCOPE
(Q3 2013):

3,839 (WBO)

14,906
(WJO)

6,772 (WSO)
5% (WBO)
5% Increase (WJO)
5% increase in
ASEAN users (WSO)
PATENTSCOPE (Q4 2014):

4,688 (+22%) (WBO)

14,711 (-1.3%) (WJO)

8,054 (+19%) (WSO)
On track
Not
On track
On track
Global Brands Database (2014):

532 (+186%) (WBO)

3,096 (+470%) (WJO)

8,941 (+423%) (WSO)
On track
On track
On track
Global Brands
Database (2013):

186 (WBO)

543 (WJO)

1,711 (WSO)
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
Statistics end
2013 (WBO)
Statistics end
2013 (WJO)
tbd (WSO)
Expected Result: VII.2 IP-based platforms and tools are used for knowledge transfer, technology adaptation and diffusion from
developed to developing countries, particularly least developed countries, to address global challenges
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Participation of
stakeholders in WIPO's
platform such as WIPO
GREEN and WIPO
Re:Search
Updated Baseline
end 2013:
n/a (WBO)
30 technologies
developed by Brazilian
institutions and firms in
WIPO GREEN (WBO)
No technologies developed by Brazilian
institutions were uploaded in WIPO
GREEN in 2014. The collaboration with
FORTEC on the collection of technologies
for upload into the database made good
progress in 2014, with the first uploads
expected in 2015. (WBO)
Not
on track
WIPO GREEN: 15 additional users in
2014 (43 cumulative); 2 additional
partners (Waseda Institute, Team EKansai) in 2014. (WJO)
On track
1 (JIPA) (WJO)
No baseline
available for WIPO
GREEN due to
launch of platform
in November
2013; 848 visitors
to WIPO
Re:Search (WSO)
additional cases to
WIPO GREEN or new
participation to WIPO
Re:Search (WJO)
5% increase in
ASEAN users (WSO)
Four companies uploaded technologies
into WIPO Re:Search with the assistance
of WJO in 2014. (WJO)
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
n/a (WBO)
n/a (WJO)
tbd (WSO)
21 WIPO GREEN Users (WSO)
959 ASEAN Visitors to WIPO Re:Search
(13% increase) ; (WSO)
TLS
On track
Not
assessable
On track
Expected Result: VIII.1 More effective communication to a broad public about intellectual property and WIPO’s role
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
Increased traffic to the
website of WIPO External
Offices
Updated Baseline
end 2013:
n/a (WBO)
5,900 (WJO)
9,717 page views
(WSO)
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
tbd (WBO)
tbd (WJO)
tbd (WSO)
Increase traffic by 5%
from Brazil (WBO)
5% (WJO)
Increase traffic of 5%
from ASEAN region
(WSO)
No page created until February 2015
(WBO)
2014: 7,650 (29% increase) (WJO)
2014: 9,882 (2% increase) (WSO)
N/A
2014
On track
Not
on track
163
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
% of stakeholders with a
positive recognition of
WIPO's mission, activities
and organizational image
n/a (WBO)
n/a (WJO)
n/a (WSO)
75% WBO
Data not available for 2014; a tracking
system will be implemented for 2015
(WBO)
N/A
2014
75% (WJO)
> 70% of participants
in major WIPO events
(WSO)
94% (WJO)
On track
97% of participants in seminars delivered
in 2014 under the WIPO-Singapore MoU
as adding value. (WSO)
On track
Expected Result: VIII.2 Improved service orientation and responsiveness to inquiries
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
Customer/stakeholder
satisfaction rate
n/a (WBO)
n/a (WJO)
n/a (WSO)
tbd (WBO)
tbd (WJO)
> 90% of callers are
satisfied with the
service WSO provides
(WSO)
A uniform customer satisfaction
monitoring mechanism to be developed in
2015 (WBO, WJO, WSO)
N/A
2014
Processing time of
information inquiries
n/a (WBO)
Tbd (WBO)
Not
assessable
n/a (WJO)
Tbd (WJO)
Data not available for 2014; a tracking
system will be implemented for 2015
(WBO)
n/a (WSO)
Response prepared
within 3 working days
in 95% of cases
(WSO)
94% of enquiries are processed within
3 working days (WJO)
Not
assessable
94% of enquiries were processed within
3 working days (WSO)
On track
Expected Result: VIII.4 Open, transparent and responsive interaction with non-governmental stakeholders
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Increased, effective
engagement of nongovernmental
stakeholders at WIPO
events and vice-versa
Updated Baseline
end 2013:
10% increase in
engagement of diverse
stakeholders
As at December 31, 2014, 292
representatives of permanently accredited
NGO observers attended WIPO
committee meetings (29% increase)
As at December
31, 2013, 227
representatives of
permanently
accredited nongovernmental
organizations
observers
attended WIPO
committee
meetings
TLS
On track
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: tbd
Expected Result: VIII.5 WIPO effectively interacts and partners with UN and other IGO processes and negotiations
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Use of WIPO's
contribution in reports,
resolutions and
documents from targeted
processes
Updated Baseline
end 2013:
100% use
12 out of 15 submissions used (80%), 3
on-going
38 submissions in
2012/13, all of
which were
satisfactorily
reflected.
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
20 out of 24 (end
of 2011)
164
TLS
On track
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
% of responses to
external requests for
contributions from the
UN, IGOs etc. submitted
on time
Updated Baseline
end 2013:
100%
174 of 185 (94%) responses submitted on
time (within 5 working days)
On track
2 (WSO)

On track
90.5% processed
within 5 working
days.
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
tbd (data 2012)
No. of IP Programs
implemented jointly with
other UN bodies and
other IGOs
0 (zero) (WSO)
2 events with UN agencies (UNEP
and UNIDO) in 2014
Multiple events with ASEANAustralia-New Zealand Free Trade
Agreement (AANZFTA), the ASEAN
Secretariat, Asia-Pacific Economic
Cooperation (APEC) and Office for
Harmonization in the Internal Market/
EU-ASEAN Project on the Protection
of Intellectual Property Rights
(OHIM/ECAP) III
1 meeting of the IP Technical
Assistance Providers (WSO)


RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
2014
Expenditure*
II.1
Increased use of the PCT route for filing international
patent applications
894
1,489
478
II.4
Wider and better use of the Hague system, including by
developing countries and LDCs
486
367
168
II.6
Wider and better use of the Madrid & Lisbon systems,
including by developing countries and LDCs
1,114
1,279
355
II.8
International and domestic intellectual property disputes
are increasingly prevented or resolved through WIPO
mediation, arbitration and other alternative dispute
resolution methods
122
149
56
III.2
Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal w ith
the broad range of requirements for the effective use of
IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and
countries w ith economies in transition
1,231
1,270
280
IV.2
Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP
institutions and the public to promote innovation and
creativity
774
354
140
VII.2
IP-based platforms and tools are used for know ledge
transfer, technology adaption and diffusion from
developed to developing countries, particularly least
developed countries, to address global challenges
304
212
79
VIII.1
More effective communication to a broad public about
intellectual property and WIPO’s role
848
1,152
427
VIII.2
Improved service orientation and responsiveness to
inquiries
313
946
385
VIII.4
Open, transparent and responsive interaction w ith nongovernmental stakeholders
1,771
1,225
730
VIII.5
WIPO effectively interacts and partners w ith UN and
other IGO processes and negotiations
4,578
4,702
1,876
Total
12,435
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
13,144
4,974
165
Program Performance Report 2014
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
9,209
9,747
3,750
38%
Non-personnel Resources
3,226
3,397
1,224
36%
12,435
13,144
4,974
38%
TOTAL
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
20.28. The net increase in the 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects, on the one hand, the transfer of
personnel resources to the WCO and WRO, including the temporary transfer of a staff member from
Program 10 to assist with the initial establishment of the Office and, on the other hand, the transfer of
personnel resources to Program 9 to reinforce the activities of the Africa Bureau (reflected as a decrease
under Result VIII.4 (Open, transparent and responsive interactions with NGOs).
20.29. The adjustments across Expected Results are primarily due to: (i) the initial allocation of
resources for the WCO and WRO, which are reflected, in particular, under Results II.1 (Increased use of
the PCT) and II.6 (Wider and better use of the Madrid and Lisbon Systems); (ii) the increased focus of the
External Offices on more effective communication about WIPO’s Global IP Services reflected under
Result VIII.1 (More effective communication to a broad public) and improved customer service reflected
under VIII.2 (Improved service orientation and responsiveness to inquiries); and, (iii) the redistribution of
resources from VIII.4 (Open, transparent and responsive interactions with NGOs) to VIII.5 (WIPO
effectively interacts and partners with UN and other IGO processes) following the internal reorganization
of the Program.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
20.30. The low budget utilization is primarily due to: (i) the openings of the WCO and WRO in July 2014,
i.e. mid-year, reflected in particular under Results II.1 (Increased use of the PCT), II.6 (Wider and better
use of the Madrid and Lisbon Systems) and III.2 (Enhanced human resources capacities); (ii) the
postponement of the activities related to the project on the use of alternative dispute resolution services in
intellectual property transactions in the WBO as reflected in Result II.8 (International and domestic IP
disputes); (iii) the implementation of certain capacity building activities reflected under III.2 (Enhanced
human resources capacities) being undertaken by other Programs directly in the countries/regions; and
(iv) the implementation of cost efficiency measures as regards staff missions, in particular
under VIII.5 (WIPO effectively interacts and partners with UN and other IGO processes).
166
Program Performance Report 2014
STRATEGIC GOAL IX
EFFICIENT ADMINISTRATIVE AND FINANCIAL SUPPORT
Mid-term Performance Dashboard (2014)
The dashboard below provides a summary of the progress towards the achievement of the Results
in 2014 as measured by the indicators under the Programs contributing to this Strategic Goal.
Expected Results
IX.1 Effective, efficient, quality and
customer-oriented support services
both to internal clients and to
external stakeholders
Performance Indicators
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
Provision of financial and management reports and
analysis required by senior management, Program
Managers and Member States in accordance with
agreed deadlines
Program 22

Resolution of internal/external queries received in
accordance with established timeframes
Program 22

% of staff satisfied with human resource services
Program 23

Timely, accurate, and efficient human resources
operations services
Program 23

Completion of New Conference Hall Project in
accordance with quality requirements, on time and
within budgetary limits
Program 29

Use of conference hall as preferred location for
meetings and events by Member States
Program 29

Cost savings for goods and services procured by
WIPO (derived from RFPs or direct negotiations)
Program 24

% of internal clients satisfied with procurement
services
Program 24

Processing time of travel related requests (eTA, ER,
Visas)
Program 24

167
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Results
IX.2 A smooth functioning
Secretariat with a well managed and
appropriately skilled workforce which
is effectively delivering results
Performance Indicators
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
Average ticket cost (TMC and UNDP tickets)
Program 24

All types of space on the WIPO campus (workplaces,
storage and archiving) are effectively managed
Program 24

Buildings in the WIPO campus are
renovated/modernized/
transformed to remain fit for purpose
Program 24

All types of critical technical installations comply with
applicable technical standards
Program 24

ICT Systems are cost-effectively hosted and
managed in line with business demands
Program 25

No. of SLAs for hosted systems and services that are
compliant with ICT SLA framework
Program 25

ICT Service Continuity of critical systems
Program 25

% end-users and business sectors who are satisfied
with ICT services
Program 25

Comprehensive and integrated communication
technologies are easily accessible to staff
Program 25

% of internal and external participants satisfied with
WIPO Conference Services
Program 27

Effective implementation of WIPO Language Policy
Program 27

Cost per word of translation
Program 27

Quality of translation
Program 27

Reduction in printing costs (per page)
Program 27

Timely publication of documents for committees and
working groups
Program 27

% of queries for legal advice and services which
receive prompt, independent and reliable responses
from the Office of the Legal Counsel
Program 21

Satisfactory financial report from the External
Auditors confirms the conformity of financial
operations to the provisions of the applicable WIPO
conventions and treaties, the WIPO Financial
Regulations and Rules and IPSAS
Program 22

Return on invested funds in line with benchmarks
established by the Investment Advisory Committee
Program 22

168
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Results
IX.3 An enabling working
environment supported by an
effective regulatory framework and
appropriate channels to address staff
concerns
IX.4 An environmentally and socially
responsible Organization in which
WIPO staff, delegates, visitors and
information and physical assets are
safe and secure
Performance Indicators
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
Payments (including Madrid and Hague fees) made
on time
Program 22

% of staff trained expressing satisfaction with training
(induction courses, ERP related training, RBM related
training)
Program 22

% of (WIPO) respondents who perceive that WIPO is
accountable for its results
Program 22

% of WIPO Programs using performance data for
managing Program performance
Program 22

Recruitment lead time
Program 23

% of organizational units with existing workforce
plans linked to annual workplans
Program 23

% of newly recruited staff that fits organizational
needs
Program 23

% of staff whose performance is evaluated against
their individual objectives and competencies
Program 23

% of critical individual and collective training needs
that have been fulfilled
Program 23

Average no. of sick leave days per employee
(absenteeism)
Program 23

% of women in professional and higher positions
Program 23

Geographical diversity % of Member States represented
Program 23

% of WIPO staff aware of services available from
Ombuds-Office and informal conflict resolution
mechanism
Program 21

% of survey respondents being aware of WIPO ethics
principles and policies
Program 21

Financial Regulations and Rules and relevant Office
Instructions up to date
Program 22

Improved physical access to the WIPO campus
Program 24

Reduced impact of WIPO buildings on the
environment
Program 24

WIPO premises comply with recommendations in
2009 audit by Institute of Safety and Security
(Neuchatel) and UN H-MOSS peripheral security
measures
Program 24

Information security is reinforced to protect against
increasing attacks on the Internet
Program 25

Status of ISO 27001 Certification and Information
Risk management processes
Program 25

169
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Results
IX.8 Improved accountability,
organizational learning, value for
money, stewardship, internal control
and corporate governance through
assistance from effective and
independent oversight
Performance Indicators
Responsible
Program(s)
TLS
Effectiveness of Information Security controls
(internal and external facing)
Program 25

% of WIPO staff, delegates & visitors reporting a work
related injury or incident
Program 28

% of timely requests for safety & security assistance
at conferences or events held in or outside of Geneva
Program 28

Monitoring of physical accessibility measures
ensuring that the new conference hall and related
facilities are in full compliance with the applicable
standards during construction
Program 29

Monitoring of environmentally sound measures and
energy consumption reduction measures
implemented during construction
Program 29

Completion of UN H-MOSS peripheral security
measures for the new conference hall
Program 29

No. interference and perceived independence by key
stakeholders
Program 26

EFFECTIVENESS % of work of IAOD which covers
high risk/high relevance areas
Program 26

EFFICIENCY: (a) Timely and qualitative completion
of oversight reports; (b) Number of audits &
evaluations completed as per oversight workplan; (c)
Number of complaints/reports of possible misconduct
handled
Program 26

RELEVANCE, ADDED VALUE &
STEWARDSHIP - Tangible cost savings or
improvements made in business processes and
systems
Program 26

ORGANIZATIONAL LEARNING - Uptake of Lessons
and Recommendations from Oversight Processes
Program 26

170
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 21
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT
Program Manager
Director General
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
21.1. Program 21 covers the Office of the Director General (ODG), the Office of the Legal Counsel
(OLC), the Assemblies Affairs and Documentation Division (AADD), the Ethics Office, the Office of the
Ombudsperson, and the Protocol and Event Management Section.
21.2. Effective engagement with Member States remains a critical element in achieving progress
towards the realization of the Organization’s nine Strategic Goals. The year 2014 highlighted challenges
in many areas as Member States sought to achieve consensus around the Strategic Goals. In this
regard, the Director General led focused discussions with Member States in various fora to assist and
provide the space in which consensus could be achieved. It was clear by the end of the year that, while
Member States had advanced their discussions, there was still a considerable distance to travel on many
issues. These efforts at facilitation and the provision of a trusted space for discussion will continue in
earnest in the second year of the biennium. Meanwhile, these same mechanisms of communication,
such as briefings for Ambassadors, continued to provide an invaluable means by which to receive
feedback and advice for enhancing progress on many issues.
21.3. Internal engagement also formed an important part of program implementation and driving
progress towards realizing the Strategic Goals. Reaching out to staff, through regular briefings by the
Director General and in other fora, remained a critical part of explaining and seeking buy-in to necessary
change. At the same time, the regular sessions of the Senior Management Team (SMT) provided
direction to organizational units, operationalizing strategic decisions. The commencement of the Director
General’s second term provided an opportunity to inject new energy and ideas into the SMT with the
introduction of four new members while retaining the experience of four members of the previous SMT.
The SMT was also expanded slightly bringing in managers responsible for human resources and legal
affairs, important cross-cutting elements in strategic decision making in all areas. Indeed, with the
successful completion of the Strategic Realignment Program in 2013, the SMT played an important role
throughout the year in ensuring that the gains from the SRP in terms of culture and values, efficiency in
business processes and better alignment of programs, structure and resources to Strategic Goals were
maintained.
21.4. The OLC continued to deliver prompt and reliable legal advice and services consistent with
statutory requirements and applicable law on constitutional, contracts, treaty law, administrative and
human resource related matters, to the Director General, the Secretariat and Member States in the
context of strong and, in some areas, increasing demand. A key challenge was the commencement of
the new administration of justice system which came into force on January 1, 2014. The OLC was able to
seamlessly adapt to the new system in representing the Administration in staff appeals and complaints.
The OLC ensured that the depositary functions of WIPO-administered treaties were carried out efficiently
despite the increased number of requests for advice. It was encouraging that the WIPO Lex database of
intellectual property legal information remained the largest open resource on the Web accessed by more
than 1.5 million users worldwide annually. At the same time, the OLC devoted considerable focus
throughout the year to engaging with non-governmental stakeholders. In particular, there were sustained
outreach efforts and organized activities to facilitate more effective discussions with civil society
representatives and ensure an open, transparent and responsive interaction with them on a range of
issues including the WIPO Development Agenda. The third annual meeting of accredited nongovernmental organizations with the Director General was a case in point.
21.5. The benefits of establishing a dedicated and centralized unit, AADD, to manage delivery of the
Assemblies continued to be realized. Two extraordinary sessions were efficiently organized, in March
(Coordination Committee) and May (General Assembly), in addition to the usual autumn session of the
Assemblies. Organizational innovations and rationalizations, such as webcasting of proceedings,
electronic registration and new travel procedures, continued to be introduced and/or refined.
Documentation was delivered well in advance. The attention to improving efficiency and the Member
States’ experience of the Assemblies was reflected in the very high satisfaction levels achieved in a
survey of delegates.
171
Program Performance Report 2014
21.6. WIPO continued to engage actively with the UN system, including in the Chief Executives Board
for Coordination (CEB) and in its two committees – the High Level Committee on Management (HLCM)
and the High Level Committee on Programmes (HLCP). Our collaboration with these mechanisms
provided an important opportunity for WIPO to highlight its perspectives within UN System deliberations,
to share good administrative and operational practices, as well as the opportunity to involve the
Organization in assisting to build coherence across the UN System.
21.7. The performance of the Ethics Office was impacted in 2014 by the absence of a Chief Ethics
Officer for the period from April to July. A Chief Ethics Officer ad interim was designated in early August;
the procedure to fill this important position on a continuing basis was ongoing at the end of the reporting
period. Owing to these circumstances, establishment of the full financial disclosure program was
postponed to 2015-2016. However, the Ethics Office continued to implement its Declaration of Interest
policy, which notably includes the disclosure of financial interests in compliance with IPSAS.
Furthermore, existing policies continued to guide the Office’s efforts and underpin the Organization’s
ethics and integrity system. The Ethics Office oversaw the Whistleblower Protection Policy, which
articulates the value placed by WIPO on the participation of all staff members in the Organization’s
oversight by affording protection against retaliation. The WIPO Code of Ethics continued to provide a
common platform of guiding principles and values expected to be observed by WIPO staff in the conduct
of their functions, and the Office provided advisory services to staff at all levels on its implementation.
21.8. The position of the Office of the Ombudsperson as an integral part of the Organization’s
accountability and integrity framework was further cemented with the commencement of the new
administration of justice system, which came into force on January 1, 2014. A key aspect of this reform
was the recognition of the importance of conflict prevention by the inclusion of informal conflict resolution
in the Staff Regulations and Rules. Complementing this change, the Office of the Ombudsperson
focused on building awareness and conflict competency among staff through pilot trainings, which are
envisaged to rollout out on a wider basis in the future. Meanwhile, the Office continued to receive visitors
and provide independent and confidential conflict coaching and mediation services at levels similar to
previous years, reflecting a positive response to informal conflict resolution services.
21.9. In May, the role of Business Continuity Coordinator was established in the ODG. Considerable
progress was made during the ensuing months in putting in place required elements of a dedicated
organizational resilience system, such as the publication of an Organizational Resilience Policy and
Strategy and the implementation and launch of the organization's first Emergency Notifications System
(EMS). These will provide a good basis as elements of this system evolve in the coming months and
years.
21.10. In February 2014, with the appointment of the Chief of Protocol and Event Management, events
activities were merged with protocol to enhance and optimize engagement with Member States and other
stakeholders. The Fifty-Fourth Series of Meetings of the Assemblies of the Member States of WIPO in
September 2014 saw a significant increase in the number of events and side-events requested and
organized, including the inauguration of the new WIPO Conference Hall. These events were positively
received, as reflected in Delegates’ satisfaction levels: 91 per cent for the inauguration and 82 per cent
for the side events.
21.11. Program 21, including the work of the Office of the Director General, continued to play a key role
in providing the overall strategic guidance and oversight to facilitate the mainstreaming and
implementation of the WIPO Development Agenda by all relevant Sectors within WIPO.
172
Program Performance Report 2014
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: IV.2 Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP institutions and the public to promote innovation and
creativity
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Increase in the no. of WIPO
Lex users
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Total of 2,236,486 users in
2012/13 (1,461,841 in 2013;
774,645 in 2012)
20%
1,506,508 users in 2014
TLS
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 1,123,93052
Expected Result: VIII.3 Effective engagement with Member States
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
% of Committee Meetings
for which pre-Committee
information meetings for
Member States are held
Updated Baseline end 2013:
81% from a survey of
secretaries of committees.
90%
93%
On track
% of letters to the DG from
Member States are
responded to within 2 weeks
Updated Baseline end 2013:
81% from an assessment of
incoming and outgoing
correspondence
80%
80%
On track
90 % processed
within three days
95% of notifications of
adherence and other treaty
related actions processed
within three days.
On track
85% satisfied
with
arrangements
87% (2014 WIPO Assemblies
Survey53)
On track
100% relevant
documents
published two
months before
the Assemblies
95% of all relevant documents
were published at least two
months in advance of the 2014
Assemblies.
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 80%
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 80%
% of adherence and other
WIPO Treaty-related actions
by Member States
processed in a timely
manner
Updated Baseline end 2013:
98% of notifications of
adherence and other treaty
related actions processed
within three days.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 95% processed
within three days (end of
2012)
Member States satisfaction
levels with the preparation
and functioning of the
Assemblies
Updated Baseline end 2013:
88% from the 2012 WIPO
Assemblies survey (a survey
was not possible in 2013 due
to exceptional circumstances;
survey will be reintroduced in
2014).
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 88% satisfied with
arrangements
Timeliness of publication of
Assemblies documents
Updated Baseline end 2013:
For the regular Assemblies,
95% of all documents were
published at least two months
in advance of the Assemblies.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 100% relevant
documents published two
months before the Assemblies
52
The original baseline in the Program and Budget 2014/15 was calculated using estimated figures as at mid-2013. These figures
have now been updated.
53 Link to 2014 WIPO Assemblies Survey: http://www.wipo.int/export/sites/www/about-wipo/en/assemblies/pdf/survey_2014.pdf
173
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Result: VIII.5 WIPO effectively interacts and partners with UN and other IGO processes and negotiations
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
New joint initiatives with
other UN agencies
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Two new initiatives undertaken
by the Director General
(Director General Chaired the
HLCM in 2012; launch by the
Director General of the Global
Innovation Index at ECOSOC
in Geneva in 2013).
Two
One new initiative undertaken:
Application for Observer
Status to the International
Organization for Migration
(IOM)
TLS
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Two
Expected Result: IX.2 An agile and smooth functioning Secretariat with a well managed and appropriately skilled workforce
which is effectively delivering results
% of queries for legal advice
and services which receive
prompt, independent and
reliable responses from the
Office of the Legal Counsel
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Despite an increase in the
number of requests for advice
as well as the fields covered,
98% of the queries received
prompt and reliable responses
from the OLC.
90%
95%
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 100%
Expected Result: IX.3 An enabling working environment supported by an effective regulatory framework and appropriate
channels to address staff concerns
% of WIPO staff aware of
services available from
Ombuds-Office and informal
conflict resolution
mechanism
Updated Baseline end 2013:
2013 Staff Feedback Survey:
63%
familiar with Ombuds-function,
32% somewhat familiar
Increase of staff
awareness to
60%
A survey on the Ombudsfunction is planned as part of
the JIU review during the
second quarter of 2015
N/A 2014
75%
Survey to be conducted in
2015 only.
N/A 2014
77% as per the 2012 user
feedback survey (conducted in
March 2013).
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 2011 Staff Feedback
Survey: 44% of staff familiar
with Ombuds function, 49%
somewhat familiar
% of survey respondents
being aware of WIPO ethics
principles and policies
Updated Baseline end 2013:
98% from the SRP Core
Values Survey (conducted
from January to February
2013).
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 70%
174
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
2014
Expenditure*
IV.2
Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP
institutions and the public to promote innovation and
creativity
1,939
2,283
1,160
VIII.3
Effective engagement w ith Member States
6,747
8,207
3,549
VIII.5
WIPO effectively interacts and partners w ith UN and
other IGO processes and negotiations
266
817
380
IX.2
An agile and smooth functioning Secretariat w ith a w ell
managed and appropriately skilled w orkforce w hich is
effectively delivering results
8,946
7,969
3,584
IX.3
An enabling w orking environment supported by an
effective regulatory framew ork and appropriate channels
to address staff concerns
1,048
1,031
424
Total
18,945
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
20,306
9,097
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
16,799
17,892
7,859
44%
Non-personnel Resources
2,146
2,414
1,238
51%
18,945
20,306
9,097
45%
TOTAL
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
21.12. The increase in personnel resources was primarily due to (i) the transfer of posts into the Program
following the merger of events related activities with the protocol function, the establishment of a
Business Continuity Coordinator role and (ii) the regularization of a continuing function in OLC to meet the
increasing demand for legal services.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
21.13. Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
175
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 22
PROGRAM AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Program Manager
Mr. A. Sundaram
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
22.1
Building on the strides made in 2012/13, WIPO’s program and financial management continued
to be strengthened in 2014. In order to utilize resources more effectively, to establish best practice as
regards planning, performance management, facilitation and support for operational activities across the
Organization and to strengthen the “second line of defense 54”, a strategic restructuring within the Program
which was undertaken in November 2013, was fully embedded in 2014. This involved (i) the merger of
the Program Management and Performance Section and the Budget Section, to create the Program
Performance and Budget Division (PPBD), which allowed for a more holistic approach to program
management; (ii) the refining of the role of the “Office of the Controller”, which enabled separation and
assignment of clear responsibilities for risk management coordination, compliance and internal controls,
the review and maintenance of the financial regulatory framework and follow-up on oversight
recommendations; and (iii) the incorporation of the management and support of the Organization’s
administrative applications into Program 22, allowing for synergy and effective mainstreaming of the
systems delivered by the ERP portfolio of projects.
22.2
Good progress was made in 2014 with respect to further embedding a results-based culture and
strengthening WIPO’s performance management cycle. The workplanning process continued to be
enhanced in 2014, with the introduction of position level planning. To support this enhancement, new
functionality was developed in the Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) Enterprise Performance
Management (EPM) workplanning module to enable the allocation of individual staff members to specific
program activities, driving linkages between the Programs’ expected results and individual staff objectives
closer together. This enhancement also enabled more transparency and accuracy with regard to
personnel resource allocation and utilization.
22.3
The evolution of the ERP EPM planning system was integral to the progress made in 2014. To
this end, the year 2014 saw the launch of two new key modules to support WIPO’s performance cycle,
namely the ‘Implementation and Monitoring’ and the ‘Performance Assessment’ modules. The former
provides Program Managers, for the first time, a tool to enable the regular updating of the approved
workplans, significantly improving the ability to monitor their implementation, both in terms of substance,
as well as utilization of financial resources. In addition, this tool also enabled the ability for improved
comparative analysis between the approved workplans and the changes throughout the year, enhancing
program management and informing future planning cycles. The latter tool enables a more proactive and
uniform approach to performance assessment, including more frequent interim performance reviews and
tracking of progress towards the targets as set out in the Program and Budget 2014/15.
22.4
Further integration of the ERP components in 2014 also enabled improved reporting capabilities
and analytical tools. For the first time in 2014, the Administrative Integrated Management System (AIMS)
financial and the EPM planning systems were integrated, allowing for improved reporting on budget
versus actual expenditure from EPM. In addition, the ERP Human Resources (HR)/Payroll system was
brought into operation in January of 2014, and integration with the EPM planning system was completed
in April, resulting in significantly enhanced position management capabilities. Progress was made on the
Business Intelligence module, with initial management dashboards having been developed and released
to core administrative areas (HRMD, Procurement and Travel, and Program Planning and Finance). An
Organization-wide release is planned for the second half of 2015.
22.5
In accordance with the Risk Management Roadmap, a number of documents were developed
that established a formalized and coherent risk management and internal controls framework for the
Organization, including WIPO’s Accountability Framework, WIPO’s Risk Appetite Statement,
establishment of the Risk Management Group (RMG), the Risk Management Policy, and the Risk
Management and Internal Controls Manual. WIPO’s Accountability Framework and WIPO’s Risk Appetite
Statement were reviewed and endorsed by Member States at the end of 2014.
54
See also WO/PBC/22/12 WIPO’s Accountability Framework
176
Program Performance Report 2014
22.6
In order to facilitate real-time access to risk and control information, support proactive risk and
control management, as well as to render efficient responses to audit bodies, an Enterprise Risk
Management (ERM) tool was implemented in the second half of 2014 and used to support the 2015
workplanning process. The processes of monitoring and reporting risks were also strengthened, with the
(i) introduction of semi-annual risk reviews, which also form the basis for (ii) the semi-annual risk
management reports reviewed by the RMG, as well as (iii) the continued strengthening of the integration
of risk management within the program performance management processes.
22.7
The regulatory framework continued to be updated, with a number of OIs reviewed and issued
(procurement, official hospitality, travel, home leave, salary advances, cash guidelines for external offices,
etc.), and/or still ongoing review (asset management, voluntary contributions and financial disclosure).
The Financial Regulations and Rules (FRR) were reviewed and revised, as agreed by Member States,
and a new electronic tool was put in place to support the management of programmatic designations.
22.8
In addition, a number of internal controls were reviewed and strengthened over the course of
2014, supported by management initiatives as well as follow up and implementation of the
recommendations of oversight bodies. The process of following up on oversight recommendations,
including those of the internal as well as the external auditors and the Joint Inspection Unit (JIU), was
also reinforced.
22.9
The comprehensive study of WIPO’s treasury practices and risks, launched in 2013, was
completed in spring 2014, resulting in a series of recommendations, including with regard to the practice
of hedging as a means to reduce exposure to foreign currency fluctuations in the PCT. The Secretariat is
currently in the process of reviewing the full set of recommendations and defining an implementation
strategy.
Additional initiatives implemented in the finance area included: (i) further refinement of
processes related to the management and forecasting of WIPO’s income for the preparation of the
Program and Budget 2016/17; (ii) the establishment of cash management and financial guidelines for the
prudent and effective management of financial resources in the External Offices; (iii) the continued
transformation of foreign currency Funds-in-Trust (FITs) into Swiss franc based accounts with a view to
further reducing exposure to foreign currency fluctuations; and (iv) the adoption by certain Programs of
the AIMS module for invoicing for subscriptions, extracts and other services provided by the IB for fee
payment, resulting in more streamlined and efficient invoice management.
22.10 Furthermore, in order to address certain issues, which arise with WIPO’s main partner financial
institutions regarding payments to/from sensitive countries, WIPO worked closely with the financial
institutions towards an agreement to facilitate the processing of such payments while ensuring full
regulatory compliance.
22.11 With regard to the PCT, two new International Searching Authorities (ISAs) - the National Institute
of Industrial Property of Chile and the Swedish Patent and Registration Office - were appointed in 2014,
requiring new payments and system changes.
22.12 Following the initial filings from Benelux trademark holders in October 2013 during a pilot phase,
testing and modifications to the Madrid E-Filing service continued in 2014 in order to accommodate an
anticipated growth in the user base. In addition, for the first time in 2014, the IB began to manage the
collection and distribution of handling fees, ensuring timely distribution, i.e. within the month following
receipt of the fees, to the appropriate parties.
22.13 Under the MoU with the USPTO, EPO and the IB, the pilot project to establish whether the
management of foreign exchange risks associated with the payment of search fees can be improved was
successfully launched and was, more recently, extended for another year. An evaluation of the project is
planned at the end of the biennium.
177
Program Performance Report 2014
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: IX.1 Effective, efficient, quality and customer-oriented support services both to internal clients and to
external stakeholders
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Provision of financial and
management reports and
analysis required by
senior management,
Program Managers and
Member States in
accordance with agreed
deadlines
Monthly closure to be
completed 10 working
days after month end
(except January where
monthly close is
determined by
progress of annual
close)
Same as
baselines
Closure dates for both January and
February were impacted by the
annual closure. One month closed
on the 10th working day and all other
months closed on either the 8th or 9th
working day.
On track
Initial management dashboards
were developed and released to
core administrative areas (HRMD,
Procurement and Travel, and
Program Planning and Finance). An
Organization-wide release is
planned for the second half of 2015.
On track
Quarterly and monthly standard
reports within 10 working days of
closure
On track
Observatory Reports within 1 month
of closure
Not
on track
In 2014, 86% of tickets registered in
the WIPO Inquiry Notification
System (WINS) were closed
(resolved) on the same day of their
opening, 6% within 2 days and 9%
within 3 days.
On track
Static online reports
available overnight;
quarterly Observatory
reports within 2 weeks
of closure; monthly
standard reports within
1 week of closure
Resolution of
internal/external queries
received in accordance
with established
timeframes
75% of tickets to be
closed (resolved)
within 3 days of receipt
Provide advice and/or
respond to budgetary
files and queries within
72 hours
Parameterized
interactive online
reports available
as result of
ERP/BI work in
the course of
14/15; quarterly
Observatory
reports within
2 weeks of
closure; monthly
standard reports
within 1 week of
closure
Same as
baselines
Provide advice
and/or respond to
budgetary files
and queries within
48 hours
TLS
In 2014, the Program Performance
and Budget Division (PPBD)
received approximately 1,200 files
requiring programmatic and/or
budgetary validation, The average
response time was 2.3 days.
Expected Result: IX.2 An agile and smooth functioning Secretariat with a well-managed and appropriately skilled workforce
which is effectively delivering results
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Satisfactory financial
report from the External
Auditors confirms the
conformity of financial
operations to the
provisions of the
applicable WIPO
conventions and treaties,
the WIPO Financial
Regulations and Rules
and IPSAS
Clean audit report
received for 2012 and
2013 and answers
provided to all audit
recommendations
Clean audit report
for both years of
the biennium
Management letter on Interim
Financial Audit (Nov 2014) received
on Feb 19, 2015, and action was
taken during the closure period to
address recommendations which
have an impact on the financial
statements for 2014.
On track
Return on invested funds
in line with benchmarks
established by the
Investment Advisory
Committee (IAC)
Return on invested
funds in line with the
benchmark
established by the IAC
in 2012/13
Return on
invested funds in
line with the
benchmark
established by
IAC in 2014/15
Investments continue to be with
Swiss authorities, in line with the
benchmark established by IAC in
2014/15
On track
178
TLS
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Payments (including
Madrid and Hague fees)
made on time
90% of payments
made within seven
days of payment terms
or receipt date (in case
of late receipting) for
those without other
workflow issues (e.g.
PO not dispatched,
etc...)
90% of payments
to be made within
two three days of
receipt of invoice
1. All invoices paid timely except expost facto, or when there is no
requisition in the system
Updated Baseline end
2013:
Induction courses:
94%
RBM/ERP related
training: 96%
85%



Induction courses: 94%
RBM/ERP-related training: 95%
Project Management in a
Results-based Environment:
100% (76%-excellent; 24% good)
On track
80%
Survey to be conducted at the end of
2015
N/A 2014
70
79% (as per 2012/13 PPR Validation
Report)56
On track
% of staff trained
expressing satisfaction
with training (induction
courses, ERP related
training, RBM related
training)
TLS
On track
2. Monthly distribution paid/credited
to a current account/applied against
contributions in the following month
as required by Regulations
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: tbd
% of WIPO respondents
who perceive that WIPO is
accountable for its results
Updated Baseline end
2013: 80.7%
% of WIPO Programs
using performance data
for managing Program
performance
Updated Baseline end
2013: 55%55 (as per
2010/11 PPR
Validation Report)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 75%
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 50
Expected Result: IX.3 An enabling working environment supported by an effective regulatory framework and appropriate
channels to address staff concerns
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Financial Regulations and
Rules and relevant Office
Instructions (OIs) up to
date
Updated Baseline end
2013: OIs issued in
2012 and 2013. FRRs
amended in 2012 and
2013 as deemed
necessary
Review and
revision of
regulatory
framework if/as
appropriate
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: OIs issued in
2012 and 2013. FRR
amended in 2012 as
deemed necessary
55
Performance Data

Review and/or issuance of OIs,
including those dealing with:

Procurement General
Principles and Basic Rules
(OI 1/2014)

Salary Advances (10/2014)

Policy on Usage of Mobile
Telecommunication
Devices (17/2014)

Establishment of the Risk
Management Group (OI
18/2014)

Home leave (22/2014)

WIPO Risk Management
Policy (34/2014)

Cash Management and
Financial Guidelines for
WIPO’s External Offices
Scope and Purpose
(45/2014)

Official Hospitality (3/2012
Rev.)

Official Travel and Related
Expenses (29/2013 Rev.)
TLS
On track
Corrigendum: In the 2012/13 PPR, it was reported that 53 per cent of Programs were using performance data for managing
program performance.
56
Data available on a biennial basis only.
179
Program Performance Report 2014



Review and amendments to the
FRRs (OI/60/2014) in October
2014
Review of Programmatic and
Administrative Designations and
UNDP signatories, and
introduction of an electronic
application to manage
programmatic designations
Ongoing work on the review
and/or drafting of new OIs on:

Property Management

Management of Voluntary
Contributions

Financial Disclosure and
Declaration of Interest
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
2014
Expenditure*
IX.1
Effective, efficient, quality and customer-oriented
support services both to internal clients and to external
stakeholders
8,212
11,908
6,205
IX.2
An agile and smooth functioning Secretariat w ith a w ell
managed and appropriately skilled w orkforce w hich is
effectively delivering results
16,372
12,430
5,610
IX.3
An enabling w orking environment supported by an
effective regulatory framew ork and appropriate
channels to address staff concerns
1,923
1,229
600
IX.8
Improved accountability, organizational learning, value
for money, stew ardship, internal control and corporate
governance through assistance from effective and
independent oversight
1,524
2,614
1,267
Total
28,032
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
28,181
13,681
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
22,572
22,817
11,232
49%
Non-personnel Resources
5,460
5,364
2,449
46%
28,032
28,181
13,681
49%
TOTAL
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
180
Program Performance Report 2014
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
22.14 The slight increase in the 2014/15 Budget after Transfers emanates primarily from an increase in
personnel resources, due to the ongoing regularization of continuing functions within the Program.
22.15 The shift in resources between the Expected Results, is primarily due to the fact that resources
dedicated to the mainstreaming of the new modules and capabilities of the ERP system were linked to ER
IX.2 in the 2014/15 Approved Budget, however since these activities are primarily service related, there
were more accurately reflected under ER IX.1 in the 2014/15 Budget after Transfers. The increase under
ER IX.8 is primarily due to the increased support provided by the Program to the work of the External
Auditors.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
22.16 Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
181
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 23
HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AND DEVELOPMENT
Program Manager
Director General
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
23.1. The year 2014 was the first year of implementation of the Human Resource (HR) Strategy that
was approved by Member States in 2013, providing the basis for the short- and medium-term HR plan of
action for the 2014/15 biennium.
23.2. In 2014, progress continued to be made on mainstreaming organizational design and workforce
planning as fully integrated key business activities. Achievements in 2014 included: (i) increased
manager engagement through delivery of introductory workshops on workforce planning and the
development of related guidelines; (ii) development of 2014/15 workforce action plans for each
organizational unit to capture and record key HR-related actions to meet business needs; and (iii) closer
alignment of job descriptions and annual workplans. As part of the workforce planning exercise
managers were encouraged to consider the optimal mix of resources to efficiently address their business
needs.
23.3. In August 2014, WIPO issued its first Policy on Gender Equality, which included a time-specific
goal to achieve gender balance in staffing. While the percentages of women at P4 (44.4 per cent) and
P5 (34.4 per cent) levels as of December 2014 showed only a slight increase as compared to 2013
(43.4 per cent and 34.3 per cent respectively), they nevertheless represented the highest ever in WIPO’s
history. To support the Policy objective related to the mainstreaming of gender perspectives in WIPO’s
work Gender Focal Points were appointed in each Program.
23.4. Efforts to improve geographical and gender diversity in staffing were redoubled. Changes to the
Staff Regulations and Rules were introduced as of November 1,2014 requiring Appointment Boards to
draw up a list of recommended candidates with the rationale for the recommendation rather than selected
names in order of preference, thus allowing the Director General to exercise his discretion in filling posts
to address gender and diversity imbalances. The engagement of Member States was sought and WIPO
External Offices were also proactively encouraged to raise awareness of WIPO as an ‘employer of
choice’. To this end, an information stand and session were organized during the Assemblies. A
diversity candidate roster was established, providing pre-screened, qualified candidates from
unrepresented Member States for temporary and fixed-term positions. In addition, WIPO continued to
strengthen its outreach through campaigns and social media (e.g. LinkedIn). Other initiatives included a
WIPO career website, which is still under development, and the introduction of a more user-friendly
recruitment tool.
23.5. The regularization process for long-serving temporary employees (LSTEs) was completed
in 2014, with 31 LSTEs on continuing functions regularized following a competition. The regularization of
the remaining 66 temporary positions with functions of a continuing nature approved by the Member
States will be completed in 2016. In 2014, some 23 posts were published for external competition.
23.6. The year 2014 also witnessed significant recruitment activity, with 97 competitions for fixed-term
posts and 37 for temporary positions, representing an increase of 26 per cent over 2013. In 2014, the
recruitment lead time for fixed-term posts was on track to meet the target (19 weeks), at 14.7 weeks. It
should be noted, however, that due to the unusually high number of posts advertised, 20 of the selection
processes for fixed-term posts were still not completed at the end of 2014, and the recruitment lead time
for all competitions published in 2014 is expected to increase significantly.. Of the 97 fixed-term posts,
57 were in the Professional and 40 in the General Service categories. In total, some 12,587 applications
were received.
23.7. The first phase of the ERP aimed at strengthening the integration of data and processes, both
within HRMD and in relation to other WIPO administration and management functions. Since mid-2014,
after a period of stabilization, the development of the “Business Intelligence” HR management dashboard
was initiated, and the staff self-service functions were activated.
182
Program Performance Report 2014
23.8. A tender for employees’ insurance was also completed resulting in a new insurance contract with
lower premiums for health, accident and loss of earnings insurances.
23.9. In 2014, WIPO continued to further develop its Performance Management and Staff Development
System (PMSDS). The existing PMSDS Guidelines were replaced by a new Office Instruction (OI) and
related PMSDS Handbooks to separate regulatory provisions from guidance. In addition, changes were
introduced to align PMSDS with the Staff Regulations and Rules, and related OIs, and to provide
additional clarification on PMSDS-related matters based on experience gained through the application of
the system. Compliance with the system continued to be very high, with 93.1 per cent of staff covered by
PMSDS evaluated against individual objectives and competencies.
23.10. With respect to the WIPO Rewards and Recognition Program (RRP) – Pilot 2013, an all-staff
ceremony was held to announce the award winners in March 2014. After the RRP ceremony, a
preliminary lessons-learned review was conducted with selected individual and team beneficiaries of the
program. Based on the positive and encouraging outcome of the first assessment, it was decided to
extend the pilot program in 2014. A more comprehensive evaluation was conducted towards the end of
2014, and a final Rewards and Recognition Policy is planned to be issued in 2015.
23.11. In 2014, implementation of a new Learning and Development Policy started to facilitate staff
development and reduction of skills gaps. In addition to regular training activities, new initiatives on
conflict resolution, stress management, quality management, accreditation of prior learning and project
management were launched in order to increase the managerial capacity of the Organization. Also, the
WIPO training catalog was reworked, and new training evaluation tools were introduced.
23.12. The Staff Regulations and Rules on the new internal justice system entered into force on
January 1, 2014, and six OIs were issued to provide the accompanying policy framework. Staff briefings
were held to facilitate staff understanding and acceptance of the new system. In order to strengthen and
streamline grievance and dispute resolution mechanisms, two advisory bodies, the Joint Grievance Panel
(workplace-related grievances) and the Joint Advisory Committee (disciplinary cases), were abolished,
and a new WIPO Appeal Board was established with increased capacity. While promoting informal
conflict resolution mechanisms, HRMD has become responsible for the management of formal complaints
of harassment and discrimination, as well as rebuttals of performance appraisals, and has also taken a
more prominent role in requests for review of administrative decisions and disciplinary cases.
23.13. The new Joint Advisory Group (JAG), for which HRMD provides the secretariat, was established
in June 2014 to advise the Director General on personnel or administrative matters. Staff may directly
petition the JAG, creating an additional channel of staff-management communication.
23.14. In terms of policy development, the National Professional Officer (NPO) category was
incorporated into the Staff Regulations and Rules to meet the needs of the WIPO External Offices.
23.15. Some 20 HR policy-related OIs were issued in 2014, including on outside activities, home leave,
mobility and hardship, termination for reasons of health, employment of retirees, sick leave, delegation of
authority and reserve lists, to ensure that WIPO has a modernized, cost-effective HR policy framework,
meeting the standards of the International Civil Service Commission (ICSC) and best practices in the UN
common system. Furthermore, ICSC standards of conduct continued to be incorporated in all WIPO
contracts, and the Roster of Consultants (ROC) presented at CDIP/3, which was integrated within the
Intellectual Property Technical Assistance Database (IP-TAD) in the last biennium, continued to be
regularly updated in 2014.
183
Program Performance Report 2014
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: IX.1 Effective, efficient, quality and customer-oriented support services both to internal clients and to external
stakeholders
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
% of staff satisfied with
human resource services
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Highly satisfied: 31.2%
Satisfied: 46.2 %
Dissatisfied: 18.9 %
Highly dissatisfied: 3.7 %
85 % highly satisfied
or satisfied
Highly satisfied: 30.8%
Satisfied: 49.1%
Dissatisfied: 17.6%
Highly dissatisfied: 2.5%
On track
Five working days
Between 6 and 6.5 days
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Highly satisfied:
31.2%
Satisfied: 48.8%
Dissatisfied: 17.1%
Highly dissatisfied: 2.9%
Timely, accurate, and
efficient human resources
operations services
Seven working days
Expected Result: IX.2 An agile and smooth functioning Secretariat with a well managed and appropriately skilled workforce
which is effectively delivering results
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
Recruitment lead time
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Biennium Average: 16.03
weeks (as of March 19, 2014)
2012: 16.5 weeks
2013: 15.56 weeks
19 weeks
14.7 weeks (with LSTE)
19.07 weeks (without LSTE)
On track
70%
81.5%
On track
80% satisfactory
performance after
probation
81.25% of staff recruited in
2013 and having completed
a PMSDS cycle performed
satisfactorily or better.
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 21 weeks
% of organizational units
with existing workforce
plans linked to annual
workplans
Updated Baseline end 2013:
0 (zero)
% of newly recruited staff
that fits organizational
needs
tbd
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: tbd
Probation policy to be
published in March 2015.
% of staff whose
performance is evaluated
against their individual
objectives and
competencies
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Biennium: 90.75% of staff
covered under PMSDS was
evaluated against individual
objectives and competencies
90%
2012: 91% of staff covered
under PMSDS were evaluated
against individual objectives
and competencies (as at end
April 2012)
2013: 90.5% of staff covered
under PMSDS were evaluated
against individual objectives
and competencies (as at end
April 2013)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 81% (2012)
184
93.1% of staff covered under
PMSDS were evaluated
against individual objectives
and competencies
On track
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
% of critical individual and
collective training needs
that have been fulfilled
Updated Baseline end 2013:
no assessment available
Critical individual
training needs: 80 %
fulfilled
Critical individual: 61 %
Average no. of sick leave
days per employee
(absenteeism)
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: no assessment
available (will be available end
2013)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
For the biennium: 10.34
2012: 9.07
2013: 11.6
TLS
On track
On track
Critical collective: 49.8%
Critical collective
training needs: 80 %
of the needs are
addressed through a
training program
9
9.9
On track
P4 – 46%
P4 - 44.4%
P5 – 35%
P5 - 34.4%
Not
on track
On track
Not
on track
Not
on track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 9.07 (Dec 2012)
% of women in
professional and higher
positions
Updated Baseline end 2013:
2012:
2013:
P4 -
44.4%
43.4%
P5 -
30.3%
34.3%
D1 – 30%
D1 - 26.7%
D1 -
24.4%
26.8%
D2 – 30%
D2 - 22.2%
D2 -
23.1%
33.3%
Tbd58
Africa: 10.8%
Asia & the Pacific: 13.5%
Eastern & Central Europe &
central Asia: 6.7%
Latin America & the
Caribbean: 8.2%
Middle East: 1.2%
North America: 8.4%
Western Europe: 51.2%
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
P4 – 44.1%
P5 – 31.8%
D1 – 26.2%
D2 – 23.1%
(Dec 2012)
Geographical diversity % of staff57 per region
Updated Baseline end 2013:
Africa 11.4%
Asia & the Pacific 13.7%
Eastern & Central Europe &
Central Asia 5.9%
Latin America & the Caribbean
8.6%
Middle East 1.2%
North America 8.2% Western
Europe 51.0%
Not
Assessable
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Africa 11.0%
Asia & the Pacific 13.7%
Eastern & Central Europe &
Central Asia 6.2%
Latin America & the Caribbean
8.6%
Middle East 1.2%
North America 8.0% Western
Europe 51.2%
57
Only staff members in the Professional and higher categories.
The Coordination Committee is yet to reach a conclusion on whether or not a formal system should replace the 1975 accord on
geographical distribution.
58
185
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
2014
Expenditure*
IX.1
Effective, efficient, quality and customer-oriented support
services both to internal clients and to external
stakeholders
12,276
12,276
6,043
IX.2
An agile and smooth functioning Secretariat w ith a w ell
managed and appropriately skilled w orkforce w hich is
effectively delivering results
11,285
12,357
6,148
Total
23,561
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
24,633
12,191
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
18,248
18,739
9,404
50%
Non-personnel Resources
5,313
5,894
2,787
47%
23,561
24,633
12,191
49%
TOTAL
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
23.16. The overall increase in the Budget after Transfers 2014/15 is primarily due to (i) the funding of
temporary resourcing solutions to cover for long-term absences, (ii) increased costs of UN shared
activities, (iii) strengthened capacity of the WIPO Appeal Board, (iv) the launch of new initiatives including
the WIPO Rewards & Recognition Program, and (v) increased insurance costs for delegates and
participants in WIPO meetings
B.
Budget utilization 2014
23.17. Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
186
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 24
GENERAL SUPPORT SERVICES
Program Manager
Mr. A. Sundaram
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
24.1
In addition to providing strategic guidance and support in the areas of Administration and
Management in WIPO, the Program includes Procurement and Travel and Premises Infrastructure
services.
24.2
In 2014, procurement and travel made good progress towards achieving the targets through
several measures aimed at improving efficiency and further reducing WIPO non-personnel expenditure,
as illustrated by the performance data below.
24.3
Two major deliverables were completed in 2014: (i) the implementation of a new policy for
Individual Contractual Services (ICS), as well as the integration of the management of ICS into the
Procurement and Travel Division, and (ii) an On- Line Booking Tool launched in December that should
yield significant savings in 2015. With regard to the regulatory framework, a new Office Instruction (OI)
on Procurement General Principles and Basic Rules as well as a Procurement Manual were published to
reflect enhancements to the procurement process.
24.4
Savings for procured goods and services continued to be yielded from more stringent price
negotiations, which resulted in an overall savings of 2,663,000 Swiss francs in 2014. As regards travel
expenditure, the average air ticket price was reduced by 7.5 per cent to 1,598 Swiss francs compared to
1,728 Swiss francs in 2013, thanks to the utilization of more economical fares. It should also be noted
that in 2014, a substantial effort was made to reduce travel expenditure leading to a decrease in both the
number of tickets issued and the number of late travel submissions. Finally, through close monitoring of
the administrative process, the average lead time to process purchase requisitions was reduced by half in
four years, resulting in greater efficiency and more agility in procuring goods and services, as illustrated in
the graph below.
Average lead time for Purchase
Request processing
16.0
14.0
12.0
10.0
8.0
15.2
6.0
11.0
4.0
7.62
6.28
2.0
0.0
2011
2012
2013
2014
Days
24.5
As regards premises management, in 2014, the interaction and sharing of experiences and
information with other UN Agencies, mainly Geneva-based agencies, was significantly increased in
respect of both the management of large construction and renovation projects (such as the Strategic
Heritage Plan for the Geneva headquarters of the UN) and the management and occupation of premises
(office spaces, conference and meeting facilities, technical and specialized spaces and semi-public
areas).
187
Program Performance Report 2014
24.6
As regards space management in the headquarters buildings, at the end of 2014, an adequate
balance between occupied (85 per cent) and non-occupied (15 per cent) workplaces was reached for the
second consecutive year, despite the fact that the balance was not evenly reached across all buildings,
as explained in previous reports. The implementation of a more efficient and cost-effective use of storage
and parking areas on- and off-site allowed for the termination of the leases for two off-site storage areas
and off-site parking spaces, as well as a reduction in quantities of office supplies (for a total savings of
about 23,800 Swiss francs by the end of 2014). Finally, a total of 195,000 Swiss francs revenue was
generated in 2014 from the rental of certain spaces to other entities (the data center, roof spaces for
telephony antennas, the bank teller machine and one office for the Association Coopérative Financière
des Fonctionnaires Internationaux (AMFIE)).
24.7
In respect of technical installations, regular maintenance of main and/or critical technical
installations was undertaken throughout the year in accordance with the established schedule. The first
detailed inventory of all critical installations was completed in 2014, which will strengthen the future
analysis of the wider preventative maintenance program of infrastructure and installations.
24.8
In respect of the upgrading of older facilities, significant progress was made not only through the
reserve-funded Capital Master Plan (CMP) projects59, but also through a number of less significant and
more technical improvements (please see details in the performance table).
24.9
Energy consumption (including electricity and water) was reduced by 2.2 per cent and 10 per cent
respectively despite the additional consumption due to the new WIPO Conference Hall as from
September 2014. An upgrading of the cooling system using the Geneva Lake-produced chilled water was
implemented in the New Building (NB). The total savings on energy consumption and upgrading of the
cooling system using the Geneva Lake chilled water amounted to about 70,000 Swiss francs.
Furthermore, the electricity provider reimbursed a percentage of unused electricity over the year of
reference (2014), amounting to 21,300 Swiss francs.
24.10 In respect of asset management, 2014 was the first time the new procedure for carrying out an
externalized inventory of assets was implemented. The assets concerned were those valued above
1,000 Swiss francs, as well as works of art regardless of value and attractive items regardless of value.
In the second year of the biennium, the assets targeted to be inventoried will be those with a value higher
than 5,000 Swiss francs. This two-phased approach aligned to the biennium framework was aimed at
structuring the asset management for both physical recording and reporting and financial reporting.
24.11 Under the WIPO Accessibility Project, and based on recommendations resulting from audits
carried out in 2012 and 2013, a number of improvement measures were implemented in 2014 in several
buildings. In addition, several features, which had been included in the scope of the New Conference
Hall Project and renovation of several levels of the AB Building, were also implemented in the course of
2014 during the construction and/or renovation phases. Improvements included: (i) additional ramps for
wheelchair access (access to interpreters booths in a new meeting room in the NB, access to the podium
in the new WIPO Conference Hall, access to interpreters booths in two new meeting rooms on the
renovated floor of the AB Building); and (ii) the lowering of badge readers to be at the level of wheelchair
access in the AB, PCT and NB Buildings and the new WIPO Conference Hall, some of which were
implemented at no major cost and/or where the features could be integrated in other infrastructure or
installations improvement at minimal extra cost.
24.12 Under the framework of the WIPO Environmental Responsibility, a number of activities were
undertaken in 2014 aimed at raising environmental awareness amongst staff and/or taking concrete and
practical actions. These actions related to: premises-related issues (e.g. upgrading of technical
installations to more ecological solutions, upgrading of electrical installations, reducing electricity
consumption under the framework of an agreement with the local electricity provider, renewal for the NB
of the electricity tariff with the highest percentage of contribution to renewable electricity production in the
Canton of Geneva), use of alternative means of commuting to and from work (mobility days or months on
public transport and free rental of electrical bikes and bike repairs). In addition, WIPO participated in a
number of initiatives within the UN-Interagency context, mainly through the United Nations Environment
Programme (UNEP) and the Sustainable UN (“SUN”), e.g. participation in the annual collection of data for
the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Calculator, as well as participation in various meetings and forums.
59
Appendix III contains an overview of progress in 2014 on the four CMP projects falling under premises management.
188
Program Performance Report 2014
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: VIII.5 WIPO effectively interacts and partners with UN and other IGO processes and negotiations
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
HLCM and Subsidiary
Networks Closed
Recommendations
Updated Baseline end 2013: 13 of
the 36 outstanding Joint Inspection
Unit (JIU)/ Legislative Body
recommendations were closed in
2013 (36%)
Percentage of
closed
recommendations
on December
31, 201560
12 of the 24
outstanding Joint
Inspection Unit (JIU)/
Legislative Body
recommendations
were closed in 2014
(50%)
Not
assessable
2013 + 5%
45%
Not
on track
4.15%
On track
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
Percentage of closed
recommendations on January 1
2013
% of locally sourced goods
and services compared to
total amount procured for
development activity
Updated Baseline end 2013: 48%
% of spend subject to UN
leverage (either common
tender or piggy backing)
Updated Baseline end 2013: 4%
Defined Target: 4%
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
2013 result
Original Target P&B
2014/15: tbd
TLS
Original Baseline P&B 2014/15:
2013 result
Expected Result: IX.1 Effective, efficient, quality and customer-oriented support services both to internal clients and to
external stakeholders
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Cost savings for goods
and services procured by
WIPO (derived from RFPs
or direct negotiations)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
531,000 Swiss francs
2013 + 5%
2,663,000 Swiss francs
On track
TLS
% of internal clients
satisfied with procurement
services
Updated Baseline end 2013:
73%
2012 + 5%
89%
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 2013 result
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: 2012 result
Processing time of travel
related requests (eTA, ER,
Visas)
Processing time of travel
related requests:
eTA = 1day
ER = 2 hours
Visa for 3rd party = 2 days
(baseline 2013)
eTA = 1/2 day
ER = 1 hour
Visas = 2 days
e-TA = <1/2 day
ER = <1hour
Visa= <1 day
On track
On track
On track
Average ticket cost (TMC
and UNDP tickets)
Updated Baseline end 2013:
2013=1,728 Swiss francs
Reduced average
ticket cost
2014=1,598 Swiss francs
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: cost (baseline 2013)
60
Corrigendum: Due to a typographical error, the target date as published in the Program and Budget 2014/15 reflected the
December 31, 2013 instead of December 31, 2015.
189
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
All types of space on the
WIPO campus
(workplaces, storage and
archiving) are effectively
managed
Updated Baseline end 2013:
80 workplaces (No additional
rental office space was
required during the biennium.)
Maximum of
80 rented
workplaces (out of a
total of 1,582
workplaces);
6 storage/archiving
area
80 rented workplaces (out
of a total of 1,627
workplaces); 5 storage
/archiving areas due to
termination of the lease for
one off-site storage area.
In addition, termination of
the lease for a stand-alone
self-contained space in a
warehouse storage, and
termination of the rental of
32 off-site parking spaces.
On track
Implementation of
major renovation,
transformation
and/or
modernization
projects according to
6-year plan
See Appendix III:
Progress Report on the
Capital Master Plan (CMP)
in 2014.
On track
Verification and/or
improve/replace (if
required) of critical
technical
installations as
necessary
Critical installations
periodically verified. The
first detailed inventory of
all critical installations was
completed.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Maintain number of
workplaces throughout
buildings in order to
accommodate service
expansion and changes in
WIPO activities (number of
employees at end 2013);
maximum of 80 rented
workplaces (end 2013); 6 offsite storage/archiving areas
(end 2013)
Buildings in the WIPO
campus are
renovated/modernized/tran
sformed to remain fit for
purpose
Updated Baseline end 2013:
The cooling installations in
GBI and GB II Buildings using
the Geneva Lake Water
system were upgraded and
completed in 2012 and June
2013 respectively.
The electrical installations in
the oldest building (GBI)
started to be upgraded in 2012
to comply with recently
enacted local legislation, with
the added benefit of setting a
technical framework for
reducing electricity
consumption. It was
completed in 2013.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: 6-year plan for first
phase of implementation of
required major renovation,
transformation and/or
modernization of premises on
WIPO campus
All types of critical
technical installations
comply with applicable
technical standards
Compliance of technical
installations with applicable
standards and definition of
critical installations
190
TLS
In addition to the CMP, the
following modernization
and transformation
projects were
implemented in 2014: (i)
the main structural work
for the multimedia studio;
(ii) the upgrading of
technical installations and
technical management
systems (electrical; water
distribution system;
increase in power and
cooling capacity in the NB
data center; replacement
of the cooling tower for
redundancy cooling;
upgrading of the lightning
rod in the PCT and GBII
buildings); (iii) the
upgrading of the
ventilation system for the
AB building (11th and 13th
floors); and (iv) the
upgrading of the technical
alarms in the NB.
On track
Program Performance Report 2014
Expected Result: IX.4 An environmentally and socially responsible Organization in which WIPO staff, delegates, visitors and
information and physical assets are safe and secure
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Improved physical access
to the WIPO campus
Updated Baseline end 2013:
The 5- year plan was not
established at the end of 2013.
Implementation of
audit
recommendations
according to 5-year
plan
The 5-year plan was not
established by the end of
2014 due to the lack of
available resources and
the worksite for the new
WIPO Conference Hall.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
5-year plan for implementation
of recommendations in 2012
Physical Accessibility Audit
(plan established at end 2013)
Reduced impact of WIPO
buildings on the
environment
Updated Baseline end 2013:
2% reduction in electricity
consumption due to the
implementation of a variety of
measures aimed at upgrading
installations; 7% reduction in
water consumption due to
upgrading of cooling
installation in one of the data
centers
TLS
Not on
track
Improvements included: (i)
additional ramps for
wheelchair access
(access to interpreters
booths in a new meeting
room in the NB,; and (ii)
the lowering of badge
readers to be at the level
of wheelchair access in
the AB, PCT and NB
Buildings Some of these
features were
implemented at no major
cost and/or where the
features could be
integrated in other
infrastructure or
installations improvement
at minimal extra cost.
4% reduction in
electricity
consumption and
10% reduction in
water consumption
by end-2015
2.2% reduction in
electricity consumption
and 10% reduction in
water in the first year of
the biennium.
An upgrading of the
cooling system using the
Geneva Lake produced
chilled water was
implemented in the NB.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: Annual electricity
and water consumption (at
end 2013)
Additional
environmentally-sound
measures included the
following main measures:
(i) reduction of artificial
light consumption by
replacement of traditional
light fixtures by new
fixtures using LED
technology, (ii) lighting
activated by presence
detection during off-hours
on office floors in various
areas of various older
buildings,
191
On track
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
WIPO premises comply
with recommendations in
2009 audit by Institute of
Safety and Security
(Neuchatel) and UN HMOSS peripheral security
measures
6-year plan for implementation
of recommendations in 2009
audit by Institute of Safety and
Security (Neuchatel)
Implementation of
audit
recommendations
according to 6-year
plan phasing and
peripheral security
measures by end2015
See Appendix III Progress
Report on the Capital
Master Plan (CMP) in
2014
TLS
On track
In addition to the
implementation of the
recommendation covered
by the Capital Master
Plan, the following
recommendation was
implemented:
modernization of the fire
detection system (the
latest generation of
detectors) in the 2nd and
3rd basement levels of the
AB parking garage.
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
VIII.5
WIPO effectively interacts and partners w ith UN and
other IGO processes and negotiations
IX.1
IX.4
2014
Expenditure*
1,105
2,777
1,215
Effective, efficient, quality and customer-oriented support
services both to internal clients and to external
stakeholders
44,878
41,728
20,508
An environmentally and socially responsible Organization
in w hich WIPO staff, delegates, visitors and information
and physical assets are safe and secure
1,417
2,931
1,385
Total
47,400
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
47,436
23,108
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
19,429
19,658
9,507
48%
Non-personnel Resources
27,970
27,777
13,601
49%
TOTAL
47,400
47,436
23,108
49%
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
24.13 The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects a slight increase compared to the 2014/15 Approved
Budget. The net decrease under non-personnel resources is due, on the one hand, to the implementation
of cost efficiency measures and, on the other hand, the transfer of additional resources to the Program for
(i) JIU related activities and (ii) the inauguration of the new WIPO Conference Hall, the total cost of which
192
Program Performance Report 2014
was charged to the Program although several other Programs were involved in the implementation of that
event.
24.14 The increase under personnel resources is primarily due to regularizations of continuing functions
and the redeployment of three posts into the Program for support to the WIPO Appeals Board and
maintenance and renovation of premises.
24.15 The shift of resources by Expected Results is primarily due to the redistribution of personnel
resources for the implementation of environmental activities and enhanced engagement with other UN
Agencies in respect of (i) procurement and (ii) the management of large construction and renovation
projects.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
24.16 Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
193
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 25
INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY
Program Manager
Mr. A. Sundaram
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
25.1
The following highlights serve as indicators of progress in the field of Infrastructure Services and
Business Solution Services (including Internet Services) in 2014:
(i)
ICT infrastructure resilience and service continuity were further enhanced. Preliminary
tests were conducted showing promising results;
(ii)
ICT infrastructure for the new WIPO Conference Hall was completed in time for its opening
for the twenty-second session of the PBC and the fifty-fourth series of meetings of the WIPO
Assemblies;
(iii)
Through close collaboration, ICT capacity expectations from key business areas were
better understood and documented. As a result, Service Delivery Agreements (SDAs) were
established to explicitly capture the ICT needs for the specific business areas and also to enable
more systematic tracking and monitoring;
(iv) In response to an ever-changing business environment, technology evolutions were
explored with a view to developing a future end-user computing strategy to address the nascent
need for greater business mobility, e.g. through the use of handheld devices (tablets and
smartphones) as opposed to traditional computing devices (desktops and laptops);
(v)
Mobile telecommunications were enhanced with more integrated services offered at lower
costs. In keeping up with industry development, a Mobile Device Management (MDM) system
was introduced to allow cost-effective communications among WIPO staff through various means
regardless of where they are; and
(vi) Further migration of traditional server platforms to virtual servers, consolidation of database
licenses, optimizing policies in managing unused user accounts.
25.2
Whilst much of the work in relation to information assurance was operational, the year 2014 saw
several key achievements which greatly contributed to enhancing the protection and security of WIPO’s
information and systems.
25.3
As part of the continuous improvement process promoted by the ISO 27001 Standard, the PCT
underwent re-certification to the updated 2013 version of the standard (ISO 27001:2013), with no major or
minor non-conformities. As part of this process, a series of third party service provider risk assessments
was carried out to ensure improved supply-chain security for services.
25.4
The Information Security Section (ISS) also contributed to the selection and implementation of an
Enterprise Risk Management solution (Acuity Stream) to enhance enterprise risk management
capabilities within WIPO, and to enable the complete integration of the ISO-based risk management
processes within the organizational risk management approaches. The ISO related risk management
activities for the PCT were greatly enhanced by the implementation of this solution which provides better
reporting and visualization of current levels of risk and mitigation status.
25.5
ISS also collaborated closely with the PCT development teams to formulate and implement a
Secure Development LifeCycle approach for application development, ensuring that information security
requirements and controls are addressed from the beginning of a development project, thus reducing
dramatically the amount of re-work required to pass security testing of the applications.
25.6
A project to fully implement the ArcSight Security Event and Information Management (SEIM)
system was completed, providing greater visibility on potential security events within WIPO’s network,
and enabling more effective and efficient incident response.
194
Program Performance Report 2014
25.7
The year 2014 also saw the launch of a solution aimed at raising user awareness around the
topic of Phishing. The first such campaign resulted in a dramatic increase in the number of phishing
attempts being reported by the user community.
25.8
The number of major incidents related to information security was very low during the year, with
only one incident that affected a whole business unit.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: IX.1 Effective, efficient, quality and customer-oriented support services both to internal clients and to external
stakeholders
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
ICT Systems are costeffectively hosted and
managed in line with
business demands
Updated Baseline end
2013:
Enterprise Server
Support Monthly cost:
$280;
Virtual Server Monthly
cost (2 core & 8GB):
$229;
High-Performance.
Storage Average
Monthly cost: $420/TB
Backup Average
Monthly cost: $53.9
Unit costs of
infrastructure
hosting are at the
level or below the
baseline
The rates for 2014 did not change
from the 2013 updated baseline.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
Unit costs for physical,
virtual servers, for
storage and backup
TLS
On Track
New rates negotiated in 2014 to take
effect in 2015:
Unit cost of Servers: 448
CHF/month; Unit cost per TB of
storage: 299 CHF/month
Unit cost of backup per TB of
storage: 370 CHF/month (End2014)
Number of service incidents with
medium or high impact: 1.75 per
month
No. of SLAs for hosted
systems and services that
are compliant with ICT
SLA framework
Standard ICT SLA
Framework in place
% of SLAs that
comply with the
ICT Framework
6 new SDAs signed (Enterprise
Communication System, IRIS, IRPI,
PCT, PEARL, SIGAGIP) in compliance
with the ICT framework (100%)
On Track
ICT Service Continuity of
critical systems
Updated Baseline end
2013: 2 closely linked
Data Centers
established; server
infrastructure and
network architecture
Centers partially
developed to support
the 2 centers; 38 core
ICT services were
assessed and suitable
measures
implemented for
mitigating risks and
ensuring their
enhanced availability.
Critical systems
can be recovered
in a timely manner
without data loss in
the event of
localized major
disruptions
ICT infrastructure resilience and
service continuity were further
enhanced. Preliminary tests were
conducted showing promising results
On Track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
Data backed-up offline,
data restore may
require several days
195
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
% end-users and business
sectors who are satisfied
with ICT services
Updated Baseline end
2013:
2013 Helpdesk
Survey: "Highly
satisfied" rating by
64% of participants
Maintain or
improve against
the baseline
2014 Helpdesk Survey: "Highly
satisfied" rating by 67% of participants
On Track
TLS
Available on other
mobile devices
Access to Intranet and Corporate
voice-mail via WIPO mobiles
On Track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
Business managers'
satisfaction at the
beginning of the
biennium
Comprehensive and
integrated communication
technologies easily
accessible to staff
Available on desktops
(and laptops)
Expected Result: IX.4 An environmentally and socially responsible Organization in which WIPO staff, delegates, visitors and
information and physical assets are safe and secure
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Information security is
reinforced to protect
against increasing attacks
on the Internet
No major breaches to
WIPO information
systems
No major
breaches to WIPO
information
systems
No major breaches to WIPO
information systems
On Track
Status of ISO 27001
Certification and
Information Risk
management processes
Updated Baseline end
2013:
156 outstanding
mitigation activities
90% of baseline
resolved within
biennium; 60% of
new risks mitigated
within 3 months of
identification;
organizational
units certified, as
needed; PCT
certification
maintained
17 out of the 156 baseline risks
remained open end Q4 (11%)
On Track
12 new risks identified during/carried
forward to Q4, of which 8 were
mitigated within 3 months of
identification (66%).
On Track
2 or less incidents
per year
1 major incident for the year.
PCT certified to
ISO27001:2005
(October 2013);
The Information
Security Risk Registry
was updated
biannually and was
reviewed in detail in
the context of the ISO
27001 certification of
the PCT operations.
PCT transition to ISO 27001:2013
from 27001:2005 was successfully
completed. Certification was awarded
in October 2014.
TLS
On Track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
No. of outstanding risk
mitigation activities at
commencement of
biennium; PCT Section
ISO 27001 certified
Effectiveness of
Information Security
controls (internal and
external facing)
5 or less incidents per
year
196
On Track
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15 Approved
Budget
Expected Result No. and Description
2014/15 Budget
after transfers
2014 Expenditure*
IX.1
Effective, efficient, quality and customer-oriented support
services both to internal clients and to external stakeholders
43,549
44,448
22,256
IX.4
An environmentally and socially responsible Organization in
which WIPO staff, delegates, visitors and information and
physical assets are safe and secure
1,720
1,897
700
45,269
46,345
22,957
Total
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
14,944
15,421
7,332
48%
Non-personnel Resources
30,325
30,924
15,625
51%
45,269
46,345
22,957
50%
TOTAL
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
25.9
The overall increase of approximately one million Swiss francs in the 2014/15 Budget after
Transfers as compared to the 2014/15 Approved Budget is primarily due to an increase in non-personnel
resources which is the net result of, on the one hand, cost efficiency measures implemented in 2014/15,
and, on the other hand, additional resources provided to the Program to cover UNICC costs, the
implementation of a resilient infrastructure for External Offices and costs related to the hosting of the
Pearl Terminology database. The increase in personnel resources is primarily due to reclassifications
and completed regularizations. The increases are reflected under Expected Result XI.1.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
25.10 Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
197
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 26
INTERNAL OVERSIGHT
Program Manager
Mr. T. Efendioglu (Acting Director IOD)
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
26.1 The Internal Oversight Division (IOD) went through two successful external quality assessments
(EQAs) of its audit and evaluation functions in 2014. The internal audit function 61 was found to be
generally in conformance with the Standards, the IIA Code of Ethics, and the Definition of Internal
Auditing, the highest possible rating. The review of the evaluation function concluded that it was
generally consistent with UNEG norms and standards.
26.2 IOD also contributed to the revision of WIPO’s Internal Oversight Charter, which was approved by
the General Assembly on September 30, 2014. The revision resulted in: (i) change of the name of the
“Internal Audit and Oversight Division” to “Internal Oversight Division (IOD)”;
(ii) International
Standards/UN Guidelines and Norms became mandatory for internal audit, evaluation and investigation;
(iii) greater involvement of the Independent Advisory Oversight Committee (IAOC) in the preparation of
IOD’s work plan; and (iv) the public disclosure of internal audit, evaluation and management implication
reports. WIPO is the first UN specialized agency to approve such a practice, which is now common in the
UN Secretariat, its Funds and Programs. The first IOD report was available online at the end of 2014;
additional IOD reports will be made available in 2015.
26.3 IOD issued six audit reports, three evaluation reports and the validation of the end-biennial
PPR 2012/13 (WO/PBC/22/9), with a total of 74 recommendations for improvements. IOD’s Oversight
Plan was developed using IOD’s risk assessment methodology taking into account WIPO’s operational
entities and relevant business processes, as well as inputs received from Member States, the IAOC,
Senior Management and the External Auditor. Audit and evaluation activities covered various program
and project management areas, including results based management, data management, information
security, knowledge management and events management in the Organization.
26.4 IOD registered 21 cases for investigative activities and closed 19 in 2014. On average, all cases
were closed within the timeframe set by the WIPO’s Investigation Policy. More than 50 per cent of the
cases dealt with harassment, statements/activities incompatible with the obligations of an international
civil servant and fraud on benefits/entitlements.
26.5 To gain a better understanding of expectations from colleagues and obtain their feedback on
oversight work, IOD continued to use client satisfaction surveys that were originally launched in 2013.
Such surveys, which reflected an 84 per cent average satisfaction rate, enabled IOD to better measure
stakeholders’ expectations of its performance and identify areas for improvement.
26.6 In 2014, IOD continued to reach out to staff, management and Member States through various
presentations and the issuance of two Newsletters. IOD also organized the annual meeting of Heads of
Internal Audit in Organizations based in Europe (HOIA).
26.7 IOD followed up on previous years’ oversight recommendations to ensure effective follow-up by
management confirming that 94 recommendations were closed in 2014. IOD continued to provide WIPO
management with professional advice and feedback on internal controls, risk management and other
issues such as drafting or revision of policies and the preparation of external reviews.
26.8 IOD’s work continued to be closely reviewed by the IAOC.
guidance in the implementation of its Oversight Plan.
61
http://www.wipo.int/about-wipo/en/oversight/iaod/
198
IOD benefitted from the IAOC’s
Program Performance Report 2014
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: IX.8 Improved accountability, organizational learning, value for money, stewardship, internal control and
corporate governance through assistance from effective and independent oversight
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
No interference and
perceived independence
by key stakeholders
Updated Baseline end
2013: No interference in
IOD's work
Full independence and
perceived
independence by key
stakeholders
(Clients/IAOC/MS)
No interference in IOD's
work, as reflected in annual
report WO/PBC/22/4.
All work (100%)
covers high risk/high
relevance areas
All work (100%) covers high
risk/high relevance areas
On track
a) Investigations
completed in six
months on average,
audits and
evaluations in 5
months;
(a) Investigations on
average completed in 79
days; audits and evaluations
completed respectively.in
5 and 6 months
On track
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15:
No interference in IOD's
work
EFFECTIVENESS
% of work of IOD which
covers high risk/high
relevance areas
Updated Baseline end
2013: All work (100%)
covers high risk/high
relevance areas
TLS
On track
Cases of perceived impaired
independence referred to
IAOC in accordance with
para 18 of the Charter.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
All work (100%) covers
high risk/high relevance
areas
EFFICIENCY:
(a) Timely and qualitative
completion of oversight
reports,
(b) Number of audits &
evaluations completed as
per oversight workplan;
(c) Number of
complaints/reports of
possible misconduct
handled
Updated Baseline end
2013: (a) Investigations
completed on average in
3 months;
(b) 7 audits and
2 evaluations;
(c)19 investigations;
(d) all work done in
accordance with standards
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
(a) Investigations,
audits/evaluations
completed on average in
10 and five months in
2012;
(b) three audits and
five evaluations
completed in 2012;
(c) 15 investigations
closed in 2011 and 23 in
2012;
(d) all oversight work done
in accordance with
standards
(b) 12 audits and six
evaluations
completed;
(c) At least 15
investigations closed;
(b) 6 audit reports62, 3
evaluation63 reports, and the
validation of the PPR
2012/13 completed;
(c) 19 investigations closed
(d)compliance with
standards
(d) compliance with the
standards confirmed by the
EQA or IAOC
RELEVANCE, ADDED
VALUE &
STEWARDSHIP- Tangible
cost savings or
improvements made in
business processes and
systems
Not available
tbd
Data to be available in 2015.
N/A 2014
ORGANIZATIONAL
LEARNING-Uptake of
Lessons and
Recommendations from
Oversight Processes.
90% of recommendations
accepted
90% of recommendations
implemented in two years
time
90% of
recommendations
accepted
90% of
recommendations
implemented in two
years time
84% of satisfaction rate;
100% of recommendations
accepted; 90% of
recommendations
implemented within two
years
On track
62
63
http://www.wipo.int/about-wipo/en/oversight/iaod/audit/reports.html
http://www.wipo.int/about-wipo/en/oversight/iaod/evaluation/reports.html
199
Program Performance Report 2014
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
IX.8
Improved accountability, organizational learning, value for
money, stew ardship, internal control and corporate
governance through assistance from effective and
independent oversight
2014
Expenditure*
5,116
5,062
2,329
Total
5,116
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
5,062
2,329
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
4,396
4,358
1,993
46%
720
704
336
48%
5,116
5,062
2,329
46%
Personnel Resources
Non-personnel Resources
TOTAL
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
26.9 The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects a slight downward adjustment made for cost efficiency
gains.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
26.10 Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
200
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 27
CONFERENCE AND LANGUAGE SERVICES
Program Manager
Mr. A. Sundaram
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
27.1. During the year under review, the Secretariat continued to effectively implement the WIPO
Language Policy by extending the six-language coverage to Working Groups in a phased and cost
effective manner. According to the timeline set by Member States, coverage was extended in 2014 to the
PCT Working Group and the Working Group on the Legal Development of the Hague System for the
International Registration of Industrial Designs.
27.2. By rigorously applying the rationalization and control measures on the number and size of
documents for all meetings, the translation volume was kept at a similar level to the previous year,
despite the extended language coverage to these two major Working Groups.
27.3. Language services continued placing a higher reliance on outsourcing of translation services,
with 59 per cent of the workload outsourced to individual and institutional translators in 2014, compared to
56 per cent in 2013. In order to ensure the quality of translation, quality control measures were further
enhanced with the help of the internal core team of translators and revisers. New measures and work
processes were developed and streamlined across all languages. The overall quality control rate rose
from less than 10 per cent before the implementation of the Language Policy (end of 2011) to around
39 per cent in 2014.
27.4. Building on the new Computer-Assisted Translation and Terminological (CATT) tools, which were
fully integrated in 2014, the Program embarked on a terminology project, aiming at publishing terminology
assets, for the first time, in all six UN languages, through the newly launched WIPO Pearl terminology
platform, which currently includes only PCT terminological entries.
27.5. In addition, the concept of “quality at source” was further strengthened by a general revision of
the contractual relationship with external translators. While retaining only those translators who conform
to set standards, new individual translators were engaged only after an intensive examination process.
Furthermore, systems were introduced to link payments with the quality and timely delivery of outsourced
translations.
27.6. Additional agencies were selected through international tenders to cover Arabic, Chinese and
Russian translations, taking into consideration the experiences gained in outsourcing translation work into
French and Spanish.
27.7. These measures and initiatives contributed to the achievement of cost efficiencies, with the perword translation cost reduced from 0.63 Swiss francs in 2013 to 0.59 Swiss francs in 2014.
27.8. Efficient and quality interpretation service continued to be provided to all WIPO meetings and
events, as required.
27.9. After several years of marked growth, 2014 saw a stabilization in the number of meetings
organized in Geneva, which had reached a peak in 2013, largely as a result of the Diplomatic Conference
and the extraordinary session of the Assemblies. There was a slight dip in intergovernmental
conferences held in Geneva which numbered 101 in 2014, versus 108 in 2013, as well as in ad hoc
meetings (study visits, consultations, groups, bilateral meetings, presentations, side events, official visits
and internal meetings), the number standing at 5,400 in 2014 compared to 5,600 the previous year. In
addition, a total of 81 meetings, as compared to 80 in 2013, were serviced outside the standard meeting
hours, i.e. beyond 6:30 p.m. or during weekends.
27.10. To improve services to conference stakeholders, an electronic questionnaire to participants of
principal sessions was distributed systematically. Mechanisms were also established for monitoring
feedback, analyzing results, and implementing corrective measures.
201
Program Performance Report 2014
27.11. With regard to the timely availability of meeting documents, a tracking system was developed
in 2014 and relevant data collected over the course of the year. The results of the exercise, conducted
for the first time, have led to discussions on corrective measures, in collaboration with meeting
secretariats.
27.12. Of particular note was the smooth transition to the new conference facilities and registration
infrastructure, both inaugurated in the last quarter of the year. A conference participant badging system,
with enhanced security features, was introduced in conjunction with the inauguration of the Access
Center and relocation of conference registration activities to this new facility.
27.13. During the year, WIPO continued to provide printing services in an efficient and timely manner.
The renegotiation of leasing services led to a decrease in the printing cost per page by 26 per cent from
0.19 Swiss francs in 2013 to 0.14 Swiss francs in 2014. In an effort to improve the carbon footprint of
WIPO meetings, the practice of mailing paper copies of meeting agendas was discontinued, and print
runs for document-counter distribution were further reduced.
27.14. Following the adoption of the Records Management and Archiving
biennium 2012/13, work was initiated on establishing retention schedules of records.
Policy
in
the
27.15. In line with WIPO’s continued commitment to reducing costs, tariffs with external mail service
providers continued to be negotiated, resulting in an additional four per cent reduction in 2014.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: IX.1 Effective, efficient, quality and customer-oriented support services both to internal clients and to
external stakeholders
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
% of internal and external
participants satisfied with
WIPO Conference
Services
Updated Baseline end
2013: Results of a
satisfaction survey,
conducted in 2013
indicated that 98% of
users considered the
overall quality of WIPO’s
conference services either
excellent (64%) or good
(34%).
10% increase in
rate by 2015
Results of a satisfaction survey,
conducted in 2014 indicated that
97% of users considered the
overall quality of WIPO’s
conference services either
excellent (48%) or good (49%).
On track
Quality translation
to be made
available for all
Committees/ Main
Bodies;
The six-language coverage was
extended to two Working Groups
(PCT Working Group and the
Working Group on the Legal
Development of the Hague
System for the International
Registration of Industrial
Designs) as determined by
Member States
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
Rate at end 2013
Effective implementation
of WIPO Language Policy
Updated Baseline end
2013: The language
policy was extended to all
WIPO Standing
Committees and Main
Bodies.
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
Language coverage
limited to certain
Committees/Main bodies;
Variable length of
documents
Length of
documents for
Committees/ Main
Bodies reduced to
3,300 words
202
Despite strengthened efforts, it
was not possible to restrict the
length of all documents to 3,300
words. Additional efforts will
continue in 2015 to more
rigorously apply the
rationalization and control
measures.
Not
on track
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Cost per word of translation
Updated Baseline end
2013: 0.63 Swiss francs
per word on average
Defined target:
Maintain the
average rate of
translation
0.59 Swiss francs per word
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
tbd
Quality of translation
Updated Baseline end
2013: 96% of documents
which respect quality
criteria
Updated Baseline end
2013: 0.19 Swiss francs
average cost per page in
2013
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: tbd
Timely publication of
documents for committees
and working groups
Updated Baseline end
2013: 26% of documents
in all languages published
two months before the
relevant meetings
On track
Original target
P&B 2014/15: tbd
Not
assessable
% of documents
which respect
quality criteria
Quality of translations was
improved to 97% following
strengthened efforts by the
internal core team on quality
control work of outsourced
translations, as confirmed by the
survey on the satisfaction of
Member States and other
stakeholders
Defined target:
5% reduction in
the average cost
per page
Cost efficiencies resulted in a
26% reduction in the cost per
page to 0.14 Swiss francs in
2014.
On track
41% of documents in all
languages published two months
before the relevant meetings
Not
on track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: % of documents
which respect quality
criteria
Reduction in printing costs
(per page)
TLS
Original target
P&B 2014/15: tbd
65% of documents
published two
months before the
relevant meetings
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15: % of documents
published two months
before the relevant
meetings (tbd)
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
IX.1
Effective, efficient, quality and customer-oriented support
services both to internal clients and to external
stakeholders
2014
Expenditure*
41,117
40,151
17,882
Total
41,117
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
40,151
17,882
203
Program Performance Report 2014
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
30,238
29,551
13,482
46%
Non-personnel Resources
10,879
10,601
4,400
42%
TOTAL
41,117
40,151
17,882
45%
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
27.16. The reduction in the 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects (i) the redeployment of a post to
reinforce administrative services in the WIPO Academy and (ii) adjustments made to the budget due to
savings in primarily the translations and printing services.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
27.17. Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
204
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 28
SAFETY AND SECURITY
Program Manager
Mr. A. Sundaram
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
28.1
Costs related to safety and security services during 2014 continued to be consistent with previous
years’ costs as a percentage of total organizational expenditure. The Program continued to manage
organization-wide safety and security systems throughout the year, including the new WIPO Conference
Hall facilities, which opened in September 2014.
28.2
The year 2014 saw a number of important safety and security achievements, notably the opening
of the new WIPO Access Center (AB reception) and the Security Coordination Operations Center
(SCOC), in time to successfully support the twenty-second session of the PBC and the fifty-fourth series
of meetings of the WIPO Assemblies. In addition, the H-MOSS project neared completion, with 95 per
cent of new systems, including a new access control system, technically advanced anti-intrusion
measures, a closed circuit television (CCTV) camera system, an emergency communications and
response system and a fire detection/control system, fully operational by the end of 2014. These
enhancements significantly strengthened safety and security throughout the WIPO campus, and in line
with the project plan, enabled a gradual but less than anticipated reduction in the level of on-site security
staff in 2014.
28.3
The H-MOSS project is expected to be completed in 2015. As a result, several dependent, noncritical safety/security aspects (upgrades to lighting systems in two facilities, a VHF radio system
upgrade, and enhanced access and CCTV systems for the WIPO CAM facility), originally planned to be
started in 2014/15, have been deferred to the 2016/17 biennium.
28.4
To optimize operational capacity of the SCOC and the new systems, safety and security staff and
members of the on-site security guard team underwent specialized trainings. New safety management
procedures were implemented, and the existing standard operating procedures (SOPs) and specific
policies were updated. Furthermore, new security staff performance measures were identified and
incorporated into the SOPs, with a view to further enhancing efficiency and emergency response
capacity.
28.5
In November 2014, safety and security assessment audits of the Rio de Janeiro and New York
Offices were undertaken resulting in a number of recommendations for both Offices to enhance the
safety/security of WIPO staff, better protect the Organization’s assets and ensure compliance with UN
safety and security procedures. In addition, an out-reach program under the SCOC was established for
WIPO’s External Offices to better address safety and security management through concerted
coordination and a 24/7 security support service.
28.6
The total number of reported safety and security incidents in 2014 remained low, with only two
safety-related incidents resulting in injury. The total percentage of safety-related incidents with injuries
amounted to 0.9 per cent for the year.
205
Program Performance Report 2014
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result: IX.4 An environmentally and socially responsible Organization in which WIPO staff, delegates, visitors and
information and physical assets are safe and secure
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
TLS
% of WIPO staff,
delegates & visitors
reporting a work related
injury or incident
Updated Baseline end 2013:
The total percentage of staff
related incidents with injuries
amounted to less than 2 %
during 2012/13 (6 in 2012; 4
in 2013)
2% or less
The total percentage of safetyrelated incidents with injuries
amounted to 0.9% in 2014, with two
safety-related incidents being
reported.
On track
80% or more
In 2014, all requests (100%) for
safety and security assistance for all
internal Geneva-based meetings
and social functions, as required,
were met.
On track
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
2% or less of total
stakeholders / clients
reporting a work related
injury or incident
% of timely requests for
safety & security
assistance at conferences
or events held in or
outside of Geneva
Updated Baseline end 2013:
During the biennium, a total
of seven audits of external
conferences/meetings were
completed with assistance
from the respective country
offices of UN DSS and
complied with all UN
safety/security management
system standards:


In November 2014, two safety and
security assessment audits of the
Rio de Janeiro and New York
Offices were undertaken.
three (2012)
four (2013)
In addition, audits were
completed for two external
events managed directly by
WIPO. (100% of all requests
were responded to in a
timely manner).
In 2012, there were two
audits undertaken of
External Office premises
(Singapore and Tokyo)..
Original Baseline P&B
2014/15:
65 % or more of total
stakeholders / clients
requesting timely for safety
& security assistance at
conferences or events held
in or outside of Geneva
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
IX.4
An environmentally and socially responsible Organization
in w hich WIPO staff, delegates, visitors and information
and physical assets are safe and secure
2014
Expenditure*
10,786
10,792
5,360
Total
10,786
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
10,792
5,360
206
Program Performance Report 2014
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
2,351
2,610
1,269
49%
Non-personnel Resources
8,435
8,182
4,091
50%
10,786
10,792
5,360
50%
TOTAL
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
28.7
The slight increase in the 2014/15 Budget after Transfers is the net result of, on the one hand,
implementation of cost efficiency measures in 2014/15 (non-personnel resources) and, on the other hand,
an increase in personnel resources to enhance safety and security at WIPO, in particular in relation to the
maintenance of safety-related systems and equipment and the enhancement of UN-HMOSS standards.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
28.8
Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
207
Program Performance Report 2014
PROGRAM 29
CONSTRUCTIONS PROJECTS
Program Manager
Mr. A. Sundaram
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014
NEW CONSTRUCTION PROJECT
29.1
Almost all the remaining repairs, replacement and finishing works, which had started mid-2011
after the handover of the New Building by the former general contractor, were completed by the end
of 2014. The planning for the replacement of the ground floor windows was finalized in 2014, with
implementation originally to begin in April 2015 and then postponed to June, to accommodate the holding
of the Diplomatic Conference. The work is scheduled to last until the end of 2015. The final closure of the
July 2012 termination agreement with the former general contractor was amicably concluded at the end of
August 2014, bringing to an end all the outstanding points on substitution works for the New Building. It
should be noted that WIPO held sufficient funds to cover the cost of these works.
NEW CONFERENCE HALL PROJECT
29.2
As part of the final closure of the July 2012 termination agreement, which was amicably
concluded at the end of August 2014, the former general contractor reimbursed to WIPO the final balance
due on the Project. It is recalled that, in August 2012, the Secretariat had taken over the direct
responsibility for the Project, with reinforced mandates for the architects, engineers and project pilot, as
well as modifications to the internal governance and project management structure, in order to bring
added flexibility and agility, and to deal with a number of project modifications and unforeseen matters
identified during project execution in a proactive and timely manner. The Project was delivered in several
stages, with various technical and system tests carried out in parallel, area by area. The new Access
Center was delivered in July 2014; the exterior landscaping between the New Building, the new WIPO
Conference Hall and the AB Building was delivered at the end of August 2014; the new WIPO
Conference Hall per se was delivered at the end of August and was available for the holding of the
PBC session from September 1 to 5, 2014; the entirety of the new and renovated construction was
completed in September 2014 in the new WIPO Conference Hall and three floors of the AB Building, and
made available for the session of the WIPO Assemblies from September 22 to 30, 2014, which included
the inauguration of the Hall on the opening day in the presence of WIPO Member States and observers,
officials from the Host Country (federal, cantonal and municipal levels), representatives from other
UN Agencies, and from the 70-odd companies and firms that had contributed to the construction and
completion of the Project. A number of elements of the exterior landscaping were left pending and will be
addressed in the spring 2015. The new WIPO Conference Hall and adjacent new or renovated facilities
were subsequently used on several occasions for meetings of WIPO Member States and other meetings.
The Project was completed on time for the WIPO Assemblies, even though it was delayed from
April 2014 to September 2014, in view of the complexity of the worksite in particular in the last few
months. In addition, a complementary budget was sought from Member States in September 2014, via
the PBC (documents WO/PBC/22/14 and A/54/11). The validation of the final accounts with some
companies and firms were completed by the end of 2014, while the majority of the accounts are expected
to be completed during the first semester of 2015.
208
Program Performance Report 2014
PERFORMANCE DATA
Expected Result:
IX.1 Effective, efficient, quality and customer-oriented support services both to internal clients and to external
stakeholders
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Completion of New
Conference Hall Project in
accordance with quality
requirements, on time and
within budgetary limits
Ensuring hall is
delivered within
budget and
according to the
revised completion
date (due to
termination of
contract with the
general contractor)
for 2014
Assemblies of
Member States
2014 Assemblies
of Member States
to be held in new
conference hall
The New Conference Hall Project was
completed and delivered on time in
accordance with quality requirements.
TLS
On track
The first official meeting held in the new WIPO
Conference Hall in 2014 was the PBC from
September 1 to 5, 2014. The 2014 WIPO
Assemblies of Member States were held as
planned in the new WIPO Conference Hall
from September 22 to 30, 2014, with the
inauguration ceremonies held on the first day.
The budgetary situation will be assessed once
the validation of the final accounts is
completed in 2015.
Use of conference hall as
preferred location for
meetings and events
organized by Member
States
Expected Result:
Starting 2015,
requests for use of
facilities by
Member States
(for meetings and
events other than
those organized
by WIPO)
At least two
requests per
annum by Member
States or other
international
organizations or
other entities for
the organization of
meetings and/or
events (other than
those organized
by WIPO)
Data to be available at the end of 2015.
N/A 2014
IX.4 An environmentally and socially responsible Organization in which WIPO staff, delegates, visitors and
information and physical assets are safe and secure
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Monitoring of physical
accessibility measures
ensuring that the new
conference hall and
related facilities are in full
compliance with the
applicable standards
during construction
Updated Baseline
end 2013: n/a
To be established
beginning 2014
when new
conference hall is
delivered and on
the basis of the
specific
architectural and
technical
assessment
carried out in 2013
Physical accessibility measures implemented
during construction (until end of construction in
August 2014, rather than at the beginning of
2014) included the following main measures:
(i) ramp for wheelchair access to the podium in
the new WIPO Conference Hall , and all (31 if
in full configuration) seats on the podium
accessible by wheelchair, (ii) 26 seats in 3
different locations in the delegates desks
areas accessible by wheelchairs, (iii) all 850odd chairs for delegates’ desks removable and
replaceable on demand by any other chair for
disability needs, (iv) additional emergency exit
door at the bottom area of the new WIPO
Conference Hall , for independent access by
wheelchair, directly onto an exterior ramp
leading to the outside esplanade, (v) ramps for
wheelchair access to interpreters booths in two
new meeting rooms on one renovated floor of
the AB Building, (vi) restrooms fitted for access
by wheelchair, (vii) anti-slip bands affixed on
steps of all staircases in and around the new
WIPO Conference Hall , (viii) ramp for
wheelchair access created from the new WIPO
Conference Hall foyer doors leading towards
the emergency exit point at the perimeter of
the WIPO Campus, (ix) access from the street
to the main new WIPO entrance fit for
wheelchair, and interior speed gates leading to
reception and registration counters fit for
independent access by wheelchair,
(x) dedicated mobile seat for persons with
disabilities, to be used on demand from the
interpreters’ booths floor in case of
emergency.
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: To
be established
beginning 2014
when new
conference hall is
delivered and on
the basis of the
specific
architectural and
technical
assessment
carried out in 2013
209
TLS
Not
assessable
Program Performance Report 2014
Performance Indicators
Baselines
Targets
Performance Data
Monitoring of
environmentally sound
measures and energy
consumption reduction
measures implemented
during construction
Updated Baseline
end 2013: n/a
To be established
beginning 2014
when new
conference hall is
delivered
Environmentally sound measures implemented
during construction (until end of construction in
August 2014, rather than at the beginning of
2014) included the following main measures:
(i) local wood for the main structure and
interior paneling (ceiling, walls and floor) of the
new WIPO Conference Hall , (ii) natural gas
for heating, (iii) cooling system using the
Geneva Lake produced chilled water,
(iv) reduction of artificial light consumption by
extensive use of LED technology (in all areas
covered by the Project) and natural light
through large bay windows and several rooftop
windows (in the new WIPO Conference Hall ),
(v) extensive use of natural air through a
mixed ventilation system, (vi) vegetation roof
for the Access Center enhancing cooling
capacity and rain water drainage, (vii) lighting
activated by presence detection during offhours,.
Not
assessable
Completion of UN HMOSS peripheral security
measures for the new
conference hall
n/a
Completion of
peripheral UN HMOSS measures
by end-2015
The security perimeter in front of the new
WIPO Conference Hall on the AB Building
side, as well as the anti-blast wall on the Route
de Ferney side were completed in August
2014. The deadline for completion of the other
measures is foreseen for the end of 2015.
On track
Original Baseline
P&B 2014/15: To
be established
beginning 2014
when new
conference hall is
delivered
TLS
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
2014/15
2014/15 Budget
Approved Budget after transfers
Expected Result No. and Description
2014
Expenditure*
IX.1
Effective, efficient, quality and customer-oriented support
services both to internal clients and to external
stakeholders
765
625
268
IX.4
An environmentally and socially responsible Organization
in w hich WIPO staff, delegates, visitors and information
and physical assets are safe and secure
69
198
83
Total
834
*2014 Expenditure numbers are preliminary, subject to audit by External auditors
823
350
Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel)
(in thousands of Swiss francs)
Approved Budget
2014/15
Budget after transfers
2014/15
Expenditures 2014*
Utilization rate (%)
Personnel Resources
462
462
193
42%
Non-personnel Resources
372
361
157
44%
TOTAL
834
823
350
43%
*2014 Expenditure numb ers are preliminary, sub ject to audit b y External auditors
NOTE: The 2014/15 Budget after Transfers reflects transfers as of March 31, 2015 to address needs during the 2014/15 biennium
in line with Financial Regulation 5.5.
210
Program Performance Report 2014
A.
Budget after Transfers 2014/15
29.3
The slight reduction in the 2014/15 Budget after Transfers is the result of the implementation of
cost efficiency measures in 2014/15. The slight shift of resources by Expected Results is primarily due to
the redistribution of personnel resources towards ensuring compliance with applicable standards related
to physical accessibility, environment and energy efficiency as well as implementation of peripheral
security measures according to UN-HMOSS standards (in coordination with Program 28) for the new
WIPO Conference Hall.
B.
Budget utilization 2014
29.4
Budget utilization is within the expected range of 40-60 per cent for the first year of the biennium
and is on track.
211
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
IV. APPENDICES
APPENDIX I
BREAKDOWN OF THE PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENTS BY PROGRAM
The performance assessments for individual Programs in the PPR 2014 comprise:
Section I: Overview of Progress in 2014
An analytical summary presenting progress made in 2014 towards achieving the Results by the Program
concerned and any challenges encountered during the period under review. For the first time in 2014, the
assessment of the implementation of the Development Agenda (DA) has been mainstreamed and
therefore integrated into the Overview of Progress. In line with the Budgetary Process for Projects
Proposed by the Committee on Development and Intellectual Property (CDIP) for the Implementation of
the DA Recommendations, approved by the WIPO Assemblies in 2010 64, the reporting on the DA
continues to include detailed reporting on both the implementation of DA projects and DA
Recommendations.
Section II: Performance Data
The table in this section recapitulates the Expected Results to which the Program contributes and the
Performance Indicators, which measure Programs’ contribution to the Results as approved by Member
States in the Program and Budget 2014/15. Baselines have been updated, as appropriate, to reflect the
status at the end of 2013. The performance data tables continue to reflect both the original baselines (as
per the Program and Budget 2014/15), the updated baselines (as per the end of 2013), and targets (as
per the Program and Budget 2014/15) for comparability purposes in relation to the performance data and
assessments. In line with Member States’ requests, the tables have been further enhanced in 2014.
Programs were provided an opportunity to define targets that had not been defined in the Program and
Budget 2014/15, i.e. “tbd” targets, during the baseline update exercise (launched in July 2014), using the
year-end 2013 data as the basis. Targets that were not defined during this process remain undefined,
and performance data are consequently rated as “not assessable.” The performance data for 2014 in
relation to each indicator is provided in the fourth column. The fifth column provides an assessment of
performance using the “traffic light system”.
Section III: Resource Utilization for 2014
The final section provides information on the Approved Budget 2014/15, the Budget after Transfers
2014/15, and actual expenditure and budget utilization in 2014. The reporting in this section includes two
tables:
The Budget and Actual Expenditure (by result) provides information on the Approved Budget 2014/15, the
Budget after Transfers 2014/15, and actual expenditure by Result for 2014. In 2014, the EPM planning
system was enhanced to support the Organizational move to position level planning. The adjustments
across Results in the Budget after Transfers 2014/15 in Programs reflect this new and more accurate
methodology for allocation of personnel resources.
The Budget and Actual Expenditure (personnel and non-personnel resources) provides information on the
Approved Budget 2014/15, the Budget after Transfers 2014/15, and actual expenditure 2014 (personnel
and non-personnel). Explanations are provided for the differences between the Approved Budget and
Budget after Transfers, as well as for budget utilization, taking into account both a Results view and a
view of type of expenditure (personnel and non-personnel).
[Appendix II follows]
64
Review of Budgetary Process Applied to Projects Proposed by the Committee on Development and Intellectual Property (CDIP)
for the Implementation of the Development Agenda Recommendations (A/48/5 REV.)
212
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
APPENDIX II
IMPLEMENTATION OF FUNDS-IN-TRUST 2014
As part of the efforts to enhance the integration of all activities under the results-based management
framework of the Organization, irrespective of the source of funds, this Appendix provides an overview of
activities implemented under the WIPO Funds-in-Trust (FITs). At the same time, this report responds to a
request by donors for a more comprehensive report on all FITs, including both programmatic and financial
information. In order to streamline reporting, the FIT report is an integral part of the Program
Performance Report, providing an annual view of activities implemented in 2014. The next annual FIT
report will be included in the PPR for 2014/15. This Appendix reports on the FITs listed in the table below
and excludes the FITs for Junior Professional Officers (JPOs).
FUND-IN-TRUST
IMPLEMENTING SECTOR
Australia
Office of the Director General
Brazil
Office of the Director General
Brazil South
Office of the Director General
EU/Pakistan
Development Sector
Finland Copyright
Culture and Creative Industries Sector
France IP
Development Sector
Ibero-American Program for Industrial Property
Development Sector
Italy
Development Sector
Japan Copyright
Culture and Creative Industries Sector
Japan IP
Development Sector
Japan IP/Africa
Development Sector
Republic of Korea Building Respect for IP
Global Issues Sector
Republic of Korea Copyright
Culture and Creative Industries Sector
Republic of Korea Education
Development Sector
Republic of Korea IP
Development Sector
Spain
Development Sector
Uruguay
Development Sector
United States of America Copyright
Culture and Creative Industries Sector
United States of America SMEs
Office of the Director General
213
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
AUSTRALIA
RESULT:
II.1. Increased use of the PCT route for filing international patent applications
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
National Seminar and
Workshop on Patent
Examination
Procedures
July 8 to 11,
2014
Philippines/ 45
participants
To provide comprehensive training including with respect
to updates of recent PCT developments and substantive
patent examination.
Training of two
officials from the
Chilean Institute of
Industrial Property
(INAPI) on
International
Searching Authorities
(ISA) / International
Preliminary Examining
Authorities (IPEA) –
Patent Examination
Procedures
July 9 to 11,
2014
Australia/ 2
participants from Chile
To: provide a sound administrative and technical overview
of the processing of international applications under the
PCT system, from receipt to procedure for grant, by IP
Australia as an experienced Office that functions in all
capacities under the PCT (receiving, designated, elected
Office, and as an ISA/IPEA).
PCT Workshop for
Cambodia, Lao
People's Democratic
Republic and
Myanmar
July 9 to 11,
2014
Singapore/
3 participants from
Cambodia, Lao
People's Democratic
Republic and
Myanmar
To provide an overview of Receiving Office (RO) functions
and the processing of International Applications by an
experienced PCT Office for future possible accession to
the PCT.
RESULT:
II.6. Wider and better use of the Madrid & Lisbon systems, including by developing countries and LDCs
Activity
Date
Study visit to the New
Zealand IP Office in
support of accession
to the Madrid System
February 17 to
21, 2014
RESULT:
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
New Zealand/
Cambodia (2),
Indonesia (2), Lao
People's Democratic
Republic (2)
To increase understanding of how the Madrid System was
implemented in New Zealand from an operational
perspective.
III.1. National innovation and IP strategies and plans consistent with national development
Activity
Date
Advisory mission to
develop a National IP
Strategy
April 28 to
May 6, 2014
Host Country/
Recipients
Solomon Islands
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
To: (i) follow-up on the recommendations made in the
Needs Assessment Report of May 2013; and (ii) provide a
strategic framework (i.e. National IP Strategy) for the
development of an IP system in the Solomon Islands.
The draft Strategy defines the priority steps needed to be
undertaken in the modernization of the national IP system,
including IP legislation, administration and capacity
building. Final consultations with the government and
other stakeholders will take place from April 14 to 16,
2015, and the final draft strategy is expected to be
submitted to the Government in May 2015.
Advisory mission to
develop a National IP
Strategy
May 5 and 6,
2014
Vanuatu
To hold national consultation meetings on the draft
National IP Strategy with a view to finalize it and to
proceed with the process of national approval through the
National Council of Ministers and the Council of Chiefs.
This was the final phase of the IP Strategy preparation
process. The final draft submitted by WIPO was approved
by the Council of Ministers of the Vanuatu Government in
November 2014.
214
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
Activity
Date
Advisory mission to
develop a National IP
Strategy
May 8 and 9,
2014
Advisory mission to
develop a National IP
Strategy
RESULT:
November 10
to 14, 2014
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Tonga
This was the final phase of the IP Strategy preparation
process involving national stakeholder consultations on the
draft national IP strategy.
The Minister in charge of IP and the Education Minister
provided positive feedback on the report. The final draft
submitted by WIPO was approved by the Government of
Tonga in November 2014.
To prepare the national IP strategy for the Cook Islands,
which involved collective and separate meetings with
stakeholders and meetings with members of the Cabinet?
The final draft of the strategy is under preparation.
Cook Islands
III.2. Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in
transition
Activity
Date
Study Visit of
Trademark and Patent
Examiners from
Intellectual Property
Office of Papua New
Guinea (IPOPNG) to
IP Australia
February 24 to
March 7, 2014
Sub-Regional
Workshop on
Copyright, Creativity
and Development for
Decision Makers
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Australia/ Three
Trademark and one
Patent Examiner
from IPOPNG
(Papua New
Guinea)
To: (i) assist examiners with formality check, search and
examination, and substantive examination.
March 24
to 26, 2014
New Zealand/ Cook
Islands, Fiji, Kiribati,
Marshall Islands,
Niue, Papua New
Guinea, Samoa,
Solomon Islands,
Tonga, Tuvalu,
Vanuatu)
To: (i) raise awareness of the role of copyright in promoting
and protecting creativity; (ii) improve understanding and
capacity of policy makers; and (iii) encourage
establishment/enhancement of copyright systems and
participation in the international framework of copyright and
related rights.
Training Program on
Financial and Human
Resource
Management of a
National IP Office
November 10
to 14, 2014
Myanmar/
approximately
30 staff from the
Ministry of Science
and Technology
To provide training to designated staff of the future national
IP office on financial and human resource aspects of
managing an IP office.
Training Program on
Trademark Filing and
Registration
Management
November 17
to 21, 2014
Myanmar/
approximately
30 staff from the
Ministry of Science
and Technology
To: (i) enhance participants’ knowledge and skills; (ii) build
their confidence in dealing with trademark registrations and
related issues; and (iii) improve the management of
workload and minimize the backlog of trademark
registrations.
The knowledge gained from this training should be used to
train other examiners in IPOPNG and also for the recipients
to apply in their day to day work.
This training was delivered by experienced officials from IP
Australia and formed part of the ongoing efforts to assist the
Government of Myanmar in building capacity of the
designated staff from the Ministry of Science and
Technology who will man the future national IP office.
This training was delivered by an experienced official from IP
Australia and formed part of the ongoing efforts to assist the
Government of Myanmar in building capacity of the
designated staff from the Ministry of Science and
Technology who will man the future national IP office.
215
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
RESULT:
IV.2. Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP institutions and the public to promote
innovation and creativity
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Capacity building
(through a
Memorandum of
Understanding)
Ongoing
throughout
the year
Capacity building
(through a
Memorandum of
Understanding)
Ongoing
throughout
the year
Sri Lanka
To develop a high quality text-to-speech application in Sinhalese
for use by the visually impaired in reading accessible format
books in Sinhalese. The application is being developed by the
University of Colombo, School of Computing. Currently, only a
very “synthetic sounding” text- to- speech application in
Sinhalese exists.
Capacity building
(through a
Memorandum of
Understanding)
Ongoing
throughout
the year
Nepal
To provide a local organization, the Action on Disability Rights
and Development (ADRAD), with the expertise and funding to
carry out capacity building activities in Nepal.
Capacity building
(through a
Memorandum of
Understanding)
Ongoing
throughout
the year
RESULT:
Sri Lanka
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
To: (i) provide a local organization, the DAISY Lanka Foundation
(DLF), with the expertise and funding to carry out capacity
building activities in Sri Lanka.
Activities included: (i) the training of local government and
commercial publishers, as well as local NGOs, on the production
of accessible books: (ii) the production of 870 educational books
in accessible formats in Sinhalese; and (iii) the purchase of 80
DAISY reading devices that will be loaned to visually impaired
students so that they can read these books.
Activities included: (i) the training of local government and
commercial publishers, as well as local NGOs, on the production
of accessible books; (ii) the production of 140 educational books
in accessible formats in English and Nepalese; and (iii) the
purchase of 100 Android devices that will be loaned to visually
impaired students so that they can read these books.
Bangladesh
To provide a local organization, Young Power in Social Action
(YPSA), with the expertise and funding to carry out capacity
building activities in Bangladesh.
Activities included: (i) the training of local government and
commercial publishers, as well as local NGOs, on the production
of accessible books; (ii) the production of 152 educational books
in accessible formats in Bengali; and (iii) the purchase of 35
Android devices that will be loaned to visually impaired students
so that they can read these books.
VII.2. IP-based platforms and tools are used for knowledge transfer, technology adaptation and diffusion
from developed to developing countries, particularly least developed countries, to address global
challenges
Activity
Date
Continuation of
Hosting Arrangements
for African Biomedical
Scientists in research
facilities outside Africa
January to
May 2014
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Stanford
University, USA/
Dr. Olfat
Hammam,
Theodore Bilharz
Research Institute,
Egypt
To promote: (i) the effective use of IP to address a global health
challenge (neglected tropical diseases (NTDs)), which affects
many LDCs; and (ii) knowledge transfer for scientists,
particularly from LDCs. Customized research programs were
developed to ensure that participants upgrade research skills
and are able to make a significant contribution in their home
countries on NTDs.
Dr. Hammam focused on using mouse models to diagnose
genito-urinary tract infections of the schistosome parasite.
National Training on
“Successful
Technology
Licensing (STL)”
May 5 to 8,
2014
Philippines
Participants acquired knowledge of how to use licensing
agreements as a tool to transfer technology, to identify benefits
and risks in licensing negotiations and to be able to contribute to
licensing negotiations.
WIPO National
Workshop on Patent
Drafting and the Use
of the Patent System
May, 19 to
23, 2014
Indonesia
To train professionals to: (i) use the patent system as a part of
their IP commercialization strategy; (ii) provide support to patent
attorneys in drafting patent claims regarding specific
technologies; and (iii) understand the advantages of PCT filing.
216
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
National Training on
“Successful
Technology Transfer
(STL)”
June 17 to
20, 2014
Indonesia
Participants acquired knowledge of how to use licensing
agreements as a tool to transfer technology, to identify benefits
and risks in licensing negotiations and to be able to contribute to
licensing negotiations.
WIPO National
Workshop on Patent
Drafting and the Use
of the Patent System
June 23 to
27, 2014
Thailand
To train professionals to: (i) use the patent system as a part of
their IP commercialization strategy; (ii) provide support to patent
attorneys in drafting patent claims regarding specific
technologies: and (iii) understand the advantages of PCT filing.
WIPO / FIT Australia
National Training
Program on Advanced
Successful
Technology Licensing
(STL)
September 1
to 4, 2014
Philippines
To provide advanced training in the area of IP licensing to
national experts who attended the basic STL course under the
FIT Australia program in order to upgrade their knowledge to the
level that at which they can significantly contribute to licensing
negotiations.
WIPO Regional
Training on IPR
Management in
Research and
Development (R&D)
Institutions from the
Re:Search Network
November 4
to 5, 2014
New York, USA/
Cameroon, Egypt,
Ghana, Mali,
Mauritius, Nigeria
and Tunisia
To: (i) raise the awareness of R&D Institutions from the African
Network for Drugs and Diagnostics (ANDI) about the importance
of institutional IPR management policies and organizational
infrastructure in order to systematically create and strategically
manage their IP; and (ii) provide them with concrete training on
how to develop IP institutional policies for their institutions.
WIPO / FIT Australia
Patent Drafting
Training of Trainers
Program
November
11 to 14,
2014
Viet Nam
To enhance capacity of trainees through a train-the-trainer
course to organize and deliver future “Patent Drafting
Workshops” in Vietnamese, so that already provided capacity
building programs will have more sustainable impact.
WIPO / FIT Australia
National Workshop on
Successful
Technology Licensing
(STL)
December
15 to 19,
2014
Viet Nam
Participants acquired knowledge of how to use licensing
agreements as a tool to transfer technology, to identify benefits
and risks in licensing negotiations and to be able to contribute to
licensing negotiations.
‘Tool Box’ – Models of
Institutional Legal
Infrastructure for
Knowledge Transfer
Ongoing
throughout
the year
LDCs and
developing
countries, in
particular in the
Asian region
To deliver a complete training kit in the area of Institutional IPR
Policy with models of technology transfer contracts that will
support technology management professionals from LDCs and
developing countries, in particular in the Asian region, to develop
their legal frameworks and infrastructure for effective knowledge
transfer.
Translation of WIPO
Patent Drafting
Manual in Vietnamese
June 2014
Viet Nam
The WIPO Patent Drafting Manual was printed in Vietnamese to
enable: (i) further dissemination of knowledge in the national
language through train- the- trainer courses; and (ii) more
sustainable impact of WIPO/FIT Australia capacity building
programs in the area of Patent Strategy and Patent Drafting.
AUSTRALIA Donor Contributions and Expenditure in 2014
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
1,133,310
(189)
639,747
217
Reimbursements
-
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
493,374
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
BRAZIL
RESULT:
III.2. Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in
transition
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
International
Conference on
Intellectual Property
and Innovation in the
Information and
Communication (ICT)
Industry
March 19 and
20, 2014
Brazil
To discuss the importance IP protection for
competitiveness of firms of the ICT Sector. Economic
analysis, policy initiatives and businesses best practices
shaped the debates.
WIPO Successful
Technology Licensing
Training Program
(STL) for the
Biotechnology Sector
March 31 to
April 4, 2014
Brazil
To develop competencies in the negotiation and transfer of
technology through the establishment of licensing
agreements.
Conference on the
Strategic Use of
Intellectual Property
by the Sport Industry
May 6, 2014
Brazil
The Conference focused on: (i) the protection of intangible
assets present in the sport business; and (ii) the role that
big sports events may have with regard to economic and
social development.
VIII Annual Meeting of
the Brazilian Forum of
Innovation and
Technology Transfer
Managers (FORTEC)
May 18 to 21,
2014
Brazil
To promote dialogue about public policies for innovation
and best practices on technology transfer.
Seminar on IP and
Technological
Development
Agreements
May 23, 2014
Brazil
To train professionals in the field of technology
management with a focus on strategic partnerships and
technological platforms
Patent Drafting
Training Program
August 18 to
22, 2014
Brazil
To: (i) train new professionals in technology protection and
commercialization; and (ii) strengthen the Technology
Transfer Offices (TTOs) of universities, research institutes
and enterprises.
WIPO Workshop on
Interpretation of
Patent Documents
August 27 to
29, 2014
Brazil
Organized in cooperation with the Regional Federal
Judiciary School to discuss the analysis of patents and
implications on legal cases with members of the judiciary.
VII ENAPID –
Academic Meeting on
Intellectual Property,
Innovation and
Development
September 10
to 12, 2014
Brazil
To present research results in the area of IP and
innovation developed by academic groups.
Workshop on
Technological
Development
Agreements
October 27 to
29, 2014
Brazil
The Workshop was organized in collaboration with the
University of Campinas (UNICAMP) and was centered on
contract models, definition of contract objectives and
terms, and the design of a typology of technology transfer
contracts frequently used by Brazilian institutions and
enterprises.
The Program was dedicated to the biotechnology sector
and was organized by WIPO in cooperation with the
National Institute of Industrial Property (INPI) and the
Network of Technology Transfer Offices of the Northeast
Region of Brazil.
WIPO presented the WIPO Award for Best Inventor to a
research team of four scientists whose invention has
successfully reached the market and has become an
important innovation in the energy field.
218
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
International Seminar
on Geographical
Indications and
Collective Trademarks
in the Agribusiness
Sector
October 27 to
29, 2014
Brazil/ Colombia
WIPO Successful
Technology Licensing
(STL) Training
Program
November 10
to 14, 2014
International Seminar
on the Strategic
Importance of
Industrial Design
Protection
December 1
and 2, 2014
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
To: (i) provide a forum for discussion on the economic and
social gains that GIs and collective trademarks can bring
to national development as a whole, in particular to the
agribusiness community; and (ii) exchange experiences
and cases with speakers from Colombia, India, Mexico
and Spain.
Brazil/ 120
participants from
institutions in the
South Region of
Brazil
To develop competencies on the negotiation of contract
terms of licensing agreements.
This edition of the STL was organized in the State of
Paraná to address the increased demand for training in IP
commercialization from institutions based in the south of
the country and highlighted the use of design protection as
a central expertise for competitiveness in certain industrial
sectors.
Brazil
To promote the use of Industrial Design protection as a
tool for businesses for the improvement of
competitiveness.
BRAZIL Donor Contributions and Expenditure in 2014
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
490,729
(596)
156,922
-
333,211
BRAZIL SOUTH
RESULT:
III.2. Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in
transition
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
XXXII Seminar for IP
Offices of Latin
American
November 3
to 6, 2014
Brazil/ Argentina,
Bolivia, Chile, Colombia,
Costa Rica, Cuba,
Dominican Republic,
Ecuador, El Salvador,
Guatemala, Honduras,
Mexico, Nicaragua,
Panama, Paraguay,
Peru, Uruguay
To: (i) train the officials of IP Offices on the use of
technological information as a strategic tool for
development; and (ii) to provide a forum for discussion
on information services offered by IP Offices, the
elaboration of patent mining studies as a subsidy for
public policies, strategies of technological monitoring,
and the use of patent databases
I Regional Workshop
on IP and Technology
Transfer
December
10 to 12,
2014
Uruguay/ Argentina,
Brazil, Chile, Paraguay,
Uruguay
To discuss: (i) the structuring of national and institutional
IP strategies; (ii) the establishment of technology
transfer offices; and (iii) strategic models for fostering
innovation
BRAZIL SOUTH Donor Contributions and Expenditure in 2014
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
75,048
372,786
63,025
-
384,809
219
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
EUROPEAN UNION (Pakistan Project)
RESULT:
I.2. Tailored and balanced IP legislative, regulatory and policy frameworks
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
Stakeholders
Consultations on Plant
Breeders Rights
(PBRs)
February 11
to 13, 2014
Pakistan/ 23 national
participants
To hold consultations with national stakeholders on
protection of PBRs, including on practical measures to
operationalize and administer a system for PBR protection.
Finalization of a Paper
on Branding Options
for a Citrus Fruit
(Kinnow)
March 2014
Pakistan/ Intellectual
Property Organization
(IPO) of Pakistan
To identify/elaborate IP options for branding Kinnows
through the use of Marks and GIs.
RESULT:
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
III.2. Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in
transition
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
Completion of WIPO
Turin University’s LLM
Course in IP
February
2014
Pakistan/ 1 official from
IPO Pakistan
To: (i) enhance knowledge and understanding of IP law for
IPO Pakistan officials; and (ii) enable the trained official to
provide inputs (papers, policy briefs, comments) on
specific IP law questions.
Delivery of IP
reference material to
two institutions
February
2014
Pakistan/ IPO Pakistan
and Pakistan Institute of
Trade and Development
(PITAD)
To build capacity in the field of teaching and training of IP
in Pakistan.
Finalization of a paper
on IP curriculum for
law, business and
engineering schools
June 2014
Pakistan/ Higher
Education Commission
and IPO Pakistan
To provide guidelines/model syllabi for development of IP
curricula in law, business and engineering schools.
RESULT:
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
IV.4. Enhanced technical and knowledge infrastructure for IP Offices and other IP institutions leading to
better services (cheaper, faster, higher quality) to their stakeholders
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
Contract awarded for
development of an
IPO Pakistan web
portal
August 2014
Pakistan/ IPO Pakistan
To upgrade IPO Pakistan’s existing website by introducing
new features such as: (i) online access to the Patent
Gazette and Trademark Journals; (ii) online access to
check status of IP applications; (iii) access to public search
of IP databases; and (iv) implementation of an intranet for
internal communication between offices of IPO Pakistan in
Karachi, Lahore and Islamabad.
Contract initiated for
customization of
software for HR and
financial management
in IPO Pakistan
September
2014
Pakistan/ IPO Pakistan
To enhance IPO Pakistan’s capacity to deliver services by
introducing automation systems for its core human
resource and financial management functions.
Expert Mission to IPO
Pakistan for onsite
technical support and
training of an IPO IT
team
February 24
to March 7,
2014
Pakistan/ 7 participants
from IPO Pakistan
To ensure greater autonomy of IPO Pakistan in the
management, configuration and user support of the
upgraded IP Automation System (WIPO IPAS), including
integration of the digitized IP records.
Training of IPO IT
team on the Oracle
Database
Management System
(DBMS)
May 5 to 9,
2014
Pakistan/ 7 participants
from IPO Pakistan
To enhance skills of the IPO IT team in Oracle database
technologies, including architecture, security, performance,
backup and recovery for efficient operation of their IP
automation system.
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
220
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Development of a pilot
version of an e-Forum
October
2014
Pakistan/ IPO Pakistan
To strengthen linkages between research institutions and
industry through a web-based e-Forum (PiNET) where
available technologies and research can be paired with
industry needs.
Workshop on WIPO
IPAS, Electronic
Document
Management System
(EDMS) and
WIPOScan for the IPO
IT team
November 3
to 11, 2014
Pakistan/
5 participants from IPO
Pakistan
To enhance technical skills of the IPO IT team through
knowledge transfer of advanced features of WIPO IPAS,
EDMS and WIPOScan systems to ensure their effective
deployment, operation and ongoing support at the IPO
Patent Office and Trademarks Registry.
EUROPEAN UNION (Pakistan Project) Donor Contributions and Expenditure in 2014
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
605,533
(8,601)
213,817
-
383,115
FINLAND/ COPYRIGHT
RESULT:
V.2. Wider and better use of WIPO economic analysis in policy formulation
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Expert meeting on the
revision of the WIPO
Guide on surveying
the economic
contribution of the
copyright industries
March 25 to
27, 2014
Finland/all countries
To review and update the WIPO methodology on surveying
the economic contribution of the copyright industries.
Regional Conference
on Intellectual
Property and the
Creative Industries
February 10
to 12, 2014
Caribbean countries
To provide an international forum for discussion on the role
of IP in the creative industries.
Launch of a pilot to
assess the economic,
social and cultural
impact of copyright in
the creative Industries
May 1 to
December
31, 2014
Finland/all countries
To pilot a project on testing the WIPO guidelines on
measuring the broader impact of copyright.
Studies on the
economic contribution
of copyright industries
and on assessing
copyright piracy
August 1 to
September
30, 2014
Philippines, Serbia,
Turkey,
Publication of the WIPO studies on the economic
contribution of the copyright industries (Serbia and Turkey),
and a study on assessing copyright piracy in the Philippines.
221
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
FINLAND/ COPYRIGHT Donor Contributions and Expenditure in 201465
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
15,31966
(85)
69
15,165
-
8,67167
(50)
61
8,560
-
170,13868
(734)
124,236
45,168
-
-
105,116
39,096
-
66,020
FRANCE/ INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
RESULT:
III.2. Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in
transition
Activity
Date
Participation in the 3rd
Euro-Mediterranean
Meeting of National
Committees against
Counterfeiting
November
25 and 26,
2014
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Italy/ representatives
from Bulgaria, Croatia,
France, Greece, Malta,
Portugal, Romania,
Serbia, Slovenia and
Spain
Following the success of the Euro-Mediterranean Meetings
held in Cannes in 2008 and in Tangier in 2009, organized
by the National Industrial Property Institute of France
(INPI) and the Euro-Mediterranean National Committees
against counterfeiting, and in consultation with the Director
General of the Fight against Counterfeiting, Italian Patent
and Trademark Office, Ministry of Economic Development,
the third meeting focused on awareness and education
issues, especially as regards the younger generation.
FRANCE/ INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY Donor Contributions and Expenditure in 2014
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
752,474
303,279
28,113
-
1,027,640
65
In order to streamline the financial management of the multiple funds-in-trust from the Government of Finland, which were
received in multiple currencies, in 2014, the funds were consolidated into one fund, FIT Finland (CHF), based in Swiss francs.
66 Finland Copyright I
67 Finland Copyright II
68 Finland Copyright III
222
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
IBERO–AMERICAN PROGRAM FOR INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY69
RESULT:
III.2. Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in
transition
Activity
Date
Platform in Spanish on
IP services and
contents to the IberoAmerican
entrepreneurial sector
with special focus on
SMEs (CIBEPYME).
January to
December,
2014
RESULT:
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
All Ibero-American
countries
To strengthen capacity for and promote the use of IP as
an important tool for business.
III.4. Strengthened cooperation mechanisms and programs tailored to the needs of developing countries
and LDCs
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Preparation of a
situation analysis and
action plan proposal
by an external expert
consultant.
January to
December,
2014
Encouraging
cooperation between
Latin American IPOs,
for the creation of a
Platform for member
countries to facilitate
the exchange of
experiences and good
practices between
Offices.
January to
December,
2014
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
All Ibero-American
countries
To design a roadmap on strengthening and development
of national information services and an implementation
schedule, with a view to enhancing national capacities.
Horizontal cooperation among IP Offices to reduce
asymmetries in relation to quality management in
information technology. The tasks of the consultant are:
(i) to detect asymmetries between IP Offices as regards
quality management and information technology; (ii)
design a program of action aimed at eliminating
asymmetries through training; and (iii) coordinate the
implementation of this project.
All Ibero-American
countries
To promote the virtual exchange of best practices
between IPOs on issues such as: (i) quality
management; (ii) organization of online registration
services and information; (iii) the provision of databases;
(iv) examination of patents, designs and trademarks; (v)
service organization of technological and commercial
information; (vi) organization of training programs; and
(vii) the provision of mediation or arbitration.
IBERO –AMERICAN PROGRAM FOR INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
Donor Contributions and Expenditure in 2014
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
108,828
167,212
43,079
-
232,961
69
In October 2012, a Memorandum creating the FIT/IBERO was signed as a financial instrument of the Ibero-American Program of
Industrial Property
223
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
ITALY
RESULT:
IV.2. Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP institutions and the public to promote innovation
and creativity
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Creation of an online
national patent
database at the Italian
Patent and Trademark
Office (DGLC-UIBM)
June 2013 to
December
2014
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
To: (i) facilitate Italy’s participation in existing multilateral
arrangements for sharing patent information and
documents; (ii) set the basis for the participation of Italy in
PATENTSCOPE and in other global or international patent
databases (e.g. Espacenet); and (iii) contribute to
increased dissemination of digitized patent collections for
the benefit of all WIPO Member States, including
developing countries.
Italy
(Ongoing)
ITALY Donor Contributions and Expenditure in 2014
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
624,680
609,218
362
-
1,233,536
JAPAN/COPYRIGHT
RESULT:
III.2. Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in
transition
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
National Workshop on
Copyright, Creativity
and Development
May 8 to 9,
2014
Cambodia/ about 100 local
participants
RESULT:
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
To: (i) raise awareness among policy makers and key
stakeholders on the relevance and importance of
copyright; and (ii) assist in encouraging efficient
exploitation of cultural works through copyright and related
rights.
IV.4. Enhanced technical and knowledge infrastructure for IP Offices and other IP institutions leading to
better services (cheaper, faster, higher quality) to their stakeholders
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
Study Visit to WIPO
Headquarters by the
Delegation from Viet
Nam for
Understanding of
Copyright and WIPO
Treaties
February 5
to 7, 2014
WIPO Headquarters/ 3
officials from Viet Nam
To assist government officials, legislators and policy
makers from a developing country to an gain in-depth
understanding of copyright and related rights as well as
treaties administrated by WIPO.
Asia-Pacific Regional
Workshop on
Copyright and Related
Rights for Heads of
Copyright Offices
October 27
to 30, 2014
Japan/ 24 foreign
participants from 24
countries in Asia and the
Pacific
To: (i) exchange views and information on policy and
strategy considerations relating to copyright and related
rights; (ii) exchange views and experiences on
strengthening the capacities of governmental copyright
institutions in policy formulation including those related to
cultural and economic development; and (iii) explore new
potential areas of cooperation among copyright offices in
the region.
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
224
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
JAPAN/COPYRIGHT Donor Contributions and Expenditure in 2014
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
277,402
468,692
406,583
-
339,511
JAPAN/INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
RESULT:
I.2.
Tailored and balanced IP legislative, regulatory and policy frameworks
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Expert Mission on the
implementation of the
Geneva Act of the
Hague Agreement
February 12
to 13, 2014
Indonesia
To: (i) foster preparatory work for accession of the ASEAN
Member States (AMS) to the Hague Agreement through
further sharing of information, experiences and issues of
each AMS with respect to accession to the Geneva Act;
and (ii) discuss the possible solutions and best practices
among AMS and the International Bureau of WIPO.
WIPO National
Workshop on
Mediation in
Intellectual Property
Disputes
March 11
to 12, 2014
Indonesia
To provide a better understanding of: (i) the process of
mediation in IP disputes; and (ii) benefits of mediation to
lawyers and in-house counsels who assist their clients or
organizations in IP filings with the concerned IP Offices or
who advise or represent their clients or organizations in IP
disputes before that Office.
Project on Integration
of Intellectual Property
into National
Innovation Policy
Formulation
April to
November
2014
Sri Lanka
To: (i) assess the efforts that have gone into innovation
policy making in the country and the impact of those efforts
on the ground; (ii) identify gaps and needs, if any; and (iii)
make recommendations as to the support that can be
provided towards integrating the IP actors and the IP system
into the innovation system.
WIPO Sub-regional
Workshop on the
Hague System for the
International
Registration of
Industrial Designs
September
18 to 19,
2014
Singapore/ Brunei
To enhance understanding of the issues involved in
Darussalam, Cambodia, accession to the Hague Agreement.
Indonesia, Lao People’s
Democratic Republic,
Malaysia, Myanmar,
Philippines, Thailand
and Viet Nam
WIPO Regional
Seminar on Building
Respect for IP for
Members of the
Judiciary
November
24 and 25,
2014
Sri Lanka/Bangladesh,
To: (i) discuss the scope and impact of counterfeiting and
Bhutan, India, Myanmar, piracy in the region, including the need for public
Nepal, Pakistan
awareness; (ii) examine evidentiary and procedural
requirements in criminal and civil proceedings, interim
measures and orders, corrective measures, as well as
sentencing options; (iii) review topical issues, case-law
developments, including online IP infringements; and (iv)
exchange experiences and information.
Translation of National
Legislation
2014
(Initiated)
Bhutan
The national legislations on Industrial Property and
Copyright are undergoing translation into Dzongkha.
225
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
RESULT:
III.2. Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in
transition
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Expert Mission on
Patent Search and
Examination
March 10
to 14, 2014
Philippines
To: (i) provide training on patent information, publication
practices, utility of patent information, and patent databases;
and (ii) train on patent search strategies, Intellectual Patent
Classification (IPT), International Search Report (ISR) and
International Preliminary Examination Report (IPER).
Expert Mission on
Trademark
Examination and
Related Administration
March 24
to 28, 2014
Myanmar
To focus on the basics of trademark examination (formality
as well as substantive examination), trademark search, and
opposition procedures.
WIPO Regional
Seminar on IP,
Technology Transfer
and
Commercialization
August 27
and 28,
2014
Singapore/ Bangladesh,
Brunei Darussalam,
Cambodia, India,
Indonesia, Lao People’s
Democratic Republic,
Malaysia, Myanmar,
Pakistan, Sri Lanka,
Thailand and Viet Nam
To strengthen the capacity of IP Offices and research
institutes to address IP issues involved in technology
transfer and commercialization of inventions.
WIPO Sub-regional
Seminar on Effective
Utilization of the
Trademark
Classification Systems
October 27
and 28,
2014
Brunei Darussalam/
Cambodia, Indonesia,
Lao People’s
Democratic Republic,
Malaysia, Philippines,
Thailand and Viet Nam
To provide the participants with an opportunity to learn
about trademark classification systems, including the Nice,
Vienna and other useful classifications systems.
Development of a
Case Study on Green
Technology Needs
and Opportunities
April 2014
(Initiated)
Indonesia, Philippines
and Viet Nam
To: (i) identify the specific needs of two countries (to be
selected) on green technology; (ii) describe and formulate
the needs for uploading into the WIPO GREEN database;
(iii) identify collaboration opportunities around the identified
needs with particular emphasis on national capacity and
SME contributions, and facilitate the development of a
technology transfer agreement; (iv) develop a case study
based on the findings and the evidence on the technology
transfer landscape, which will also include a part on WIPO
GREEN’s contribution to overcoming the challenges; (v)
showcase WIPO GREEN as an effective marketplace tool
for finding and displaying needs and technological solutions;
and (vi) build capacity on IP issues related to technology
transfer and for using IP as a tool for development
(commercialization, licensing and IP management).
Development of a
WIPO IP Statistics
Manual
April 2014
(Initiated)
All WIPO Member
States
To: (i) disseminate best practices in the compilation and
reporting of IP statistics; (ii) establish statistical definitions
that promote the harmonized reporting of IP statistics,
including IP statistics reported to WIPO; and (iii) guide
users of IP statistics on statistical definitions and
classifications, as well as possible analytical uses of IP
statistics.
Training Course on
the Examination
Practices of Industrial
Property (Basic
Program)
January 20
to 31, 2014
Japan/ Cambodia,
Indonesia, Lao People’s
Democratic Republic,
Malaysia, Mongolia,
Myanmar, Pakistan,
Papua New Guinea,
Peru, Singapore,
Tajikistan and Viet Nam
To enhance important basic knowledge of the laws and
substantive examination procures in the field of examination
of industrial property rights.
226
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Training Course on IP
Management and the
Formulation and
Implementation of
Results-Based IP
Office Plans
January 29
to February
5, 2014
Japan/ Bangladesh,
India, Indonesia,
Malaysia, Myanmar,
Pakistan, Philippines, Sri
Lanka, Thailand and
Viet Nam
To: (i) increase the knowledge of participants of modern IP
management practices; and (ii) enhance the capacity of
participants to formulate, implement and evaluate IP Office
plans that are time-bound, results-oriented, and have a
measurable impact.
Training Course for
Patent Examiners on
Specified Technology
(Biotechnology)
February 12
to 19, 2014
Japan/ India, Indonesia,
Philippines, Thailand
and Viet Nam
To: (i) acquaint the participants with current trends and
modern practices in the examination of patents related to
Biotechnology; (ii) impart practical knowledge and insights
on patent examination methodologies;
(iii) offer an opportunity to share experiences and views
among participants on patent examination issues; and (iv)
enhance participants’ professional capabilities for
examination of Biotechnology patents.
Training Course for
Patent Examiners on
Specified Technology
(Optical Apparatus)
February 20
to 27, 2014
Japan/ Indonesia,
Malaysia, Mexico,
Philippines, Thailand
and Viet Nam
To: (i) acquaint the participants with current trends and
modern practices in the examination of patents related to
Optical Apparatus; (ii) impart practical knowledge and
insights on patent examination methodologies;
(iii) offer an opportunity to share experiences and views
among participants on patent examination issues; and (iv)
enhance participants’ professional capabilities for
examination of Optical Apparatus patents.
Training Course on
the Use of Information
Technology in
Industrial Property
Administration
October 27
to November
7, 2014
Japan/Bangladesh,
Brazil, Brunei
Darussalam, Cambodia,
Chile, India, Indonesia,
Lao People’s
Democratic Republic,
Malaysia, Mexico,
Mongolia, Myanmar,
Pakistan, Papua New
Guinea, Philippines,
Thailand and Viet Nam
To: (i) familiarize the participants with recent developments
in information technology in relation to industrial property
administration, dissemination of industrial property
information, and provision of online services; (ii) impart
practical knowledge of latest tools and technologies via
interactive sessions, as well as through visits to relevant
private entities; and (iii) provide an opportunity to exchange
views and concerns among participants on topical related
issues, and thereby enhance the participants’ professional
capacities in planning and managing the use of information
technology in industrial property administration.
Training Course on
the Examination
Practice of Industrial
Property
(Intermediate/
Advanced Program)
November
10 to 21,
2014
Japan/Brazil, Chile,
China, India, Indonesia,
Malaysia, Mexico,
Pakistan, Philippines,
Thailand, Turkey and
Viet Nam
To: (i) provide the participants with a basic knowledge of
laws and procedures in the field of examination of IPRs; (ii)
showcase emphasis on dialogue with JPO examiners on
relevant issues through interactive sessions; (iii) enhance
JPO examiners’ professional skills through their active
participation in the on-the-job training; and (iv) provide the
participants with an opportunity to exchange views on
topical issues in the field of industrial property.
Training Course on
Enforcement of
Intellectual Property
Rights
December 1
to 12, 2014
Japan/Bhutan,
Cambodia, China,
Indonesia, Lao People’s
Democratic Republic,
Malaysia, Myanmar,
Pakistan, Philippines,
Thailand and Viet Nam
To enhance the judges’ and prosecutors’ skills in the area of
IP enforcement by: (i) examining the minimum standards
and flexibilities contained in Part III of the TRIPS
Agreement; (ii) considering evidence in judicial proceedings;
(iii) reflecting on recent case-law developments; and (iv)
discussing other related topical issues in the context of the
Advisory Committee on Enforcement.
Long-term Fellowship
April to
October
2014
Japan/Cambodia and
Lao People’s
Democratic Republic
To increase the pool of IP experts in the region who can
undertake teaching and research assignments on IP issues.
Research by WIPO
Japan Office on
Successful Cases
Linking Business and
IP
January
to December
2014
All WIPO Member
States
To: (i) undertake research and collection of successful
cases linking business and IP, by the WIPO Japan Office,
with particular emphasis on cases associated with
developing countries; and (ii) enrich the IP Advantage
Database.
Translation of WIPO
Publications
2014
(Initiated)
Viet Nam
The following WIPO publications are undergoing translation
into Vietnamese: Trademarks, Industrial Designs and
Geographical Indications (DL-302: WIPO Academy elearning material) and Patent Information Search (DL-318:
WIPO Academy e-learning material).
227
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
Provision of IP
Reference Material
2014
India
RESULT:
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
One set of essential IP publications was provided to the
Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP),
Ministry of Commerce and Industry and Government of
India.
IV.4. Enhanced technical and knowledge infrastructure for IP Offices and other IP institutions leading to
better services (cheaper, faster, higher quality) to their stakeholders
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Project on
Strengthening the
Infrastructure of
ASEAN IP Offices to
Support Regional
Cooperation in Patent
Work Sharing
April 2014
(Initiated)
ASEAN Member States
To consist of the following elements: (i) development of a
standard server (software platform) that enables ASEAN IP
Offices to securely share their dossier information, including
patent search and examination results, with other IP offices
through the WIPO CASE network, as well as retrieve
documents from other IP Offices and effective utilization of
the software platform; (ii) a WIPO Sub-regional Workshop
on Knowledge-Sharing and Strategic Planning to Support
Regional Cooperation in Patent Work Sharing; and (iii)
WIPO Sub-regional Workshop on Software Platforms for
Patent Work Sharing.
Manual for Open
Source Patent
Analytics Tools and
Related WIPO
Sub-regional Seminar
April 2014
(Initiated)
All WIPO Member
States
To strengthen the capacities of patent information
specialists of IPOs and of other public institutions in
preparing patent landscape reports by: (i) preparing a
manual on the use of open source patent analytics tools;
and (ii) organizing a sub-regional seminar to present the
Manual to potential users and explain how to effectively use
it.
Capacity Building for
Effective Innovation
Support Services, in
particular Access to
and use of Technology
Database
April 2014
(Initiated)
Malaysia, Mongolia,
Bangladesh, Cambodia,
Viet Nam
To contribute to effective innovation support services, in
particular the use and exploitation of technology databases
by local researchers in the ASPAC region by: (i) reinforcing
training of staff in national Technology and Innovation
Support Centers (TISCs), and (ii) making available
translated training/information materials in selected local
languages. The project would consist of the following
elements: (i) A sub-regional seminar to discuss and develop
a practical roadmap for the ASEAN countries for
implementing innovation support services, held in Malaysia,
November 2014; (ii) WIPO National TISC Training Seminar
to be held in Mongolia, in 2015 and (iii) Translation into local
languages of WIPO patent information search training
materials for Bangladesh (Bengali), Cambodia (Khmer), and
Viet Nam (Vietnamese) in 2015.
JAPAN/ INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY Donor Contributions and Expenditure in 2014
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
4,287,471
4,331,080
3,706,216
-
4,912,335
228
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
JAPAN/IP/AFRICA-LDCs
RESULT:
III.1. National innovation and IP strategies and plans consistent with national development objectives
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Project for Integrating
IP Innovation Policies
in Cameroon
January to
June 2014
Cameroon
To: (i) understand the efforts that have gone into
innovation policy making in Cameroon and the impact of
those efforts on the ground; (ii) identify gaps and needs, if
any, from an IP perspective; and (iii) make
recommendations on integrating the IP actors and the IP
system into the innovation system.
Project for Integrating
IP Innovation Policies
in Rwanda
February to
December
2014
Rwanda
To understand the efforts that have gone into innovation
policy making in Rwanda and the impact of those efforts
on the ground; (ii) identify gaps and needs, if any, from an
IP perspective; and (iii) make recommendations on
integrating the IP actors and the IP system into the
innovation system.
(Ongoing)
Activity
Date
Regional Policy
Dialogue on the
Importance of the
Elaboration and
Implementation of
National Policies
Relating to Intellectual
Property and the
Promotion of
Research and
Innovation for
Competitiveness
October 21
to 23, 2014
RESULT:
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Morocco/
37 participants from
Burkina Faso,
Cameroon, Congo,
Egypt, Gabon, Ghana,
Kenya, Morocco,
Senegal, Tunisia and
United Republic of
Tanzania
To: (i) provide a platform for discussion and exchange of
national experiences highlighting the importance of
intellectual property for the industrial and commercial
sectors; and (ii) encourage integration of national IP
policies and strategies to promote research and innovation
for the competitiveness of industries.
III.2. Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in
transition
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
IP Examination (Basic)
- Patent Training
Course on Industrial
Property Examination
(Basic Program)
January 20
to 31, 2014
Japan/
Morocco
To assist participants in acquiring a basic knowledge of
laws and substantive examination procedures in the field
of examination of patent.
IP Examination (Basic)
- Trademark Training
Course on Industrial
Property Examination
(Basic Program)
January 20
to 31, 2014
Japan/
Ghana and Nigeria
To assist participants in acquiring a basic knowledge of
laws and substantive examination procedures in the field
of examination of trademark.
Training Course on
the IP Management
and the Formulation
and Implementation of
Results-Based
Industrial Property
Management of IP
Offices
January 29
to February
5, 2014
Japan/
Egypt and Kenya
To: (i) increase the knowledge of participants of modern IP
management practices; and (ii) enhance the capacity of
participants to formulate, implement and evaluate IP Office
plans that are time-bound, results-oriented and have a
measurable impact.
Training Course for
Patent Examiners on
Specified Technology
(Biotechnology)
February 12
to 19, 2014
Japan/
African Regional
Industrial Property
Organization (ARIPO),
Egypt, and Organisation
Africaine de la Propriété
Intellectuelle (OAPI)
To: (i) acquaint the participants with current trends and
modern practices in the examination of patents related to
biotechnology; (ii) impart practical knowledge and insights
on relevant patent examination methodologies; (iii) offer an
opportunity to share experiences and views among
participants on patent examination issues; and (iv)
enhance participants’ professional capabilities for
examination of biotechnology patents.
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
229
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
Training Course for
Patent Examiners on
Specified Technology
(Optical Apparatus)
February 20
to 27, 2014
Japan/
ARIPO and Egypt
To: (i) acquaint the participants with current trends and
modern practices in the examination of patents related to
optical apparatus; (ii) impart practical knowledge and
insights on relevant patent examination methodologies; (iii)
offer an opportunity to share experiences and views
among participants on patent examination issues; and (iv)
enhance participants’ professional capabilities for
examination of optical apparatus patents.
Partnership between
WIPO/ARIPO and
Africa University in
Mutare, Zimbabwe
May to
December
2014
Zimbabwe/
8 scholarships to
selected trainees from
Burundi, Kenya,
Lesotho, Malawi,
Nigeria, Uganda, United
Republic of Tanzania
and Zimbabwe
To: (i) provide general and specialized IP training for
government officials and IP professionals; and (ii) provide
opportunities for human resource development and
capacity building through IP training and teaching for
persons engaged in teaching and research on IP at
universities and other institutions.
Partnership between
WIPO/OAPI (Denis
Ekani Training Center)
and the University of
Yaoundé II
January to
June 2014
Cameroon/
10 scholarships to
selected trainees from
Benin, Burkina Faso,
Congo, Gabon, Guinea,
Niger, Senegal and
Togo
To: (i) provide general and specialized IP training for
government officials and IP professionals; and (ii) provide
opportunities for human resource development and
capacity building through IP training and teaching for
persons engaged in teaching and research on IP at
universities and other institutions.
High-Level Subregional Meeting for
the parliamentarians
of the Member States
of the OAPI and
Burundi, Djibouti and
Madagascar
June 10 to
11, 2014
Togo/
23 participants from
Benin, Burundi,
Comoros, Congo,
Equatorial Guinea,
Gabon, Guinea,
Madagascar, Mali,
Mauritania, Niger,
Senegal, Chad and
Togo
To: (i) help participants familiarize themselves with and
better understand the functioning of IP, one of the levers of
the twenty-first century knowledge-based economy,
technological innovation and competitiveness.
Workshop on Human
Resource
Development of
Patent/Trademark
Agents for ARIPO
Member States and
Observer States
October 27
to 28, 2014
Zimbabwe/
34 participants from
Botswana, Gambia,
Ghana, Kenya, Lesotho,
Malawi, Mozambique,
Namibia, Rwanda,
Swaziland, Uganda,
United Republic of
Tanzania, Zambia and
Zimbabwe
To: (i) assist ARIPO with exchanges among practicing
patent/trademark agents in order to find the best ways and
means to improve the quality of the current business
procedures before ARIPO; and (ii) discuss initiatives that
can be implemented to improve the quality of their services
to meet the needs of IP system users.
Training Course on
the Use of Information
Technology in
Industrial Property
Administration
October 27
to November
7, 2014
Japan/ ARIPO,
Botswana, Egypt,
Kenya, and OAPI
To: (i) familiarize participants with recent developments in
information technology in relation to industrial property
administration, dissemination of industrial property
information, and provision of online services; (ii) impart
practical knowledge of latest tools and technologies via
interactive sessions, as well as through visits to relevant
private entities; and (iii) provide an opportunity to
exchange views and concerns among participants on
topical related issues, and thereby enhance the
participants’ professional capacities in planning and
managing the use of information technology in industrial
property administration.
IP Examination
(Advanced) - Patent
Training Course on
Industrial Property
Examination
(Advanced Program)
November
10 to 21,
2014
Japan/
Egypt
To: (i) provide participants with a basic knowledge of laws
and procedures in the field of examination of industrial
property rights; and (ii) provide on-the-job training to
enhance their professional skills.
(Ongoing)
(Ongoing)
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
230
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
WIPO-South Africa
Advanced Summer
School on Intellectual
Property (IP) and
Transfer of
Technology (TOT)
November
24 to
December 5,
2014
South Africa/
10 scholarships to
selected trainees from
Botswana, Cameroon,
Ethiopia, Ghana, Kenya,
Nigeria, Uganda, United
Republic of Tanzania
and Zimbabwe
To provide an opportunity for graduate and post-graduate
students, and young professionals to acquire deeper
knowledge on intellectual property and transfer of
technology.
Enforcement of
Intellectual Property
Rights
December 1
to 12, 2014
Japan/
Nigeria
To promote respect for IP through a review and discussion
of the minimum standards and flexibilities in IP
enforcement contained in Part III of the Trade-Related
Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS)
Agreement.
RESULT:
III.6. Increased capacity of SMEs to successfully use IP to support innovation
Activity
Date
Training of Trainers
Program on Effective
Intellectual Property
Asset Management by
Small and Medium
Sized Enterprises
(SMEs) in PortugueseSpeaking African
Countries (PALOP)
April 9 to 11,
2014
RESULT:
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Portugal/
6 participants from
Angola, Cape Verde,
Mozambique and Sao
Tome and Principe
To: (i) enhance understanding of the use of the IP system
by SMEs; (ii) create a critical mass of trainers within the
region who have the basic knowledge, skills and
experience to provide preliminary IP assistance to SMEs
on effective IP asset management; (iii) discuss the
obstacles and challenges facing SMEs, which prevents
them from taking advantage of the IP system; and (iv)
propose a road map to overcome the challenges and
obstacles.
IV.2. Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP institutions and the public to promote
innovation and creativity
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
May 19 and
21, 2014
Sao Tome and Principe/
approximately 40 local
participants
To: (i) provide training to Technology and Innovation
Support Center (TISC) staff members and participants;
and (ii) raise awareness on the TISC project.
TISC Seminar on the
effective use of
technical and scientific
information,
strengthening of
training of trainers and
official TISC Launch
June 10 to
14, 2014
Senegal/
approximately 40 local
participants
To: (i) strengthen capacities of participants on searching
and exploiting technologies and scientific information to
develop their respective activities; and (ii) officially launch
two new TISCs.
Meeting on
Developing the TISC
Project: Innovation
Support Seminar,
Training of Trainers
Workshop and TISC
Project Planning
Meeting
June 16 to
18, 2014
Zambia/
approximately 25 local
participants
To bring major stakeholders together in order to discuss
the establishment of a national TISC network.
TISC Second
Workshops on the
Effective Use of
Technical and
Scientific Information
September 4
to 5 and 8 to
9, 2014
United Republic of
Tanzania/
approximately 50 local
participants in Dar es
Salaam; approximately
30 local participants in
Zanzibar
To strengthen capacities of participants on searching and
exploiting technologies and scientific information to
develop their respective activities.
Activity
Date
TISC Seminar on the
Effective Use of
Technology
Information and
Training of Trainers
231
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
Activity
Date
Access to scientific
and technical
information for
technological capacity
building and product
branding for goods of
export interest for
English speaking
LDCs
October 21
to 24, 2014
RESULT:
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Zimbabwe/
11 participants from
Ethiopia, Rwanda,
Uganda, United
Republic of Tanzania
and Zambia
To provide a platform for the participants to share country
experiences and learn how to: (i) access technological
information and the acquisition of foreign technology using
state-of-the-art searches and training on search and
search methods for patent information on databases and
on the Internet as well as the use of scientific journals; (ii)
build capacity to enable LDCs to effectively utilize the
industrial property system to increase their trading
opportunity (increasing productive capacity, diversification
of products, efficient and competitive business process);
and (iii) harness the private-public partnerships in LDCs for
targeted initiatives in the field of the industrial property
system to generate increased economic gains.
IV.4. Enhanced technical and knowledge infrastructure for IP Offices and other IP institutions leading to
better services (cheaper, faster, higher quality) to their stakeholders
Activity
Date
Data capture project at
the Nigerian Register
of Trademarks,
Patents and Designs
April to
December
2014
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Nigeria
To assist the office with the capture of its bibliographic
data corresponding to registered/active trademarks,
patents and design files from a paper into a digital format
with the assistance of a specialized provider.
(Ongoing)
The call for tender was launched in April 2014.
Digitization project for
the Intellectual
Property Office (IPO)
in Ethiopia
June to
December
2014
Digitization of IP Files
at the OAPI
April to
December
2014
Ethiopia
To assist the national IP Office in increasing the efficiency
of procedures for the grant of industrial property rights, and
streamlining IP administration through rationalization of
administrative procedures, utilization of technology and
office automation.
OAPI
To: (i) reduce the burden for, and to optimize performance
of, the data entry procedures of IP related documentation;
(ii) efficiently and effectively deal with the backlog that
should have been digitized; and (iii) accelerate the
administrative/examination processes.
(Ongoing)
(Ongoing)
The call for tender was launched in April 2014.
Expert Advisory
Missions
April 28 to
May 7, 2014
Nigeria
To: (i) identify the need and requirements with regard to IP
operations of the Nigerian registry; (ii) undertake an office
audit; (iii) evaluate structural needs of the IP office bearing
in mind modernization factors, such as business
processes and ICT infrastructure; and (iv) make proposals
and recommendations concerning restructuring of the IP
office.
Deployment of the
IPAS Electronic
Document
Management System
(EDMS) in Botswana
May 5 to 9,
2014
Botswana
To: (i) create logical infrastructure for the storage and
management of scanned images (e-dossiers); (ii) transfer
skills and build capacity for the capture and digitization of
front-files; and (iii) open the door for online services for
IPO in Botswana.
Deployment of the
IPAS Electronic
Document
Management System
(EDMS) in Namibia
May 12 to
16, 2014
Namibia
To: (i) create logical infrastructure for the storage and
management of scanned images (e-dossiers); (ii) transfer
skills and build capacity for the capture and digitization of
front-files; and (iii) open the door for online services for
IPO in Namibia.
Deployment of the
IPAS Electronic
Document
Management System
(EDMS) in Malawi
May 19 to
23, 2014
Malawi
To: (i) create logical infrastructure for the storage and
management of scanned images (e-dossiers); (ii) transfer
skills and build capacity for the capture and digitization of
front-files; and (iii) open the door for online services for
IPO in Malawi.
232
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
Deployment of the
IPAS Electronic
Document
Management System
(EDMS) in Kenya
RESULT:
June 2 to 6,
2014
To: (i) create logical infrastructure for the storage and
management of scanned images (e-dossiers); (ii) transfer
skills and build capacity for the capture and digitization of
front-files; and (iii) open the door for online services for
IPO in Kenya.
VI.1. Progress in the international policy dialogue among WIPO Member States on building respect for
IP, guided by Recommendation 45 of the WIPO Development Agenda
Activity
Date
Regional Colloquium
on Building Respect
for IP for Members of
the Judiciary of the
Common Law
Countries of the
Southern African
Development
Community (SADC)
October 29
to 30, 2014
RESULT:
Kenya
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
South Africa/
17 participants from
Botswana, Lesotho,
Malawi, Mauritius,
Seychelles, South
Africa, Swaziland,
United Republic of
Tanzania, Zambia and
Zimbabwe
To enhance the understanding of IP enforcement among
members of the Judiciary to ensure a fair and efficient
provision of adjudication of IP cases.
VII.2. IP-based platforms and tools are used for knowledge transfer, technology adaptation and diffusion
from developed to developing countries, particularly least developed countries, to address global
challenges
Activity
Date
WIPO Re: Search–
Making of Video to
Showcase Success
stories
April to
August 2014
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Cameroon
To showcase success stories in the research of NTDs in
Cameroon.
JAPAN/ IP/ AFRICA- LDCs Donor Contributions and Expenditure in 2014
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of December
31, 2014
1,391,783
1,100,544
1,057,237
-
1,435,090
REPUBLIC OF KOREA/BUILDING RESPECT FOR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
RESULT:
III.2. Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in
transition
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
Interregional Workshop
on Copyright
Enforcement
October
13 to 17,
2014
Republic of Korea /
18 foreign participants
from 9 countries
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
233
Within the framework of Strategic Goal VI of WIPO:
(i) to consider the value of copyright and related rights
(copyright) protection and enforcement to the social,
economic and cultural development of the participating
countries;
(ii) to provide basic training on remedies and copyright
enforcement measures, with a particular focus on the
digital environment;
(iii) to discuss topical issues in the area of building respect
for copyright; and
(iv) to envisage national and transnational strategies for
effective cooperation to build respect for copyright.
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
REPUBLIC OF KOREA/BUILDING RESPECT FOR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY Donor
Contributions and Expenditure in 2014
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
-
131,267
88,957
-
42,310
REPUBLIC OF KOREA/COPYRIGHT
RESULT:
III.2. Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in
transition
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
National Seminar on
the Role of Copyright
in Promoting Creativity
and Cultural Prosperity
March 5 to
6, 2014
Activity
Date
Inter-Regional
Workshop for Local
Experts on Capacity
Building in Copyright
April 9 to11,
2014
Republic of Korea/ 19
foreign participants from
12 countries (Algeria,
China, Jordan, Malawi,
Mexico, Mongolia,
Namibia, Paraguay,
Peru, Philippines,
Russian Federation,
Thailand), ARIPO and
some local participants
To: (i) provide local/national experts with updated
information and knowledge on copyright; (ii) share
experience in capacity building; (iii) exchange views on,
and methodologies of effective capacity building programs:
and (iv) discuss how to enhance capacity building
programs at national, regional and international level.
Sub-Regional
Workshop on
Cooperation in
Copyright and Related
Rights
April 14 and
15, 2014
Seoul, Republic of
Korea/ 16 foreign
participants from 4
countries(China,
Mongolia, Republic of
Korea and Russia
Federation), observers
from Korea
Communications
Commission (KCC)
To: (i) share information and experience among
neighboring countries regarding the development of
copyright systems (ii) seek possibilities for enhanced
cooperation among the countries to further raise public
awareness of copyright and related rights.
National Seminar on
Financing Culture
Through Copyright in
the 21st Century
September
18, 2014
China/organizer and
participants of the 5th
International Copyright
Expo
To share information and experience among speakers and
participants on the role of copyright in promoting creativity
and cultural prosperity for developing countries, in
particular support and finance cultural creativity in the
changed environment in the 21st century.
RESULT:
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Lao People’s
Democratic Republic/ 80
local participants
Host Country/
Recipients
To: (i) raise awareness among policy makers and key
stakeholders in the field of copyright and related rights on
the relevance and importance of copyright; and (ii) provide
them with practical knowledge for developing appropriate
copyright policies and strategies.
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
IV.4. Enhanced technical and knowledge infrastructure for IP Offices and other IP institutions leading to
better services (cheaper, faster, higher quality) to their stakeholders
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Country Project for
Enhancing Awareness
of Copyright and
Related Rights in
Bhutan
April, 2014
(completed)
Bhutan
To enhance the country’s capacity to undertake systematic
and sustainable awareness programs, thereby establishing
an environment that is conducive to effective use and
protection of copyright and related rights.
WIPO-ASEAN SubRegional Workshop on
June 25 to
26, 2014
Thailand/ over 60 local
participants from
To provide an opportunity for member states of the
Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) to better
234
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
New Developments
and Emerging Issues
in the Area of
Copyright and Related
Rights
Thailand, and 14
foreign participants
representing 8
countries (Cambodia,
Indonesia, Lao
People’s Democratic
Republic, Malaysia,
Myanmar, Philippines,
Singapore and Viet
Nam)
Host Country/
Recipients
understand and share information on recent developments
and emerging issues of copyright and related rights as well
as their implications.
Activity
Date
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Study Visit to the
Korea Copyright
Commission
November
18 to 21,
2014
Republic of Korea/ 11
foreign participants
representing 10
countries (Colombia,
Egypt, Kazakhstan,
Oman, Paraguay,
Philippines, Sri Lanka,
Thailand, Uzbekistan
and Viet Nam)
To: (i) share the Korean experience in the protection and
administration of copyright and related rights: and (ii)
strengthen the participants’ capacity to formulate copyright
policies, modernize legislative and administrative
frameworks and improve the functioning of copyright offices
and other related organizations in their respective countries.
Compilation of Cases
of Copyright and
Related Rights in the
Field of Music in the
Asia-Pacific Region
December,
2014
(completed)
Countries in Asia and
the Pacific
To provide updated information to developing countries in
Asia and the Pacific on the latest cases regarding copyright
and related rights in the music industry.
REPUBLIC OF KOREA/COPYRIGHT Donor Contributions and Expenditure in 2014
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
565,824
350,168
336,212
-
579,780
REPUBLIC OF KOREA (EDUCATION) - Scholarships on IP (Academy)
RESULT:
III.2. Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in
transition
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Scholarships for the
WIPO Academy –
Queensland University
of Technology (WIPOQUT) Master of Laws
in IP (MIP) Program
February 24
to November
3, 2014
Australia/ 6 students from
Nepal and Republic of Korea
(5)
To provide higher education for government officials
and other IP experts to enhance their capacity for
using IP and administering IP rights.
Scholarships for the
WIPO Academy-Seoul
national university
(WIPO-SNU) MIP
Program
September
2012 to
June 2014
Republic of Korea/ 6
students from China (2),
Malaysia, Philippines and
Uzbekistan (2)
To provide higher education for government officials
and other IP experts to enhance their capacity for
using IP and administering IP rights.
Scholarships for the
WIPO-Korea
Summer School
July 14 to
25, 2014
Republic of Korea/ 11
participants from Bangladesh,
Cameroon, Egypt, Lesotho,
Malaysia, Mongolia, Vietnam
(2), Zambia (2), and
Zimbabwe
To: (i) build the capacity of senior students and young
professionals through deeper knowledge of IP rightsrelated fields: and (ii) increase their understanding on
the roles and functions of the IP system.
235
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
REPUBLIC OF KOREA (EDUCATION) - Scholarships on IP (Academy) Donor Contributions and Expenditure
in 2014
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
247,488
174,193
144,955
-
276,726
REPUBLIC OF KOREA/ INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
RESULT:
I.2. Tailored and balanced IP legislative, regulatory and policy frameworks
Activity
Date
Production of a Guide
on Alternative Dispute
Resolution (ADR)
Procedures
October
2014
(Initiated)
RESULT:
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
All WIPO Member
States
To: (i) provide a better understanding of ADR procedures in
IP disputes; (ii) share the WIPO Center’s experience in ADR
with national ADR authorities; (iii) and encourage the
developing countries to develop and implement appropriate
ADR procedures.
III.1. National innovation and IP strategies and plans consistent with national development
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
Study Visit
December
15 to 18,
2014
Republic of Korea/ 8
participants from
Pakistan
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
To: (i) increase the understanding of IP mechanisms for
promoting linkages between research institutions and
industry; and (ii) strengthen the capacity to foster universityindustry collaboration especially through better matching of
the supply and demand.
Pakistan delegation, comprising two government officials,
four from the Office of Research, Innovation and
Commercialization of universities and two from industry,
visited Daejeon and Seoul, Republic of Korea.
Expert Mission
RESULT:
March 3 to
6, 2014
Brunei Darussalam
To enhance the operations of the Trademark Registry and
train newly recruited trademark examiners.
III.2. Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in
transition
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
March 4 to
13, 2014
Republic of Korea/16
patent examiners from
16 countries
To provide an overview and explanation of the global patent
system, principles of patent law and examination
procedures.
Workshop on
Trademark Law and
Examination
April 23 to
30, 2014
Republic of Korea/19
trademark examiners
from 19 countries
To provide an overview and explanation of principles of
trademark law and examination procedures, as well as the
Madrid System.
Workshop on the Nice
and Vienna
Classifications
August 25 to
29, 2014
Indonesia/26
participants
To enhance the knowledge and capacity of Directorate
General of IPR, Indonesia, in using the Nice and Vienna
classification systems.
Workshop on NonTraditional Marks
April 28 to
30, 2014
The Philippines/40
participants
To train examiners of non-traditional trademarks and explore
the possibility to promote the introduction of non-traditional
trademarks in the Trademark Law of the Philippines.
Workshop on Patent
Search and
Examination
May 19 to
23, 2014
Thailand/35
participants
To: (i) raise the ability to search the prior art and the patent
family; and (ii) enhance the knowledge and skills on patent
examination.
Production of
Intellectual Property
December
2014
All WIPO Member
States
The Material includes activities and exercises which
secondary school students may be encouraged to undertake
in order to better grasp basic concepts pertaining to
Activity
Date
Workshop on Patent
Law and Examination
236
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
Educational Material
Production of Dubbed
Versions of Pororo
Animation
creativity, inventiveness and IP.
August,
2014
All WIPO Member
States
To: (i) help children easily understand concepts of creativity
and IP through Pororo animation; and (ii) enhance the
utilization of Pororo animation produced by WIPO.
Dubbed versions of the Pororo animation were produced in
two additional languages, French and Spanish, based on the
original English version.
237
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
Production of
Intellectual Property
Educational Guide
August,
2014
All WIPO Member
States
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
To: (i) support teachers to educate children on basic
concepts of IP, the relationship of IP to creativity, and the
benefits to be derived from the use of IP.
Three workbooks and one guidebook were produced with
the intention of helping students, teachers, and parents
better understand basic IP concepts.
RESULT:
IV.2. Enhanced access to, and use of, IP information by IP institutions and the public to promote
innovation and creativity
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Appropriate
Technology
Competition
July 15 to
November
22, 2014
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Viet Nam/400
participants
To encourage and reward excellence in innovative solutions
to frequently occurring problems, especially solutions that
utilize technologies appropriate to local conditions. The
utilization of patent information for devising solutions was a
key element of the competition.
The competition comprised an orientation workshop (August
25, 27 and 29, 2014), evaluation and short-listing of
submitted entries (176 submissions), presentations by
shortlisted candidates and an award ceremony (November
2014).
The competition comprised an orientation workshop (May
15, 2014), evaluation and short-listing of submitted entries
(27 submissions), presentations by shortlisted candidates,
an award ceremony and a workshop on commercialization
(November 5 to 7, 2014).
Appropriate
Technology
Competition
April 1 to
November 7,
2014
Mongolia/200
participants
Regional Seminar on
Utilization of IP to
Develop and
Disseminate
Appropriate
Technology (AT)
July 2 to 4,
2014
Republic of Korea/15
government officials
from 13 countries
To: (i) exchange views on IP issues related to development
of AT; (ii) share national experiences on utilizing ATs for
community-based development; (iii) define the role of IP
Offices in promoting ATs; and (iv) identify ways to overcome
challenges in dissemination and commercialization of ATs.
REPUBLIC OF KOREA/ INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY Donor Contributions and Expenditure in 2014
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
1,272,754
696,899
788,879
-
1,180,774
SPAIN
RESULT:
III.2. Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in
transition
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description
Participation of Spanish
Experts in the
International Symposium
on Industrial Design
September 3
to 4, 2014
Argentina/International
To share experiences and knowledge between
specialists and officials in both business and academic
sectors, and the competent authorities in the field of
Industrial Design, with a special emphasis on analyzing
the current challenges, as well as on effective use of
industrial design facing future opportunities in this area.
238
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description
II Regional Seminar
OMPI/OEPM/AECID on
Trademarks & Industrial
Design as innovation
factor: Innovating
through arts craft
October 27 to
31, 2014
Colombia/ All LatinAmerican countries
To: (i) provide participants with updated information,
practical training and useful tools in the field of the
strategic use of trademarks and industrial design for
business; (ii) promote and exchange experiences among
them; and (iii) present best practices in order to identify
successful mechanisms for making IP rights more
accessible and relevant to the entrepreneurial sector in
Latin America.
RESULT:
III.4. Strengthened cooperation mechanisms and programs tailored to the needs of developing countries
and LDCs
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
XIII WIPO/OEPM/AECID
Regional Seminar on
Intellectual Property for
Judges and Prosecutors
from Latin American
countries.
March 17 to
20, 2014
Guatemala/All Latin
American countries
and Tribunal of
Andean Community
To: (i) provide judges and public prosecutors responsible
for IP from Latin American countries with training on IP
matters to improve the decision-making process on
litigation cases; and (ii) provide participants with updated
information and practical training in the field of patents,
trademarks, copyright and enforcement cases.
Platform in Spanish on
industrial property
services and contents to
the Ibero-American
entrepreneurial sector
with special focus on
SMEs (CIBEPYME)
January to
December
2014
All Ibero-American
countries
To continue to design and create one Platform
addressed to the private sector in order to: (i) provide
assistance and services in their use of IP; (ii) to increase
the value of their business; and (iii) provide a private
sector forum for the exchange of ideas and experiences
Regional Automation
Project for translation of
the advanced level of
the International Patent
Classification (IPC) into
Spanish
January to
December
2015
All Ibero-American
countries
To: (i) implement automation for Spanish translation of
the advanced level of the IPC, as it was originally
commissioned in English and French only; and (ii) make
it available to the service of industrial property offices in
Latin American countries.
Sub-Regional Meeting
on Patents from Central
American Countries,
Panama and the
Dominican Republic for
the Review and
Approval of a Manual on
the Examination of
Patents Applications,
and Strengthened
cooperation
mechanisms
January 22 to
24, 2014
Dominican Republic/
Dominican Republic
and Central American
countries
To: (i) provide an opportunity for an update of the
Manual on Patents Examination for Central American
Countries, Panama and the Dominican Republic; (ii)
propose measures conducive to future use of the
Manual in examination processes: and (iii) establish
measures to strengthen cooperation mechanisms with a
view to achieving consensus in order to maintain the
relevance of the Manual moving forward.
Consultation Meeting of
the Working Group on
the Jurisprudence
Database
November 27
to 28, 2014
Mexico City/All IberoAmerican countries
To: (i) discuss the legal aspects to be taken into
consideration in the design of the new database,
including the criteria for selecting decisions from
administrative authorities and the judiciary in order to
assure the quality, accessibility and usefulness of such
database, among other issues; (ii) preparation of a
situation analysis and proposal for the functional design
for the new system, forming the basis for the terms of
reference (TOR) for an external consultant.
Ibero-American IP
Program (IBEPI)
Ongoing
All Ibero- American
countries
To promote the social and economic development in the
region in the framework of the Summit of Heads of
States and Governments from Ibero-American countries.
(Project
ongoing since
2010)
(Project
ongoing since
2010)
239
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Regional Meetings of
IBEPI Program
July 2014
Ecuador/All IberoAmerican countries
To: (i) conduct a meeting of the Information Technology
Committee with the purpose of advancing consultation
process on the IBEPI Program, Component Number 2,
i.e. the design of a technological cooperation system;
and (ii) analyze the situation of IPOs in order to propose
actions to reduce asymmetries related to quality
management in information technology among IPOs.
Meeting of IberoAmerican countries
during the WIPO
Assemblies 2014 to
review the work of the
IBEPI Program
September
2014
Switzerland/All IberoAmerican countries
To follow-up on the IBEPI Program with a view to
ensuring its effective and efficient implementation.
RESULT:
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
IV.4. Enhanced technical and knowledge infrastructure for IP Offices and other IP institutions leading to
better services (cheaper, faster, higher quality) to their stakeholders
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
V Regional Seminar on
Strategic Planning and
Management for
Industrial Property (IP)
Offices from Latin
American Countries
February 24 to
27, 2014
Colombia/All LatinAmerican countries
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
LATIPAT PROJECT
X Regional Meeting
WIPO/OEPM/EPO of IT
Specialist and
Management of Patent
Information of Industrial
Property Offices in Latin
America
November 24
to 26, 2014
Peru/ All Latin
American countries
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
To: (i) provide participants with updated information,
practical training and useful tools in the field of strategic
planning, human resources policies and management of
quality; (ii) provide a good opportunity to modernize IP
administrations; and (iii) to develop an important sense
of service-oriented management among administrators
in IP Offices from Latin American countries.
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
The LATIPAT Project was created to develop and
provide a database with patent information from all Latin
American countries. Currently, the LATIPAT Project is
an example, not only for the Latin American countries,
but also for the different international fora related to
patent information, commitment, perseverance and
teamwork. Over a period of 14 years, the database has
amassed more than 2 million documents and receives
an average of 14,000 hits per month.
SPAIN Donor Contributions and Expenditure in 2014
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
165,592
158,519
203,958
-
120,153
240
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
URUGUAY
RESULT:
III.2. Enhanced human resource capacities able to deal with the broad range of requirements for the
effective use of IP for development in developing countries, LDCs and countries with economies in
transition
Activity
Date
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description
Provision of funding for
an IP professional for a
Master Program in
Strategic Management
in Information
Technology (MSMIT),
within the framework of
the Ibero-American
University Foundation
(FUNIBER)
May 2014December
2014
Uruguay
To enhance the capacity of an IP professional with a
focus on the role of information technology in the
strategic management of business processes.
RESULT:
(ongoing)70
III.4. Strengthened cooperation mechanisms and programs tailored to the needs of developing countries
and LDCs
Activity
Date
Participation of
government officials in
the WIPO Assemblies
January to
December
2014
RESULT:
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Switzerland/ Uruguay
To represent the government in different fora where
different issues and programs on IP are being analyzed.
IV.4. Enhanced technical and knowledge infrastructure for IP Offices and other IP institutions leading to
better services (cheaper, faster, higher quality) to their stakeholders
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Training Workshop on
Intellectual Property
Automation System
(IPAS)
September 8
to 12, 2014
Costa Rica/ 1
participant from
Uruguay
To improve efficiency in the National Directorate for
Industrial Property (DNPI) internal processes.
Launch of the Global
Patent Information EPO
database
January to
December
2014
All Latin American
countries
To increase the coverage range and quality of
information contained in the databases of the DNPI.
All Latin American
countries
To increase the coverage range and quality of
information contained in the databases of the DNPI
(ongoing)
Renewal of the
Thomson-Reuters IP
database
January 1 to
October 31,
2014
(ongoing since
2013)
URUGUAY Donor Contributions and Expenditure in 2014
70
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
102,336
68,683
13,087
-
157,932
Expected date of completion: May 2016.
241
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA/ COPYRIGHT
RESULT:
V.2 Wider and better use of WIPO economic analysis in policy formulation
Activity
Date
Publication of National Studies on the
Economic Contribution of the
Copyright Industries
November
2014
Host Country/
Recipients
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
Argentina,
Indonesia,
Organization of
Eastern Caribbean
States (OECS),
Serbia, Turkey
To ensure wider dissemination of the results of
WIPO studies on the economic contribution of
copyright
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA/ COPYRIGHT Donor Contributions and Expenditure in 2014
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
2,708
5,041
27,101
1,583
071
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA/ SMALL AND MEDIUM SIZED ENTERPRISES
RESULT:
III.6. Increased capacity of SMEs to successfully use IP to support innovation
Host Country/
Recipients
Activity
Date
Purpose(s)/Description(s)
In Good Company - Managing
Intellectual Property Issues in
Franchising (WIPO publication
No. 1035): translations and graphic
design.
March to
December
2014
All
To upgrade knowledge and capacity of SMEs to
manage their IP through franchising agreements.
In Confidence - An Introduction to
Trade Secrets for Small and Mediumsized Enterprises (WIPO publication
No. 929): editing, translations and
graphic design.
January to
June 2014
All
To enhance the use of trade secrets as an IP
business tool for SMEs.
Intellectual Capital Readiness: The
Use of Intangibles to Access Capital
Markets – An Introduction for Business
and Investors: revisions, new chapters
and prepublication process.
June to
December
2014
All
To support the use of IP by SMEs as collateral in
fund- raising and venture capital investment for
business, including IP valuation and taxation.
Leveraging Intellectual Property as a
Strategic Business Asset (Strategic IP
Management)
Ongoing
All
To empower SMEs to leverage IP through
strategic IPR management of intangible assets.
Expected date
of publication
is January
2015)
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA/ SMALL AND MEDIUM SIZED ENTERPRISES Donor Contributions and
Expenditure in 2014
Balance as of
December 31, 2013
Income 2014
Expenditure 2014
Reimbursements
Balance as of
December 31, 2014
92,731
8,588
3,515
-
97,804
[Appendix III follows]
71
Due to fluctuations in the foreign exchange rates, the amount of 20,935 Swiss francs was absorbed by WIPO in 2014, resulting in
a zero balance.
242
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
APPENDIX III
CAPITAL MASTER PLAN (CMP) PROGRESS REPORT 2014
I.
INTRODUCTION
1.
The fifty-first session of the Assemblies of the Member States of WIPO in September 2013
endorsed the principles under which projects are included in the Organization’s Capital Master Plan
(CMP), and approved funding for a total estimated amount of 11.2 million Swiss francs from available
reserves for seven projects (document A/51/1672).
2.
As part of efforts to streamline reporting across the Organization, the Capital Master Plan (CMP)
Progress Report 2014 is being included as an annex to the PPR 2014. This report is the second
progress report submitted to the PBC and provides Member States with an overview of progress,
milestones reached and resource utilization during the period January to December 2014 under the
following projects:
(a)
(b)
ICT-Related Projects
(i)
Security Enhancement: Data Encryption and User Management (CMP 1)
(ii)
Enterprise Content Management (ECM) Implementation (CMP 2)
Buildings-Related Projects
(iii)
Renovation of the facades and cooling/heating installation of the PCT Building
(CMP 3)
(iv)
Deployment of Geneva Lake water ("GLN") cooling system to AB and PCT Buildings
(CMP 4)
(v)
Arpad Bogsch Building – phase 1 of basement renovation (resizing of data center and
renovation of the printshop) (CMP 5)
(vi)
(c)
Safety/Security-Related Projects
(vii)
II.
Arpad Bogsch Building – replacement of certain windows (CMP 6)
Safety and Fire Protection Measures (CMP 7)
APPROVED GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE
3.
In line with industry best practice for project management, a governance framework for the CMP
was implemented in 2014 to: (i) define the structures and processes for the management and monitoring
of the activities of the projects towards the achievement of objectives, and (ii) ensure that responsibility
and accountability are clearly delineated and communicated.
4.
The PBC, at the twenty-second session in September 2014, took note of the governance structure
set up to manage, oversee and report on the implementation of the portfolio of CMP projects (document
WO/PBC/22/2173).
72
73
http://www.wipo.int/edocs/mdocs/govbody/en/a_51/a_51_16.pdf
http://www.wipo.int/edocs/mdocs/govbody/en/wo_pbc_22/wo_pbc_22_21.pdf
243
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
ICT-RELATED PROJECTS
PROJECT: SECURITY ENHANCEMENT: DATA ENCRYPTION AND USER MANAGEMENT (CMP 1)
Project Manager
Mr. R. LANE
EXPECTED RESULT
IX.1 Effective, efficient, quality and customer-oriented support services both to internal clients and to
external stakeholders
1.
Implementing data encryption and user management would enhance WIPO's ability to respond to
increasing information security threats, while allowing more cost-effective sourcing options to be
considered and increasing number of user access rights to be comprehensively managed.
OBJECTIVES, SCOPE AND APPROACH- BACKGROUND
2.
This project serves three primary objectives – protecting the essential data, enabling more costeffective sourcing options, and holistically managing user access rights.
3.
WIPO has already taken multifaceted approaches in protecting confidential information. These
approaches include traditional perimeter defense mechanisms, security information and event
management system, intrusion detection and prevention etc. However, in response to increasingly
sophisticated security threats, information security best practices have now also put emphasis on
protecting the source directly.
4.
In addition, having cost-effective sourcing options available is a necessity in today's world of
information technology management, which expects diversified and rapidly changing competencies on
the one hand and the ability to quickly mobilize the workforce in response to changing business priorities
on the other. However, the increase of sourcing options also brings the increase of information security
exposures.
5.
Enterprise data encryption technologies can provide effective solutions in response to these two
challenges. Such solutions complement other information security measures by encrypting the data
source. They also allow more flexibility in choosing cost-effective service providers by keeping the
encryption under tight control while enabling the service providers to perform their support functions.
6.
Effective access rights management further compliments the investments in enterprise data
encryption solutions. Traditionally, access rights management is focused on systems. That is, given a
system, it should be clear who has access to what. This mechanism can be effective when number of
users and software applications are relatively small.
7.
However, it is expected that, as WIPO continues to enhance its online services, the number of
users will steadily increase in the coming years. Investments are needed for solutions that focus the
access rights management on users. That is, given a user, it should be clear what access rights the user
has across the entire spectrum of the systems.
8.
In the future, technologies may become even more mature to manage access rights according to
users’ roles within and across complex systems, such as ERP. At present, it is difficult to forecast where
and how such technologies will evolve. Therefore this has not been included as part of the scope of this
project.
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014 (KEY MILESTONES)
9.
This project was put on hold during 2014 due to the launch of the IT Platform Segregation and
Resilience (ITSR) project, which has significant impact on the business requirements for, and the
selection/implementation of the required solutions for, both Enterprise Encryption and User Management.
244
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Project Budget Utilization
(In Swiss francs, as at December 31, 2014)
Project Name
Security enhancement: data
encryption and user management
Project Budget
Actual Expenditure
to Date
Actual Budget
Utilization
Implementation
Progress Rate of
the Project
700,000
0
0%
-
245
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
ICT-RELATED PROJECTS
PROJECT: ENTERPRISE CONTENT MANAGEMENT (ECM) IMPLEMENTATION (CMP 2)
Project Manager
TBD
EXPECTED RESULT
IX.2 An agile and smooth functioning Secretariat with a well managed and appropriately skilled workforce
which is effectively delivering results
OBJECTIVES, SCOPE AND APPROACH- BACKGROUND
1.
The project is to introduce a central enterprise repository to store documents. This will enable users
to work together (collaborate) on document creation, to search and access information more easily, and
will allow documents to be linked to transactions in the ERP system.
2.
During the planning phase of the implementation of the ECM project, changes to the approach and
scope were proposed whilst maintaining the original objectives. These changes to approach and scope
serve to further increase the probability of successful delivery of both the organizational changes and
technical implementation elements of ECM. The revised approach is based upon a phased
implementation with a number of ‘early wins’ (detailed below), where business benefits will be realized by
specific business sectors, through the automation of a number of their document- centric processes, prior
to the corporate level deployment of ECM.
3.
The objectives of the ECM project are:

The implementation of an organizational wide system for the storage, retrieval and
management of WIPO documents, records and archives (the ECM application);

The implementation of process-specific configurations of the ECM Processes within the ECM
Application to support content rich business processes. These processes may be sector
specific or organizational wide;

Integration where required, with the sub components of the ERP, to allow the linkage of
supporting content (held in ECM) to transactional records (held in ERP) where the business
processes implemented in ERP require;

The ECM application and supporting infrastructure will be hosted and managed in a manner
to meet the service availability and security objectives of such a system based upon its
business criticality;

The implementation of the records and archives components of the ECM application and
supporting processes will be compliant with the WIPO Records Management and Archiving
Policy (OI 15/2013);

End users will be trained in the use of the system, as well as the processes and procedures
to ensure ongoing operational compliance with WIPO OI 15/2013 (ECM processes);

The system will implement sufficient security controls to maintain compliance with the WIPO
Security policies;

The ECM Application design, license procurement, implementation, base configuration,
individual ‘early win’ project specific configurations, full organizational wide base ECM
capability, user training and transition top live operation will be delivered within the budget
allocated to the project under the Capital Master Plan (see WO/PBC/21/18, July 31,2013).
4.
The project will be broken down into a number of phases /sub -projects, each delivering a set of
business benefits to one or more business areas. Each sub-project will include:

business analysis required to specify the business process which the ECM solution will
support;
246
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices





5.
the identification and documentation of the interfaces to existing systems, including the ERP
system where required;
the design of the ECM configuration based upon the business process;
the implementation of the ECM system configuration to support the business process;
the system testing and user acceptance testing of the ECM system configuration to support
the business process; and
the training for the end-users on the business process specific ECM configuration.
The currently identified sub-projects are:
Corporate Records and Archives - a sub-project to increase the functionality of the Records and
Archive service, including the enhancement / replacement of their document scanning processes, as well
as the implementation of an incoming mail scanning and tracking process (scan and workflow), and the
implementation of section level archiving based upon the WIPO records management policy (records &
archive management).
Vendor & Contract Management System - an ‘early win sub-project’ to implement a solution/processes
to manage contract information, allowing for creation of contract documents (document management), the
storage of documents related to a contract (case management), the reporting and alerting of events
during the contract lifecycle (workflow and case management), and the searching against the contracts
(search).
ODG Incoming Mail - the scanning and document workflow of Incoming Mail for the Office of the Director
General, with the links to the resulting response, with monitoring of progress to ensure that the response
is completed and sent within the appropriate time frames.
Mission Reports - the management of the creation of mission reports (document management), the
processes of review and publication of the mission report (work flow), and the searching of previous
mission reports (search) based upon categorization (locations, personnel, topic and organizations
visited).
Human Resources (Staff eFile )- the creation of secure HR folders (cases) for each employee, to
contain the electronic documents and records for that employee, with the inclusion of electronic scans of
the existing paper records (imaging & scanning). HRMD staff will have the ability to search across the
eFiles to identify and retrieve any required files (search).
Translation request - the automation of a document based workflow with tracking and reporting, for the
allocation of documents to be translated by the Languages Division.
Organizational wide ECM Capability - the integration of ECM into the standard WIPO Corporate
Desktop so allowing all WIPO users to perform Document Management (storage, categorization, search
& retrieval, and version control) on user, unit and organizational created content. The content will include
user desktop created content such as word processing files (e.g. Microsoft Word and PDF documents),
Spreadsheets (e.g. Microsoft Excel), presentations (e.g. Microsoft PowerPoint), diagrams (e.g. Microsoft
visio), project plans (e.g. Microsoft Project) emails.
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014 (KEY MILESTONES)
6.
In 2014, a study was undertaken by an external consultant to: (i) validate the project approach to
be aligned with best practices; (ii) capture comprehensive business requirements through Organizational
stakeholder engagement; (iii) prioritize “early wins” following discussions with stakeholders; and (iv)
recommend a technology solution. The study was completed at the end of 2014, and the findings will be
reviewed and considered in 2105, with an anticipated start date of project implementation in 2016.
247
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
BENEFITS REALIZATION
7.
The benefits for the initial phases of the ECM Project will be realized on a sector-by-sector basis
through the implementation of particular ECM configurations to support knowledge-centric business
processes.
Expected Benefits 2016
Expected Benefits 2017
Following the operational deployment of the
Contract & vendor management ECM system
configuration:
The Procurement Section will have a single searchable
source of information relating to ongoing and concluded
procurement tenders, this will result in:
- The reduction in the time taken to identify and
retrieve current information;
- The reduction in error and re-work through ensuring
that the latest version of each document can be
clearly identified, so reducing errors and re-work.
The Procurement Section will have a single dashboard
showing the progress of active tenders as well as
information of when existing contracts will need to be retendered, this will result in:
Greater staff utilization of productive task through
better forward planning of procurement activities.
Following the operational deployment of the
electronic HR staff record ECM system
configuration:
The HR Management Department will have a single
repository for the storage of documents relating to staff,
covering both historical documents, which will be
scanned, as well the capture of newly created
documents. This will result in:
- The continued capture, management and
preservation of key HR files and delated
documents. The single repository of information will
reduce the time and HR staff effort required to
identify and extract relevant documents in support
of key organizational processes;
- The latest version of each HR document relating to
WIPO staff will be clearly identifiable so reducing
the time and effort required in identifying the latest
version of documents, and reducing the level of rework.
Following operational deployment of the eCourier
ECM system configuration:
The OGD and the Senior Management Team will have a
single system for the distribution and tracking of the
creation of responses to external correspondences, this
will result in:
The time taken to complete responses to external
correspondence will be reduced as the
correspondences and responses will not need to be
physically distributed around the WIPO campus, so
assisting in the achievement of the response time
objectives;
- The status and progress of each response to an
external correspondence will be known via a
management dashboard, so reducing the staff effort
required in tracking the status of responses to
ensure compliance with objectives, this will release
administrative staff to focus on other activities.
Following the operation deployment of the Mission
Reports ECM system configuration:
The contents of Mission reports, as well as information
relating to planned missions will be searchable across
the organization. This will result in:
The number of missions could be reduced if
overlapping trips and agenda items are identified,
so reducing costs;
- Missions will become more productive as the WIPO
staff will have access to greater amounts of
information relating to previous missions to a
particular country or organization, and be able be
prepared to respond to outstanding questions which
may have been asked at a previous mission.
Following the operational deployment of the
Translation workflow and status ECM configuration:
The creation of Document translation work flow and
status tracking system for the Language Division will
result in:
- a reduction in the staff effort required to report on
the status of the translation requests, as the system
will produce automated reporting;
- the ability to ensure the translation service levels
are achieved through active monitoring and
reporting of the status of each translation request.
Following the operational deployment of the
Organizational wide ECM configuration:
The implementation of Enterprise Content Management
to the wider WIPO organization when in support of the
knowledge sharing and information management culture
changes within WIPO, in addition to the ‘early win’ subproject will result in:
- The ability to search across the complete WIPO
knowledge base, reducing the amount of duplicate
knowledge creation and recording through
information sharing;
- The ability to expand the compliance with the
Records and Archives policy to a wider number of
business units;
- An ability to reduce the ongoing cost for physical
archiving of documents as these documents
become electronic;
- An ability to reduce the cost of electronic storage of
documents, as the ability to search across the
complete Organizational knowledge base should
reduce the level of rework and duplication of the
recording of knowledge.
248
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Project Budget Utilization
(In Swiss francs, as at December 31, 2014)
Project Name
Project Budget
Actual Expenditure
to Date
Actual Budget
Utilization
Implementation
Progress Rate of
the Project
2,068,000
35,170
1.7%
-
ECM Implementation Project
PROJECT TIMELINE BY MILESTONE
2014
Key Milestone
Study
ECM Technology
selected
Q1
Q2
Q3
2015
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
2016
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
2017
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
X
X
Implementation
partner tender
completed
X
Base ECM
Configuration
accepted
X
Records & Archives
configuration accepted
Vendor & Contract
management ECM
configuration
operational
X
X
OGD Incoming Mail
ECM configuration
operational
X
Mission Reports ECM
configuration
operational
X
HR Staff eFile ECM
configuration
operational
Translation workflow
and status tracking
ECM configuration
operational
Organizational wide
ECM Capability
configuration
operational
X
X
X
249
Q4
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
BUILDINGS-RELATED PROJECTS
PROJECT: RENOVATION OF THE FACADES AND COOLING/HEATING INSTALLATION IN
PCT BUILDING (CMP 3)
Project Manager Mr. A. FAVERO
EXPECTED RESULT
IX.1 Effective, efficient, quality and customer-oriented support services both to internal clients and to
external stakeholders
OBJECTIVES, SCOPE AND APPROACH- BACKGROUND
1.
The project objectives are twofold: (i) a complete replacement of the false ceiling installation for
the cooling and heating system in the upper floors of the PCT Building, and (ii) a major renovation of
structural elements of all the facades of that Building (in other words, the windows per se are generally
not at stake). It has been determined in recent years that the minor low-scale reactive repairs – in case of
breakdowns and un-controllable excessively high or low temperature inside the offices – which have been
ongoing for about 10 years, were no longer sustainable. Furthermore, a number of components of the
current cooling/heating installation are no longer available on the market and spare parts can no longer
be purchased, which would in the short-term put at risk the viability of the whole cooling and heating
installation in the Building. The wasted energy consumption caused by the defective systems and
installations and by the defective structural elements of the facades is significant and will only continue to
increase year after year. A technical audit of the cooling and heating installation had been carried out in
2011; a technical audit of the facades was carried out during the first semester of 2013.
2.
The expected results of the renovation are fully operational and reliable cooling and heating
installation and facades, and significant energy consumption reduction by eliminating the current wastes.
3.
The objectives of the project are to: (i) reduce energy loss (facades); (ii) reduce energy
consumption (thermal false ceilings and facades); (iii) improve technical facilities to reduce the need for
maintenance (thermal false ceilings and facades); (iv) improve the comfort of occupants; (v) use new,
more environmentally-friendly technology; and (vi) modernize for longer life-cycles (thermal false
ceilings).
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014 (KEY MILESTONES)
4.
In 2014, the following progress was made:
-
drafting and launch of the call for expressions of interest for the pilot/architect;
-
completion of the short-listing and evaluation of the call for expressions of interest for the
pilot/architect mandate; and
-
drafting of the technical specifications for the call for tenders for the pilot/architect.
5.
Due to the delayed completion (from beginning 2014 to September 2014) of the new WIPO
Conference Hall, the start of the project was delayed by nine months relative to the original plan. The
timeline for the project has been extended to 2018, as reflected in the tables below.
250
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
BENEFITS REALIZATION
Expected Benefits 2018
Expected Benefits 2017
Partial improvements in technical facilities
Full improvement in technical facilities
Partial improvement in the comfort of occupants
Full improvement in the comfort of occupants
Partial reduction in energy loss thanks to improved
facades
Partial reduction in energy consumption due to new
thermal false ceilings
Increased life-cycle of new thermal false ceilings
Reduced cost in corrective maintenance due to new
thermal false ceilings
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Project Budget Utilization
(In Swiss francs, as at December 31, 2014)
Project Name
Renovation of the facades and
cooling/heating installation of the
PCT Building (CMP3)
Project Budget
Actual Expenditure
to Date
Actual Budget
Utilization
Implementation
Progress Rate of
the Project
6,000,000
0
0%
2%
Project Budget Utilization (by Milestone)
(In Swiss francs, as at December 31, 2014)
Key Milestone
Project Budget
Actual Expenditure
to Date
Actual Budget
Utilization
Implementation
Progress Rate by
Milestone
Award of contract to the pilot/architect
124,000
0
0%
30%
Award of contracts to agents
900,000
0
0%
10%
867,000
0
0%
-
Work and commissioning
4,109,000
0
0%
-
Total
6,000,000
0
0%
Internal and external resource
commitment
251
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
Project Budget Utilization (by Cost Category)
(In Swiss francs, as at December 31, 2014)
Cost Category
Project Budget
Actual Expenditure to
Actual Budget
Date
Utilization
Construction-related costs
3,569,000
0
0%
Honoraria
1,024,000
0
0%
Internal/external resources
867,000
0
0%
Fees
120,000
0
0%
Miscellaneous and unforeseen
420,000
0
0%
6,000,000
0
0%
Total
RISK AND MITIGATION STRATEGIES
Risk
Description
Risk Mitigation
Delay in starting project
Project delayed by one year due to the
delay in completion of the new WIPO
Conference Hall
Shift the project’s general schedule
Delay in starting works
The start of works will depend on the
time needed to choose the technical
solution, which is not expected before
2016.
Shift the works timetable
Delay in commissioning the renovation
Delay in the works schedule because of
the chosen technical solution
Appraisal of the choice of technical
solution
Appraisal with a view to shortening the
schedule
Planning with PCT, Information and
Communication Technology (ICT), and
Safety and Security Coordination
Service (SSCS)
Internal logistics for office relocations
Financial risk
Insufficient budget to implement the
chosen technical solution
Review of the choice of technical
solution
Estimated costs higher than the
approved budget as a result of the
construction market situation during the
call for tenders from firms in 2016
Request additional funds
252
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
PROJECT TIMELINE BY MILESTONE
2014
Key Milestone
Call for expressions of
interest pilot/architect
Call for tenders and
selection of
pilot/architect and
engineers
Comprehensive study on
implementation
Q1
Q2
Q3
2015
Q4
Q1 Q2 Q3
2016
Q4
Q1
2017
Q2
Q3
Q4
X
X
X
Q1
Q2
Q3
X
X
X
2018
Q4 Q1 Q2
X
X
X
X
X
Choice of technical
solution
X
Call for tenders from
firms
Works
Commissioning
X
X
253
X
Q3
Q4
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
BUILDINGS–RELATED PROJECTS
PROJECT: DEPLOYMENT OF GENEVA LAKE WATER (“GLN”) COOLING SYSTEM TO AB AND
PCT BUILDINGS (CMP 4)
Project Manager
Mr. A. FAVERO
EXPECTED RESULT
IX.1 Effective, efficient, quality and customer-oriented support services both to internal clients and to
external stakeholders
OBJECTIVES, SCOPE AND APPROACH- BACKGROUND
1.
The Geneva Lake Water (“GLN”) cooling system – which is a system created a few years ago,
managed by and made operational by the local energy provider (Services Industriels de Genève (SIG))
through which cool water is drawn from the deep waters of the Lake Geneva and brought to the northern
bank of the City of Geneva to be used for producing the cooling capacity for a variety of administrative
buildings in the area of Place des Nations. WIPO has been, since a few years ago, one of the first clients
amongst the UN Agencies to enter into an agreement with the SIG to reserve the capacity required for all
its buildings (including the then-construction projects). By the end of 2013, the following buildings of the
WIPO Campus were fully connected to the GLN system for cooling: the New Building (operational since
2011), the GBI and GBII Buildings (operational by mid-2013), the new WIPO Conference Hall (integrated
during the construction phase and operational by end-2013). The only two buildings left to be connected
to the GLN system are the AB Building and the PCT Building, which are the subject of this particular
feature of the Capital Master Plan Project. It should also be noted that the passed life time of the
remaining various existing cooling production machines for the AB Building and the PCT Building range
from about ten years to about 33 years, while their expected life time is 30 years.
2.
The project objectives are to (i) complete the deployment of an improved technological solution in
building maintenance relating to cooling installations already implemented in more than half of the overall
buildings volume concerned in the WIPO Campus; (ii) anticipate the need to replace the classical cooling
machines in the two remaining buildings by doing so before the installations break down (which is what
happened to the installation in GBII in 2011); (iii) reduce the maintenance cost of the installations
compared to the cost of maintenance of classic cooling installations; and (iv) upgrade this type of the
technical installations and equipment with more environmentally friendly solutions.
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014 (KEY MILESTONES)
3.
AB Building (Project completed)
-
4.
Award of contract to the HVAC engineer
Requests for offers and selection of firms
Work carried out
PCT Building
-
Award of contract to the HVAC engineer
Validation of the project with HVAC engineer
Ducting work within the building, by SIG
254
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
BENEFITS REALIZATION
Benefits Delivered 2014
AB Building cooling system
commissioned on August 13, 2014, and
partial reduction in electrical energy
consumption
Expected Benefits 2015
Expected Benefits 2016
Reduction in electrical energy use and
environmental impact of the
consumption of electricity to cool the AB
Building
Reduction in the corrective maintenance
cost of the AB Building cooling system
Increase in the life-cycle of the AB
Building cooling system
Installation and maintenance of a more
environmentally-friendly AB Building
cooling system
Commissioning of the PCT Building
cooling system expected in July, and
partial reduction in electricity
consumption
Reduction in electricity consumption and
the environmental impact of the use of
electricity to cool the PCT Building
Reduction in corrective maintenance cost
of the PCT Building cooling system
Increase in the life-cycle of the PCT
Building cooling system
Installation and maintenance of a more
environmentally-friendly PCT Building
cooling system
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Project Budget Utilization
(In Swiss francs, as at December 31, 2014)
Project Name
Project Budget
Actual Expenditure
to Date
Actual Budget
Utilization
750,000
88,791
12%
Deployment of Geneva Lake Water
(“GLN”) cooling system
Implementation
Progress Rate of
the Project
AB 100%
PCT 8%
to AB and PCT Buildings
255
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
Project Budget Utilization (by Milestone)
(In Swiss francs, as at December 31, 2014)
Key Milestone
Award of contract to the HVAC
engineer for AB Building
Award of contract to the engineer
for PCT Building
Commissioning of GLN facilities in
AB Building
Commissioning of GLN facilities in
PCT Building
Total
Project Budget
Actual Expenditure
to Date
Actual Budget
Utilization
Implementation
Progress Rate by
Milestone
30,000
16,200
54%
100%
83,000
10,800
13%
50%
170,000
61,791
36%
100%
467,000
0
0%
-
750,000
88,791
12%
Project Budget Utilization (by Cost Category)
(In Swiss francs, as at December 31, 2014)
Cost Category
Project Budget
Actual Expenditure to
Actual Budget
Date
Utilization
Construction-related costs
585,000
61,791
11%
Honoraria
113,000
27,000
24%
Miscellaneous and unforeseen
52,000
0
0%
Total
750,000
88,791
RISK AND MITIGATION STRATEGIES
Risk
Description
Risk Mitigation
Inability to carry out works before
summer 2015 in the PCT Building
Unavailability of firms within the WIPO
schedule
Delay works until Oct/Nov 2015
Unforeseen circumstances in PCT
construction site
Delay in the PCT Building internal
equipment installation works by SIG
and/or technical problems arising during
or caused by the dismantling of existing
ducting
Carry out any repairs and update the
works timetable where necessary,
including for 2016
256
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
PROJECT TIMELINE BY MILESTONE
2014
Key Milestone
Q1
Q2
Q3
2015
Q4
Q1
Q2
X
X
Q3
Award of contract to the HVAC engineer (AB and PCT)
X
Requests for offers from firms (AB)
X
Execution and commissioning of works (AB)
X
Validation of project with HVAC engineer (PCT)
X
Call for tenders from firms (PCT)
Execution and commissioning of works (PCT)
X
257
X
Q4
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
BUILDINGS – RELATED PROJECTS
PROJECT: ARPAD BOGSCH BUILDING - PHASE 1 OF BASEMENT RENOVATION (RESIZING OF
DATA CENTER AND RENOVATION OF THE PRINTSHOP) (CMP 5)
Project Manager:
Mr. A. FAVERO
EXPECTED RESULT
IX.1 Effective, efficient, quality and customer-oriented support services both to internal clients and to
external stakeholders
OBJECTIVES, SCOPE AND APPROACH – BACKGROUND
1.
The existing data center located in the basement of the AB Building needs to be resized in order to
correspond to its updated and reduced purpose of a computer room for servicing the AB Building only.
The resizing is expected to free a significant floor surface area, which will subsequently become available
for enlarging the current printshop in need of renovation.
2.
The objectives of the project are to: (i) establish the appropriate surface area needed for the
printshop, documents and computer room by reducing the area of the data center to free up a relatively
large space to allow for the expansion and renovation of the printshop; (ii) reduce energy consumption
via the removal of specific technical equipment from the data center; and (iii) improve the working spaces
of the printshop and documents staff.
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014 (KEY MILESTONES)
3.
-
In 2014, the following progress was made:
drafting of the terms of reference for the architect;
launching a call for tenders for the architect; and
award of the contracts to the architect and HVAC engineer.
4.
Due to the delayed completion (from beginning 2014 to September 2014) of the new WIPO
Conference Hall, the start of the project was delayed by six months relative to the original plan. As such,
the project schedule has been amended.
BENEFITS REALIZATION
Expected Benefits 2017
Better allocation of space according to respective uses
Partial reduction in energy consumption in the area affected by the works in the AB Building
Improvement of the working spaces of printshop and documents staff
258
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Project Budget Utilization
(In Swiss francs, as at December 31, 2014)
Project Name
Project Budget
Actual Expenditure
to Date
Actual Budget
Utilization
Implementation
Progress Rate of
the Project
960,000
0
0%
-
Arpad Bogsch Building — phase 1 of
basement renovation (resizing of data
center and renovation of printshop)
Project Budget Utilization (by Milestone)
(In Swiss francs, as at December 31, 2014)
Project Budget
Actual Expenditure
to Date
Actual Budget
Utilization
Implementation
Progress Rate by
Milestone
144,000
0
0%
80%
Works and commissioning
816,000
0
0%
-
Total
960,000
0
0%
Key Milestone
Award of contracts to the architect
and engineers
Project Budget Utilization (by Cost Category)
(In Swiss francs, as at December 31, 2014)
Cost Category
Project Budget
Actual Expenditure to
Actual Budget
Date
Utilization
Construction-related costs
759,000
0
0%
Honoraria
144,000
0
0%
Miscellaneous and unforeseen
67,000
0
0%
Total
960,000
0
0%
RISK AND MITIGATION STRATEGIES
Risk
Description
Risk Mitigation
Delay in starting the project
Start of project delayed by six months
to one year as a result of the delay in
completion of the new WIPO
Conference Hall
Shift the project’s general schedule
Delay in starting the works
Uncertainty in internal decisions
regarding the options for installing
machines and staff in the planned
printshop for a better use of the space
by the units concerned
Review the necessary surface area
Delay in finishing the works
Technical problem discovered during or
caused by the dismantling of existing
installations
Carry out any repairs and update the
works timetable as necessary
Financial risk
Cost of a partial temporary relocation of
printshop and documents staff
Use the “miscellaneous and
unforeseen” provision in the approved
budget
259
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
PROJECT TIMELINE BY MILESTONE
2014
Key Milestone
In-house definition of
project goals
Award of contracts to
the architect
Award of contracts to
the engineers
Comprehensive works
execution review
Q1
Q2
2015
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
X
X
2016
Q3
Q4
X
X
Q1
Q2
X
X
2017
Q3
Q4
Q1
X
X
X
Q2
X
X
X
X
Call for tenders from
firms and selection
Works
Commissioning
X
260
Q3
Q4
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
BUILDINGS – RELATED PROJECTS
PROJECT: ARPAD BOGSCH BUILDING - REPLACEMENT OF CERTAIN WINDOWS (CMP 6)
Project Manager:
Mr. A. FAVERO
EXPECTED RESULT
IX.1 Effective, efficient, quality and customer-oriented support services both to internal clients and to
external stakeholders
OBJECTIVES, SCOPE AND APPROACH – BACKGROUND
1.
The windows on the South-West facade of the AB Building are those which have suffered most
over the past three decades from their sunniest and warmest exposure and from the greatest temperature
differences each year between winter and summer, with the consequence that their thermic qualities have
significantly deteriorated. In addition, for a number of the same windows as well as for yet other windows
elsewhere on the facade, there has been a color degradation of the blue shade (turning to a variety of
pink and purple shades) due to the ageing of the gas components filling the space between the layers of
glass.
2.
The replacement of these windows will reduce the energy consumption required mainly for cooling
the offices concerned in warm weather periods. It will also allow for a needed aesthetic improvement for
the AB Building which is one of Geneva’s landmark buildings.
3.
The objectives of the project are to: (i) improve the thermic quality and the energy efficiency of the
South-West facade of the AB Building; (ii) reduce energy consumption; (iii) improve the thermic comfort
of occupants; and (iv) improve the aesthetics of the AB Building.
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014 (KEY MILESTONES)
4.
In 2014, the following progress was made:
-
drafting of terms of reference (ToRs) for the mandate of facade engineer;
-
launching a call for tenders for a facade engineer;
-
award of contract to the facade engineer; and
-
review and validation of the project with the facade engineer.
5.
Due to the delayed completion (from beginning 2014 to September 2014) of the new WIPO
Conference Hall, the start of the project was delayed by one year relative to the original plan. As such,
the project schedule has been amended.
BENEFITS REALIZATION
Expected Benefits 2015
Expected Benefits 2016
Partial reduction in energy loss through the South-West
facade of the AB Building
Complete reduction in the energy loss from the South-West
facade of the AB Building
Better thermic comfort during winter
Better thermic comfort year-round
Recycling of least damaged windows for use in other
facades of the AB Building
Better energy efficiency
Improved aesthetics of the South-West facade of the AB
Building
261
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Project Budget Utilization
(In Swiss francs, as at December 31, 2014)
Project Name
Arpad Bogsch Building —
replacement of certain windows
Project Budget
Actual Expenditure
to Date
Actual Budget
Utilization
Implementation
Progress Rate of
the Project
300,000
0
0%
-
Project Budget Utilization (by Milestone)
(In Swiss francs, as at December 31, 2014)
Project Budget
Actual Expenditure
to Date
Actual Budget
Utilization
Implementation
Progress Rate by
Milestone
45,000
0
0%
20%
Works and commissioning
255,000
0
0%
-
Total
300,000
0
0%
Key Milestone
Award of contract to the facade
engineer
Project Budget Utilization (by Cost Category)
(In Swiss francs, as at December 31, 2014)
Cost Category
Project Budget
Actual Expenditure to
Actual Budget
Date
Utilization
Construction-related costs
234,000
0
0%
Honoraria
45,000
0
0%
Miscellaneous and unforeseen
21,000
0
0%
Total
300,000
0
0%
RISK AND MITIGATION STRATEGIES
Risk
Delay in starting the project
Description
Start of project delayed by one year as a
result of delay in completion of the new
WIPO Conference Hall
Risk Mitigation
Shift the project’s general schedule
Works to be carried out over the summer
Rethink the schedule to start the works
at the beginning of Summer 2015
Conflicting priorities between
advancing works and use of the
offices by their occupants
Inability to free the offices of their
occupants to be able to begin works on
the floor concerned
Reorganize the construction works if
possible, and review the works
timetable
Inability to carry out the works during
Summer 2015
Unavailability of firms within WIPO's
requested deadline
Postpone works until Summer 2016
Delay or interruption of works
Site accident
Revalidation and strengthening of
security measures
Review of the works timetable, as far
ahead as 2016
262
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
PROJECT TIMELINE BY MILESTONE
2014
Key Milestone
Q1
Award of contract to the facade engineer
Development and validation of project with facade engineer
Call for tenders and selection of firms
Q2
2015
Q3
Q4
X
X
Q1
Q2
Q3
X
X
Execution and commissioning of works
X
263
Q4
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
SAFETY/SECURITY-RELATED PROJECTS
PROJECT: SAFETY AND FIREPROTECTION MEASURES (CMP 7)
Project Manager
Mr. J. GAGNON
EXPECTED RESULT
IX.4 An environmentally and socially responsible Organization in which WIPO staff, delegates, visitors
and information and physical assets are safe and secure
OBJECTIVES, SCOPE AND APPROACH - BACKGROUND
1.
On the basis of a safety and security audit carried out by a specialized institute at the request of the
Secretariat, a number of recommendations related to safety and fire protection measures need to be
implemented in the older WIPO buildings in order to bring the relevant compliance level of those buildings
to the updated compliance level (note that the New Building and the new WIPO Conference Hall are
excluded from this Project since the technical specifications already reflect the updated compliance level).
The safety and fire protection measures to be implemented in the older WIPO buildings are the
compartmentalization between buildings and between particular areas of a given building (building
partitioning), in order to better isolate a single building or area from another building or area in case a fire
or smoke may have spread after an incident. The building partitioning will be done by means of building
infrastructure elements or doors in addition to, or instead of, the existing doors and, in some cases, new
doors will be installed in existing corridors or pathways.
2.
Implementation of the project should result in:
-
cost reduction in: (i) damage caused to premises or internal assets by virtue of potential
limitation of potential incidents; and (ii) repairs, replacement and cleaning;
-
enhancement of protection of data relating to filing of applications according to various
registration systems;
-
creation of a safer working environment, i.e. in the event of an incident, strengthening of
security and measures for the protection of staff and other people working in the buildings,
and improvement of evacuation procedures; and
-
better protection and material separation of critical installations in buildings.
OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS IN 2014 (KEY MILESTONES)
3.
Compartmentalization of PCT Building:

Completion of the installation and connection of fire doors

Completion and acceptance of work
4.
Improved space planning in delegates’ area AB -2/Creation of an airlock on the landing of the lifts
on AB -2

Definition of objectives prior to pre-structural work

Requests for offers, award of contracts to various firms, completion of pre-structural work for
airlock.

Phase 1 work- Installation of partitions:

Studies and internal implementation of work project

Requests for offers and awards of contracts
264
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices

Implementation of compartmentalization work, i.e. installation of partitions
BENEFITS REALIZATION
Benefits Delivered 2014
Expected Benefits 2015
Enhancement of security and measures for
the protection of staff upon completion of
PCT compartmentalization
Expected Benefits 2016
Maintain level of safety and
security in PCT building
Enhancement of security linked
to staff and delegates by
creating an airlock on landing of
lifts AB -2
Maintain level of security and
safety of access to landing
AB -2
Improve level of security and
safety between buildings GBI
and GBII
Improve level of security and
safety between buildings AB
and GBI
RESOURCE UTILIZATION
Project Budget Utilization
(In Swiss francs, as at December 31, 2014)
Project Name
Project Budget
Safety and Fire Protection Measures
400,000
Actual Expenditure to Actual Budget
Date
Utilization
96,544
24%
Implementation
Progress Rate of
the Project
40%
Project Budget Utilization (by Milestone)
(In Swiss francs, as at December 31, 2014)
Key Milestone
Compartmentalization of PCT
Project Budget
Actual Expenditure
to Date
Actual Budget
Utilization
Implementation
Progress Rate by
Milestone
45,000
44,392
99%
100%
55,000
52,152
95%
80%
175,000
0
0%
-
65,000
0
0%
-
60,000
0
0%
-
400,000
96,544
24%
Improved space planning in delegates’
area AB -2/Creation of an airlock on the
landing of lifts on AB -2
Study and project related to
compartmentalization between GBI and
AB
Project related to compartmentalization
between GBI and GBII (all levels except
-1)
Project relating to compartmentalization
in AB (except -2)
Total
265
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
Project Budget Utilization (by Cost Category)
(In Swiss francs, as at December 31, 2014)
Cost Category
Project Budget
Actual Expenditure to
Actual Budget
Date
Utilization
Construction-related costs
312,000
96,544
31%
Honoraria
60,000
0
0%
Miscellaneous and unforeseen
28,000
0
0%
Total
400,000
96,544
24%
RISK AND MITIGATION STRATEGIES
Risk
Description
Risk Mitigation
Inability to carry out the works during
the planned timeframe
The unavailability of a vendor within
WIPO’s requested timeframe
Postpone work until vendor is available
Delay or interruption of works
Site accident
Revalidation and strengthening of the
security measures
Review of the works timetable
PROJECT TIMELINE BY MILESTONE
2014
Key Milestone
Q1
PCT compartmentalization
Completion of work
X
Compartmentalization AB -2
Creation of an airlock
Q2
2015
Q3
Q4
Q1
X
X
X
Q2
Study and project related to
compartmentalization
between GBI and AB
Project related to
compartmentalization
between GBI and GBII (all
levels except -1)
2016
Q3
Q4
Q1
X
X
X
X
2017
Q2
Q3
Q4
X
X
X
Project relating to
compartmentalization in AB
(except -2)
[Appendix IV follows]
266
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
X
X
X
X
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
APPENDIX IV
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THE PRESENT DOCUMENT
ACE
ADR
AGICOA
AIPMS
AMFIE
ANPEI
APEC
ARDI
ARIPO
ASEAN
ASEF
ASHI
ASPI
ATRIP
Advisory Committee on Enforcement
Alternative Dispute Resolution
Association of International Collective Management of Audiovisual Works
Arab IP Management System
Association Coopérative Financière des Fonctionnaires Internationaux
National Association of Research and Development of Innovative Enterprises
Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation
Access to Research for Development and Innovation
African Regional Intellectual Property Organization
Association of South East Asian Nations
Asia-Europe Foundation
After-Service Health Insurance
Access to Specialized Patent Information
Association for the Advancement of Teaching and Research in Intellectual
Property
CASE
CBD
ccTLDs
CDIP
CEIPI
CERN
CISAC
CLIR
CMG
CMOs
CTCN
CWS
Centralized Access to Search and Examination Results
Convention on Biological Diversity
country code Top-Level Domain
Conference on Development and Intellectual Property
Centre d’Études Internationales de la Propriété Intellectuelle
European Organization for Nuclear Research
Confederation of International Societies of Authors and Composers
Cross Lingual Information Retrieval
Crisis Management Group
collective management organizations
Climate Technology Center and Network
Committee on WIPO Standards
DA
DAG
DAS
DIGEPIH
DL
Development Agenda
Development Agenda Group
Digital Access Service for Priority Documents
IP Office of Honduras
distance learning
ECLA
ECOSOC
EDMS
EGEDA
EPM
EPO
ERM
ERP
EU
patent classification assigned by the European Patent office
Economic and Social Council
Electronic Document Management System
Entidad de Gestión de Derechos de los Productores Audiovisuales
enterprise performance management
European Patent Office
enterprise risk management
enterprise resource planning
European Union
FAO
FI
FIT
Food and Agricultural Organization
patent classification assigned by the Japanese Patent office
Fund-in-Trust
267
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
GCC
GDA
GEW
GII
GIs
GNIPA
GRs
gTLDs
Cooperation Council for the Arab States of the Gulf
software for collective management of copyright and neighboring rights
Global Entrepreneurship Week
Global Innovation Index
geographical indications
Global Network of IP Academies
genetic resources
generic Top-Level Domains
HLCM
HR
HRMD
High Level Committee on Management
human resources
Human Resources Management Department
IB
IAOC
IOD
ICANN
ICE
ICS
ICSEI
ICSC
ICT
IGC
IGF
IGOs
IIA
ILO
IP
IPAS
IPC
IPO
IPRs
IPSAS
IT
ITIL
ITU
International Bureau
Independent Advisory and Oversight Committee
Internal Oversight Division
Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers
International Cooperation on Examination
Individual Contractual Servies
International Cooperation for the Search and Examination of Inventions
International Civil Service Commission
Information and Communication Technology
Intergovernmental Committee on Intellectual Property and Genetic Resources,
Traditional Knowledge and Folklore
Internet Governance Forum
inter-governmental organizations
Institute of Internal Auditors
International Labour Organisation
Intellectual Property
IP Office Administration System
International Patent Classification
Intellectual Property Office
Intellectual Property Rights
International Public Sector Accounting Standards
Information Technology
Information Technology Infrastructure Library
International Telecommunications Union
JAG
Joint Advisory Group
LDCs
LTSEs
Least Developed Countries
long-serving temporary employees
MDGs
MGS
MoU
MTSP
Millenium Development Goals
Madrid Goods and Services Manager
Memorandum of Understanding
Medium Term Strategic Plan
NGOs
NPO
non-governmental organizations
National Professional Officer
268
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
OECD
OHIM
OIC
OIF
OPD
l’Organisation Africaine de la Propriété Intellectuelle (African Intellectual Property
Organization)
Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development
Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (Community Trademarks)
Organisation of Islamic Cooperation
Organisation Internationale de la Francophonie
One Portal Dossier system
PCT
PLR
PLT
PMSDS
PPR
Patent Cooperation Treaty
Patent Landscape Reports
Patent Law Treaty
Performance Management and Staff Development System
Program Performance Report
RBM
R&D
RFPs
RO
Results-based Management
research and development
Requests for Proposals
Receiving Office
SCCR
SCP
SCT
SLC
SMEs
SSA
SRP
Standing Committee on Copyright and Related Rights
Standing Committee on the Law of Patents
Standing Committee on the Law of Trademarks, Industrial Designs and
Geographical Indications
Special Labor Contract
small and medium sized enterprises
Special Service Agreements
Strategic Realignment Program
TA
TAPTA
TAD
TCEs
TIGAR
TISCs
TK
TTO
Travel Authorization
Translation Assistant for Patent Titles and Abstracts
IP Technical Assistance Database
Traditional Cultural Expressions/Folklore
Trusted Intermediary Global Accessible Resources
Technology Innovation Support Centers
Traditional Knowledge
Technology Transfer Office
UDRP
UN
UNAH
UNCDF
UNCTAD
UN CEB
UNEP
UNESCO
UNFCCC
UNICC
UNIDO
UNPFII
USPTO
UNTT
Uniform Domain Name Dispute Resolution Policy
United Nations
Honduras National Autonomous University
United Nations Capital Development Fund
United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
United Nations Chief Executives Board
United Nations Environmental Programme
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
UN Framework Convention on Climate Change
UN International Computing Centre
United Nations Industrial Development Organization
United Nations Permanent Forum on Indigenous Issues
United States Patent and Trademark Office
UN Task Team (on the Post-2015 Development Agenda)
OAPI
269
Program Performance Report 2014
Appendices
VIP
Visually Impaired Persons and other persons with print disabilities
WBO
WCT
WHO
WINS
WIPOCOS
WJO
WPIS
WPPT
WSIS
WSO
WTO
WIPO Brazil Office
WIPO Copyright Treaty
World Health Organization
WIPO Inquiry Notification System
software for collective management of copyright and neighboring rights
WIPO Japan Office
WIPO Patent Information Services
WIPO Performances and Phonograms Treaty
World Summit on the Information Society
WIPO Singapore Office
World Trade Organization
[End of Appendix IV and of document]
270